Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
MARSHALL STREET WRF MOTOR CONTROL CENTER NO. 9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS UPGRADES - 16-0033-UT
Nn muF w ^I�&Y 1r wt m CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ProJect: MARSHALL ST. MCC-9 ELECTRICAL Contract Number: 16-00 -U'T Location: MARSHALL STREET WR " Contract hate: August 31, 2018 Notice to Proceed Date: I'' OVEMBER 5,2018 Substantial Completion Date: April 29, 2019 Warranty Expirations late; April 29, 2020 Consultant: MCKIM & CREED, INC, The work performed under this Contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the Cerner, Contractor, and Consultant,and the Project(or specified part of the Project,as indicated above)is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. DEFINITION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPlL IION Substantial completion is the stage in construction when a project or designatedportion thereof is sufficiently ciently complete in accordance with contract documents so Haat the Owner can use the work or portion thereof for its intended use.Items that affect operational integrity aradfunction of the work must be capable cif continuous use, MCKIM&CREED,, INIC-Aubrey i•aurddco ort,PE ley Consultant Authorized Representative Date The Contractor accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and. correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated. L SMITH ELECTRIC INC-Curtis Barnhill By Contractor Authorized Representative Tate The Owner accepts the specified area of the Project as Substantially Complete and will assume full possession of the specified area of the Project on mil 2�� 2L1�9 . .., The responsibility for utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth in the Contract Documents. CI'T'Y OF CLEARWATER-Jeff Walker,ISE c.> ``� BY: d Representative Date City ofClearGvater Au Certificate of Substantial Completion,Page 2 of 2 PROJECT PUNCH LIST A punch list of items to be completed or corrected by May IOl , 2019 is appended bereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the Contractors to,complete all the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. PROJECT ONE YEAR WARRANTY Contract Section fit, 13.5 WARRANTMORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of SuhstanlialComple lion or such longer pe riod of time as may be prescribed by laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is, to be defective, Contractor shall promptly,without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (1)correct such defective Work, or, if il has been rejected by the Owner, remove itfrom the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and flip satisfactoMy correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom Where defective Work(and damage to other Work resulting thereftom)has been corrected, irmoved or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with resIvel to such Work will he exlendedfor an additional period oone year after stick correction or removal and replacement has been sans,factor completed, Substantial Completion Date: April 29, 019 Warranty Expiration Date: April 29, 2020, ................. A copy of this signed and executed document should be provided to the following parties: Project Owner Project Contractor Project Consultant(if applicable) City Construction Office Specialist Project Fi I e ..... ENGINEERING DEP ARTMENT GIrrAm. " .cf CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 13EtICFiT�L'1[7.E3kriUFlfS3i,•?3AY'[1Oi3EACFi OFFICE COMMUNICATION TO.: Jeff.Walker SUBJECT: One Year Warranty Check Co/INSPECTOR: u i i"T- 8-'l' d-,(-ix Ar"T l i\IJJL'L..1 �.LJivii..la .l i[Jl� 1JA1. :: 4/29!.!0 PROJECT NAME/4: Marshall,St MCC-9 Electrical 6-6033-UT CONTRACTOR: BL Smith Electric.lnc. 29252 US Hwy 27 Dundee, FL 33.838 863 439-7401 Curtis Barnhill curtismithelectric:carn INSPECTOR. � DATE• . COMMENTS: SI 1VA'> URE: '.17- �r� � �c= 46 MARSHALL STREET WRF MOTOR CONTROL CENTER NO. 9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS UPGRADES • • (PROJECT No. 16 -0033 -UT) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL • BAY TO BEACH Conformed Bid Documents Aug -2018 • City of Clearwater, Florida MARSHALL STREET WRF MOTOR CONTROL CENTER NO. 9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS UPGRADE (PROJECT No. 16 -0033 -UT) TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I INVITATION TO BID SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS • SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer COVER Page 11 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION 1 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Documents and plans for Project #16 -0033 -UT are available at www.myclearwater.com/bid. The work includes: Demolition of existing MCC, cable tray, conduit and wire and other associated equipment shown on the drawings or as otherwise required; Provide temporary power (including distribution equipment or standby power if needed) to keep effected facility equipment in operation during construction. Furnish and install new Motor Control Center and associated electrical gear. MCC shall be "Smart type" with Ethernet communication ability to SCADA. Install new PLC and associated equipment in MCC. Provide Arcflash and Coordination Study. Furnish and install new cable trays, conduit and conductors to equipment associated with MCC -9, MCC -5 and Reactor Building. Start up and Training for all systems. Perform site cleanup and restoration prior to demobilization. Perform misc. improvements to the Building. Additive Alternate: Provide new disconnects for mixers. Recommended Pre -Bid Conference: May 31, 2018@9am 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 1st Floor Conference Room # 130 Pre -qualification DEADLINE: June 7, 2018 Category: Electrical for $750,000 Bids DUE: June 21, 2018 @ 1:30pm City of Clearwater, Project # 16 -0033 -UT Purchasing Office, 3rd Floor 100 S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, FL 33756-5520 Issued by: Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager For additional information contact Engineering Dept.: 727-562-4750 • • • • Pre -qualification DEADLINE: [Insert Date] Category: [Insert Category Type & Amount] Bids DUE: [Insert Date here] City of Clearwater, Project # 16 -0033 -UT Purchasing Office, 3rd Floor 100 S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, FL 33756-5520 Issued by: Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager For additional information contact Engineering Dept.: 727-562-4750 SECTION I Page 1 Updated 4/7/2017 SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • Table of Contents SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 6. CONTRACT TIME 3 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 3 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 • 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 5 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 15. OPENING OF BIDS 5 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 19. BID PROTEST 7 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 SECTION II Updated 7/13/2017 • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are accessible through the City of Clearwater website at address: www.myclearwater.com/bid. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the DVC Marketing Plan Room, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non- refundable. Bidding Documents may include, but aren't limited to, plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits, bid/proposal form and Addendums. 1.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub -bidders or others. 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1. Each prospective Bidder must pre -qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. An application package for pre -qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. Pre -qualification requirement information is also available on the City of Clearwater Website at address: www.mycl earwater.com/government/city-departments/engineering/construction- management. Contractors wanting to pre -qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre -qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm pre -qualification status before a Bid Opening. 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer in writing of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2. For the purposes of bidding or construction, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof. Drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, may be relied upon by Bidder for accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. SECTION II Page 1 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 3.3. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6. On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8. The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1. All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in writing to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, via the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room to all parties recorded by the Plan Room as plan holders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified on the pre-bid meeting agenda, prior to the date for opening of Bids, may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. SECTION II Page 2 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 5.. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Proposal/Bid Bond (on form provided in Section V) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. 5.2. The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid Opening. 5.3. The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in, the State of Florida. 6. CONTRACT TIME 6.1. The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement, Section V. • 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1. The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1. If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder SECTION II Page 3 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid Security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1. The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be printed in ink or typewritten. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which they will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4. All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1. Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a sealed envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Bids in any other form will not be accepted. 11.2. The sealed bid envelope shall contain, but not be limited to, the Proposal/Bid Bond and corresponding Power of Attorney, Affidavit, Non Collusion Affidavit, Proposal (pages one SECTION II Page 4 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and two), Addendum Sheet, Bidder's Proposal, and Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form. 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS • 12.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2. After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1. To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non -Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15. OPENING OF BIDS 15.1. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1. The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws. County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SECTION 11 • Page 5 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2. The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3. The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4. The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials purchased by the City and incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, as may be indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1. In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. SECTION II Page 6 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2. In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4. Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. . 18.5. The successful bidder/contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. 19. BID PROTEST • 19.1. RIGHT TO PROTEST: SECTION II Page 7 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2. PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3. PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4. STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. SECTION II Page 8 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction -related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. SECTION II B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater En ineerin Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction -related Best Management Practices. Page 9 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1. DEFINITIONS 1 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 5 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 6 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 6 3.1. INTENT 6 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 7 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 7 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS 8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND 9 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 9 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 9 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 10 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE10 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE 10 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE10 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE 10 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS 10 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS 11 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 12 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 13 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14 SECTION III I Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION HI —General Conditions 6.5. USE OF PREMISES 14 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS 15 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 16 • 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 6.8. PERMITS 16 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17 6.10. EMERGENCIES 17 6.11. DRAWINGS 18 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 21 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES 23 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK 23 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION 23 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS 24 • 7. OTHER WORK 25 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE 25 7.2. COORDINATION 25 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 26 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION26 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 26 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 27 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 27 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 27 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 28 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 28 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 30 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK 31 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 32 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION 32 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK 33 SECTION III ii Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 33 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD 34 • 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 34 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 35 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 35 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 36 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 36 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION 37 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION 37 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 38 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 38 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS 39 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 39 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 39 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE 39 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 41 17. MISCELLANEOUS 41 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 41 • 17.2. GIVING NOTICE 41 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM 41 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION 42 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS 42 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 42 19. MATERIAL USED 42 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 42 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS 42 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK 43 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS 43 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION 44 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 44 22.1. GENERAL 44 SECTION III iii Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE 46 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 46 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE 46 • 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 46 23.3. FIXED SIGN 47 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS 47 23.5. SIGN COLORING 47 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT 47 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE 47 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 48 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE48 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 49 • • SECTION III iv Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION III — General Conditions 1. DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the SECTION III Page 1 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. SECTION III Page 2 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 i • • SECTION III — General Conditions Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F. D. O. T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 3 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre -construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. SECTION III Page 4 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractor provides City with a certified copy of the recorded bond issued by the Pinellas County Clerk of Court. SECTION 111 Page 5 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the preconstruction conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a completed Emergency Call List, a completed Authorized Signature List, and Verification of Illegal Discharge Construction Site Training. 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1. INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be SECTION III Page 6 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 7 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — Generai Conditions 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per SECTION III Page 8 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one- hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any sub- contractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A -VII or better. In addition, the City has the right to review the Contractor's deductible or self-insured retention and to require that it be reduced or eliminated. Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims -made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate. SECTION III Page 9 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non -owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) combined single limit. 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, subcontractors, and volunteers, if any. 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE Professional Liability/Malpractice/Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage. 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment—Inland Marine Insurance and/or Property Insurance on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in the care, custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's (or any sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) equipment or property. 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE The City will provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely manner with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the carrier as the project proceeds. 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Contractor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD SECTION III Page 10 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION III — General Conditions certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition when requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or delivered is as follows: City of Clearwater Engineering Department Attn: Construction Office Specialist P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 1. The Description (of Operations/Locations/Vehicles) should specify Project Name and Project Number. 2. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non -renewal, termination, material change or reduction in coverage. 3. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non-contributory coverage for Contractor's negligence. 4. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense, for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor providing its defense as contemplated herein. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. • 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub -contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting SECTION IH • Page 11 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. • 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES • • 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall conduct themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $80.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good SECTION 111 Page 12 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3-1508 regarding noise restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all day Sunday. Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment or materials to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. • 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute SECTION III • Page 13 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION I11— General Conditions or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. • 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS • • The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5. USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any SECTION III Page 14 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION I11— General Conditions such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and restoration, including time limits, specifications, etc., must be followed. 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities shall be repaired or replaced "in-kind" within forty-eight (48) hours to minimize the loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought. • Sod must be restored "in-kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. SECTION III Page 15 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION III — General Conditions 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E -Verify System to verify employment eligibility. 6.8. PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. SECTION III Page 16 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10. EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or SECTION III Page 17 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION 111 — General Conditions the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11. DRAWINGS 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the shop drawing name, number, and technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of SECTION 111 • Page 18 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals, per the approved initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up redline prints do not conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay SECTION III • Page 19 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1. General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J-17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also known as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) • based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4. Electrical and Control Wiring The as -built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall SECTION III Page 20 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5. Horizontal and Vertical Control The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6. Standards The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J-17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7. Other The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1. Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1. Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2. Laver Naming Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk SECTION III • Page 21 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2. Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3. Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22 height of .010 times the plot scale. SECTION III • height of .008 .5°, and a text Page 22 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION III —General Conditions 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 "=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all drawings. Requested file formats are: Autodesk DWG and Adobe PDF files. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahony@myClearwater.com. 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non -execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands, claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys', witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, SECTION III Page 23 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION 111— General Conditions or resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii) Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established by this Agreement. Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this indemnification. The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor -provided supplies or services. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties. 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS The ENGINEER will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the city of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as many be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for the retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. SECTION III Page 24 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION III — General Conditions e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A Contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. • 7. OTHER WORK • 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2. COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. SECTION III Page 25 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION • 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. SECTION III Page 26 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. SECTION III Page 27 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION III — General Conditions When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. SECTION III Page 28 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: • changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; • provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. • 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE • 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by SECTION III Page 29 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION III — General Conditions a mutually agreed Lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the Work, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the Work. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full -unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances SECTION III Page 30 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract SECTION III Page 31 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION HI —General Conditions Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL • OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK • 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, SECTION III Page 32 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to alt costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by SECTION III Page 33 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 411 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if SECTION 111 Page 34 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed once each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up as -built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have SECTION 111 Page 35 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION III —General Conditions been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's SECTION III Page 36 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • r • SECTION III —General Conditions Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. SECTION III Page 37 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, and (ii) executed consent of the surety to final payment using the form contained in Section V of the Contract Documents. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as SECTION III • Page 38 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. O 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. • • 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and SECTION III Page 39 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION III — General Conditions damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract SECTION III Page 40 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION 111— General Conditions Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION • If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. • • 17. MISCELLANEOUS 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2. GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. SECTION III Page 41 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the ContractorNendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and/or dumpsters for their disposal and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, by phone: (727) 562-4923 or email: Michael.Pryor@myClearwater.com. 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19. MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications and Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality, more stringent or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation. 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials or equipment for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. Owner -purchasing of construction materials or equipment, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the actual cost of the materials or equipment purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales SECTION III Page 42 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions tax, even if the actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials or equipment as -bid by the Contractor. For purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as -bid contract amount shall be used. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items or materials that exceed $10,000 in value and/or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner an ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, equipment and materials for consideration as ODP materials or equipment (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix). 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copy of Owner's Florida Consumer Certification of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP materials or equipment. Invoices for ODP materials or equipment shall be issued to the Owner, and a copy sent to the Contractor. Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials or equipment by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials or equipment; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor. 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials or equipment furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery. The Owner shall coordinate with Contractor and Vendor delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular materials or equipment furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials or equipment. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. As ODP materials or equipment are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for items delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials or equipment is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and/or an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward an electronic copy of the invoice and supporting documentation to the Owner for payment within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of said goods or materials. Such payment shall be directly from public funds, from Owner to Vendor. The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials or equipment conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials or equipment are patently defective, and whether such materials or equipment are identical to the materials or equipment ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non -conformities in ODP materials or equipment upon such visual inspection, the SECTION 111 Page 43 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials or equipment in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials or equipment can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP materials or equipment, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials or equipment into the Project, including liquidated damages. 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials or equipment it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of ODP materials or equipment in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials or equipment delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials or equipment which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials, equipment and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage -repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that purchases made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to ODP materials or equipment. ODP Purchase Orders must be closed out prior to closing out the contract/Contractor Purchase Order. If material costs needed for project exceed the ODP Purchase Order amount, the ODP Purchase Order will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP Purchase Order will be paid for by the Contractor. 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1. GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by SECTION III Page 44 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION III — General Conditions the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. SECTION III Page 45 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • SECTION III — General Conditions 22i. EXAMPLE CITY LOGO of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing the (state project name) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, SCOPE OF WORK. 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined SECTION III Page 46 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. • 23.3. FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2 -inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24 -inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24 -inches by 30 -inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 - inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5. SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's logo. The Project Manager/City Representative shall provide the appropriate electronic logo file(s) to the Contractor. • 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of- way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. SECTION III Page 47 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 6' <PROJECT NAME> <CONTRACT NUMBER> <DEPARTMENT NAME> PROJECT N CONTRACTOR• COMPLETION DATE. FUNDING. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 1 minimum height- BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL • BAY I'O 3`-61/ " 4"x4" P.T. Post (Typ.) 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay SECTION III Page 48 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non-responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case-by-case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must occur): 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011. 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. SECTION III Page 49 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. 411 B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new business operations in Cuba or Syria. Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the contract is offered. • • The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. See Section V of the Contract for Certification Form to be executed and submitted with the Bid/Proposal Form. SECTION III Page 50 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION IV • TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Content: 100 SERIES: GENERAL 1 101. SCOPE OF WORK 1 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 2 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 2 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 2 103. DEFINITION OF 1'BRMS 3 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS 3 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 3 105. AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 3 105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 3 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 3 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 4 105-4. EQUIPMENT 4 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION 4 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION 4 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION 4 105-8. LIGHTING 5 • 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL 5 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX 5 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE 5 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 5 106. STREET SIGNS 5 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 6 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 6 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 6 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 7 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 7 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 8 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 8 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 8 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 9 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS 9 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 9 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 9 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN 9 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 10 109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE 10 • SECTION IV i Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS 10 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS 10 • 109-6. POSTING 10 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES 10 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 11 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 11 202. OBSTRUCTIONS 12 203. DEWATERING 12 203-1. GENERAL 12 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 13 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 13 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 13 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 13 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING 14 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 14 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 14 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 14 207-1. GENERAL 14 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL 14 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 15 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 15 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 15 S 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 15 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 15 207-8. MAINTENANCE 15 207-9. COMPLIANCE 16 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. 16 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS 16 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION 16 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL 16 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL 16 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY 17 208-6. RIP -RAP 17 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL 17 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 18 301. CONCRETE 18 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 18 302-1. EXCAVATION 18 302-2. FORMS 18 303. REINFORCEMENT 18 SECTION IV ii Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 19 304. BACKFILL 19 . 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL 19 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION 19 305. RIPRAP 20 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 20 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 21 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 22 401 SANITARY MANHOLES 22 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE 22 401-2. PRECAST TYPE 22 401-3. DROP MANHOLES 23 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS 23 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS 23 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 23 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 23 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 23 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 24 403-1. MATERIALS 24 403-2. INSTALLATION 24 403-3. TESTING 25 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 26 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26 • 404-1. INTENT 26 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 26 404-3. MATERIALS 26 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION 27 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION 28 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION 29 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION 29 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 29 404-9. PAYMENT 29 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 30 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT 30 405-2. PAYMENT 30 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 30 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 31 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL 32 405-6. GROUTING MIX 32 405-7. LINER MIX 32 405-8. WATER 33 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS 33 405-10. EQUIPMENT 33 405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 34 • SECTION IV iii Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 35 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 41 501. SCOPE 41 502. MATERIALS 41 502-1. GENERAL 41 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41 502-3. GATE VALVES 43 502-4. VALVE BOXES 44 502-5. HYDRANTS 44 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES 45 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 45 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 46 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES 46 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 46 503. CONSTRUCTION 47 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING 47 503-2. PIPE LAYING 47 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 48 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 49 504. TESTS 50 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS 50 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST 50 505. STERILIZATION 50 • 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT 50 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM 50 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 50 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 51 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS 51 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 51 506-1. GENERAL 51 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 52 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 52 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 52 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 52 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 54 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 54 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 54 602. UNDERDRAINS 54 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 54 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 55 SECTION IV iv Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV -Technical Specifications 603. STORM SEWERS 55 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION 55 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 56 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES 56 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 56 604-2. PRECAST TYPE 57 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT 57 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 57 605-1. MATERIAL 57 605-2. PERFORMANCE 58 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 60 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 60 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 60 702-1. BASE 60 702-2. SUBGRADE 62 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 63 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 63 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE 63 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 64 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 64 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 64 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 64 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 65 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 65 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 66 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 66 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 66 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS 67 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 67 706. CONCRETE CURBS 67 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 68 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 68 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 68 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 68 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 68 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 68 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT 69 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 69 SECTION IV v Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 69 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 69 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 70 • 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 70 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 70 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 70 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING 70 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 70 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 71 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 71 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 72 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 72 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 72 802. SIGNING AND MARKING 72 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING 73 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 74 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 74 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 74 902-1. IRRIGATION 74 902-2. LANDSCAPE 84 903. SODDING 99 • 904. SEEDING 99 • 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 99 905-1. SCOPE 99 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK 100 905-3. WORK METHODS 100 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE 102 907. COMPLETION OF WORK 103 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 103 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 103 910. TREE PROTECTION 103 910-1. TREE BARRICADES 103 910-2. ROOT PRUNING 104 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING 105 SECTION IV vi Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 100 SERIES: GENERAL 101. SCOPE OF WORK Project Name: Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical System Upgrades Project Number: 16 -0033 -UT Scope of Work: The description includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. Demolition of existing MCC, cable tray, conduit and wire and other associated equipment shown on the drawings or as otherwise required; 2. Provide temporary power (including distribution equipment or standby power if needed) to keep effected facility equipment in operation during construction. 3. Furnish and install new Motor Control Center and associated electrical gear. MCC shall be "Smart type" with Ethernet communication ability to SCADA. 4. Install new PLC and associated equipment in MCC. 5. Provide Arcflash and Coordination Study. 6. Furnish and install electrical cable tray, conduit, wiring, new power and control conduit and wiring to equipment associated with MCC -9, MCC -5 and Reactor Building. 7. Provide new HVAC for MCC -9 and associated ductwork. 8. Provide new MCC -9 building LED interior lighting. 9. Provide painting of interior room and sealing of wall and ceiling joints. 10. Modifications and extension of existing aluminum staircase and walkway to accommodate new cable tray route. 11. Provide and install new hurricane impact rated widow; and above single door glass transom. 12. Provide and install new panic door and closing hardware on single and double door. 13. Provide instrumentation and controls conduit and signal wiring. 14. Employ the City System Integrator to provide all necessary programming services and other modifications to the existing plant SCADA system and existing MCC -9 control panel. 15. Start up and Training for all systems. 16. Perform site cleanup and restoration prior to demobilization. 17. Additive Alternate: Provide new 30A disconnects for mixers at Primary Anoxic Tank (9), Fermentation Tank (6), Secondary Anoxic Tank (12) and Internal Recycle Pumps (4). The Contractor shall provide 1 [Fixed/Portable] project signs as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for SECTION IV Page 1 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approval. Additional project signs may be required at no additional cost to the Owner due to the Contractor's schedule of work. Contract Period: 270 Consecutive Calendar Days 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the State of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 102-1.1. GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. 102-1.2. LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY If line and grade is supplied by the City, at the completion of all work the Contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. SECTION IV Page 2 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS For the Purpose of these Technical Specifications, the Definition of Terms from Section III, Article 1 - Definitions of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. The most stringent specification prevails in the case where more than one specification is referenced for the same task. Contractor shall utilize applicable FDOT Standards and Specifications for tasks that are not covered by City's Standards and Specifications. 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 105. AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of pre -construction conditions. 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in any area. SECTION IV Page 3 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio/video recording shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre -construction color audio/video recording documentation. 105-4. EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio/video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio/video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION • All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and businessaddresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed by the Contractor in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed ten feet (10'). The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. • SECTION IV Page 4 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 105-8. LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No videoing shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within the construction area's zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during videoing shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videos shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by video number and project title. Each video shall have a log of that video's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE Video coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc., within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 106. STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is prohibited. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. SECTION IV Page 5 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 4111 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL • The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. This plan shall be reviewed and approved by City Traffic Operations personnel regardless if MOT plan details are included in the contract plans. 107-2.1. WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety are to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation they will be facing as the driver proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. Per the 2014 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 or latest revision: "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved pedestrian longitudinal channelizing devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and marked detours shall be provided by appropriate signs." Per the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction or latest revision FDOT Design Standards (DS): 102-5 Traffic Control, 102-5.1 Standards, are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans. SECTION IV Page 6 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increases with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season without prior approval by the City Engineer. 107-3.1. ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County or Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 107-3.1.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 107-3.2. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic Division staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 107-3.2.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of seven (7) day notice period prior to road closure and potentially longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 107-3.3. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 107-3.3.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C -View Release 107-3.4. MAJOR ARTERIALS 107-3.4.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than seven (7) days. 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone (727) 562-4747, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control SECTION IV Page 7 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications plan. All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of • Florida. 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. • • 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise. 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a twenty-four (24) hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a twenty-four (24) hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. SECTION IV Page 8 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1 - Having the power lines de -energized and visibly grounded. Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of twenty feet (20') of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV and fifty feet (50') of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the following table. 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE (nominal, kV, alternating current) MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 200 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1,000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. SECTION IV Page 9 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/ http://www.section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable -width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by City departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from Public Communications. 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow the Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 109-6. POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different server than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed, Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. SECTION IV Page 10 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The Contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the Contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify their Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff is required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the Contractor. City staff, in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements, is to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform to OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the Contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The construction quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract do not contain sufficient quantities to allow the Contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench -shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than four hundred feet (400') of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be a minimum of six inches (6") wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. SECTION IV Page 11 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 202. OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 203. DEWATERING 203-1. GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The Contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. Contractor shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this Contractor may be required to divert the water to a suitable place of discharge as may be determined by the Engineer. Where possible, Contractor may contain produced groundwater on the project site, a dewatering plan must be submitted to the City for approval if a discharge permit is not obtained or required. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 203-2.1. DEWATERING DISCHARGE The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting the Notice of Intent to use the Generic Permit for the Discharge of Groundwater from Dewatering Operations and associated fee in accordance with Florida DEP Requirements, F.A.C. 62-621.300(2)(b) prior to discharging of produced groundwater into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to construction, a dewatering plan must be prepared and submitted to the City for review. It shall include site-specific notes and details presenting the Contractor's proposed dewatering and disposal methods. The City will field -inspect the dewatering operation throughout construction. SECTION IV Page 12 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated from under pipes, structures and roadways and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-site at their expense. The limits and depths of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of clean fill placed as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. Included in the cost of cubic yards of suitable material placed is the removal, hauling and disposal of unsuitable material. 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems, Slurry Pipe Lines and Potable Water SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER Reclaimed Water, Irrigation and Slurry Lines SECTION IV Page 13 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications WHITE Proposed Excavation PINK Temporary Survey Markings Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be six inch (6") x three inch (3") and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be four inch (4") x two inch (2") and be placed on the curb face. 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT • The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. • 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 207-1. GENERAL Erosion and sediment control shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Prevention, Control, and Abatement of Erosion and Water Pollution. Contractor shall use temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices. 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) Florida Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector Training & Certification. All personnel working on the Project shall complete illicit discharge training once per calendar year. Contractor shall provide documentation to the City prior to Notice To Proceed. Example of SECTION IV Page 14 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications training and training sign -in sheet will be provided by the City to the Contractor at the Pre - Construction Meeting. 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other temporary vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices, or equals approved by the City Engineer before installation. • 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: no more than 400 linear feet of trench shall be open at any one time; and, wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 207-8. MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. SECTION IV Page 15 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 207-9. COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order". 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. Other beach erosion control structures, accompanied by a certified survey showing the location of the groin or other beach erosion control structure and adjoining groins or other beach erosion control structures, shall be presented to the city council for final approval. Where steps are necessary to provide access along the beach to the public, then such steps shall be shown as part of the plan for groin construction prior to issuance of the permit, and such steps shall be constructed and maintained in a safe condition at all times. 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS Existing seawalls and revetments on natural waterbodies may be replaced with a revetment or with a vertical seawall with the provision of rip rap placed at the base of the wall up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall. Revetments and seawalls may be replaced with a vertical seawall in manmade waterbodies, provided that the seawall is within the property line and maintains the established shoreline. 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION The top of cap elevation for all replacement and new seawalls and seawall caps shall not exceed 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. If the top of a seawall cap is constructed at an elevation differing from the adjacent property owner top of cap elevation by greater than one foot, then a return wall is required to sufficiently provide for the break in grade at the property line. Seawalls exceeding 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. in height prior to the effective date of this article may be maintained, repaired and replaced to their current height. 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL Seawalls and revetments located seaward of the coastal construction setback line are controlled by regulations of the Division of Beaches and Shores of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Replacement of a seawall or revetment that is located seaward of the coastal construction setback line necessitates submission of a permit application to the state department of environmental protection. 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL The placement of a new seawall waterward of an existing seawall is permitted, subject to the following conditions: (a) A Florida registered professional engineer must certify the new seawall design. (b) The new seawall shall not extend more than 18 inches from the waterward face of the original alignment of the existing vertical seawall location. SECTION IV Page 16 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications (c) The new seawall shall be placed vertically plumb. (d) Placing a seawall in front of an existing seawall shall only be permitted once unless the seawall behind the new seawall is removed. (e) Existing seawall sections that interfere with new seawall location shall be removed. (f) The new seawall shall include an adequate closure of gaps at each property line. (g) For zoning purposes, the setbacks for the property will be measured from either the property line or the waterside of the original seawall slab, whichever is more restrictive, and will not be adjusted to accommodate the new seawall addition. For purposes of pier construction, the shore normal dimensions will be measured from the waterside of the original seawall slab. 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY Prior to final inspection and approval of a new or replacement seawall or seawall cap, a post - construction survey shall be required. Repairs of existing seawalls and seawall caps which do not alter the height or location shall not be subject to this requirement. 208-6. RIP -RAP On all natural waterways, an apron of rip -rap shall be placed at the base of all new and repaired seawalls up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall to absorb the wave energy and protect the underlying soft earth or sand from being carried away, as well as to provide habitat for desirable marine species. This rip -rap shall be required at the base of all new seawalls and at the time that an existing seawall is repaired where the replacement constitutes greater than 50 percent of the entire length of the seawall or includes the replacement of a panel. IP 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL A retaining wall may be built as an alternative to a vertical seawall, provided that all activities, including dredging, filling, slope grading, or equipment access and similar activities and all portions of the wall are located landward of the mean high water line. SECTION IV Page 17 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 301. CONCRETE The Contractor shall notify the Construction Inspector or City a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all concrete placement. Unless otherwise noted elsewhere or directed, the following requirements shall be adhered to: All concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at twenty- eight (28) days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of three inches (3") to five inches (5"), except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than five cubic yards (5 cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding five cubic yards (5 cy), one set of three (3) compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 302-1. EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point six inches (6") outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. 302-2. FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal, except curbs. Curb forms shall be metal only, unless at radius, intermittent sections less than ten (10) linear feet or by written permission from Engineer. They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 303. REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete SECTION IV Page 18 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Welded wires shall be elevated by the use of chairs. Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM A775/A77 requirements. 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 304. BACKFILL 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL Material for backfill other than under Gabion mattress shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from clay, muck, organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than three inches (3") in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Material for backfill under Gabion mattress shall be an A-1 soil meeting AASHTO M145. Backfill shall be carried up evenly in layer not exceeding eight inches (8") in thickness and shall be compacted into place by mechanical tamping before the next layer is applied. A hydro - hammer shall not be used for compaction. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to twelve inches (12") above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. For backfill in small areas that do not permit any type of tamping, Contractor may use flowable • fill to achieve required density. Flowable fill shall adhere to Section 121 of FDOT specifications. Where wet conditions are such that dewatering by normal pumping methods would not be effective, as determined by the Engineer, Contractor may use #57 stone (meeting FDOT's specifications) and hand tamping until backfill has reached an elevation and condition such as to make the use of the mechanical tampers practical. Fully wrap the stones with a layer of Type D filter fabric of FDOT Index 199. Do not place stones within four feet (4') of the ends of trench or ditch; use normally accepted backfill material at the ends. Where new cast -in-place concrete work is performed, do not place backfill until the specified twenty-eight (28) days compressive strength occurs. Do not allow heavy construction equipment to cross over pipes or culverts until placing and compacting backfill material to the finished earthwork grade or to an elevation of at least four feet (4') above the top of the pipe or culvert. The cost of backfill, flowable fill, alternative approved material for wet conditions, and extra dewatering effort to achieve required density, etc., shall be included in the contract unit price or lump sum price for the item of the work specified. 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Owner, to perform density testing on backfilled material. All testing shall be witnessed by SECTION IV Page 19 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications the Owner's Representative. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. The Contractor shall be charged for all retests and re -inspection services. Backfill under all type of impervious areas and around structures: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 98% Modified Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D 1557 or ASSHTO T 180. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed bottom of pavement elevation. Backfill outside of impervious areas: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D-698 or AASHTO T-99. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed finished grade. Backfill Testing: The Contractor shall demonstrate the adequacy of backfill compaction by performing density testing. For each test location, density testing shall be performed at eight inch (8") lifts. The character of the backfill material will be observed during the excavation for density testing to determine conformance with the specifications. Density testing shall be performed using nuclear field density equipment or conventional weight -volume methods. If the weight -volume method is used, volume shall be determined by using the sand replacement test (ASTM D 1556) or liquid displacement methods (ASTM D 2167). If nuclear methods are used, the trench correction effect shall be accounted for by recalibrating the nuclear gauge on its calibration block at the location of each test prior to taking the density measurement. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, and labor to prepare the test site for testing. Normal Testing Frequency: One test shall be performed for each one hundred feet (100') of backfill or fraction thereof or for each single run of pipe/culvert connecting two (2) successive structures whichever is less. The location of the test within each section shall be selected by the Owner's Representative. Testing shall progress as each one hundred foot (100') section is completed. Four (4) tests equally spaced around each structure shall be performed on each eight inch (8") lift. Testing which indicates that unacceptable material has been incorporated into the backfill, or that insufficient compaction is being obtained shall be followed by expanded testing to determine the limits of the unacceptable backfill. Expanded Testing Requirements: If normal testing within a testing section indicates unacceptable backfill, the Owner's Representative may require additional testing within the same test section to determine the limits of unacceptable backfill. Additional testing required by the Owner's Representative shall be paid for by the Contractor and shall not exceed testing of four (4) additional locations within the test section. Unacceptable backfill within the limits established by the testing shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional testing beyond that required may be performed by the Contractor at his expense to further delineate limits of unacceptable backfill. 305. RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of' riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the dry weight in tons. SECTION IV Page 20 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand -cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand -cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. SECTION IV Page 21 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER • 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE • • Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches (24"). Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches (24"). Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. The entire interior and exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch (1/2") of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 401-2. PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of five inches (5"). The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from Contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. SECTION IV Page 22 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 401-2.1. MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 703-7, Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 401-3. DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Index 301. 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of Sherwin Williams Targuard® Coal Tar Epoxy or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP -R Liner with a minimum thickness of two millimeters (2 mm). 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by NPC Kor-N-Seal® or approved water stop coupling. 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SECTION IV Page 23 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 403-1. MATERIALS 403-1.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than ten feet (10') of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of twenty feet (20'). Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in these Technical Specifications Article 501. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 403-1.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 403-2. INSTALLATION 403-2.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of Thermoplastic gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus eight inches (8") to twelve inches (12") on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without SECTION IV Page 24 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 r e • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the Contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (one half inch (1/2") diameter aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint two (2) feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The Contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 403-2.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 403-3. TESTING 403-3.1. TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed fifty (50) gallons per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at their own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any dips or sags of more than five percent (5%) of the inside pipe diameter dimension shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 403-3.2. TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. SECTION IV Page 25 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 403-4.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per linear foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per linear foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 403-4.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 404-1. INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of eight inch (8") to twelve inch (12") sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive track record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 404-3. MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, SECTION IV Page 26 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTM Method Value HDPE HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at five (5) foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of fifty (50) years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Any liner system must be approved by the Engineer prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the date for receiving bids. 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the• existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to SECTION IV Page 27 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 1111 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected with a digital camera and recorded in DVD format as specified below. 404-5.1. VIDEO, PHOTO CAPTURE AND DATA COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR MANHOLE AND PIPELINE INSPECTION This section describes the requirements of the Contractor in providing the following minimum requirements for Video, Photo Capture and Database structure to the City. The City is currently using CUES Granite XP video and data collection software. The Contractor shall provide the TV Inspections in the same Granite XP database, photo and video capture format. The Contractor - provided TV Inspections, Database, DVDs, Photos and related files shall have the ability to direct synchronize to the City's existing Granite XP database. 404-5.2. IMAGE (PHOTOS) CAPTURE FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS The Inspection image files (pictures) shall have the ability to export to Industry Standard Formats to include JPEG, BMP, and TIFF formats and be transferable by disk, DVD and/or external hard drive to an external personal computer utilizing standard viewers and printers. 404-5.3. DIGITAL VIDEO FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS • Digital video files (Inspection Videos) shall be captured and/or recorded in the MPEG 1, 2 or 4 format or as specified by the City. The Video capture files shall be in MPEG format with data linking (Inspection Observations) to the database file(s). The "Link" of the video capture file to the database observation file is required. The inspection observation(s) shall link to the video record in real-time. The accompanying database shall support the following code systems: WRc, PACP, CUES standard, or current code system being utilized by the City. The Database and Software program (Granite XP V2.X) shall be able to import asset data from an ArcGIS (City current version) geo- database file utilizing the network features to associate Sewer Mains with corresponding Sewer Nodes. • The database structure shall retain information on the various structures found within a sewer or storm system. It is important that the structures, nodes, manholes and pipe identifiers and related attribute information be retained as separate tables from the Inspection allowing import of existing data from multiple sources. The data structure allows different projects to reside within a single database. Information gathered in projects shall be available to view by project or by system. Data gathered during project inspection shall be available to view by the selected structure. Therefore, all inspections can be viewed on a structure even if gathered in different projects. SECTION IV Page 28 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 404-5.4. SYNCHRONIZATION The database shall have the ability to synch assets and inspections from replicated databases. The synch process should have built-in error checking for duplicates, updates and any modifications to the data being synched. This allows for multiple sources of data to be effectively consolidated into a single unitary database for analysis and evaluation. 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at their expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight (8) hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 404-9. PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per linear foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc., to provide a fully SECTION IV Page 29 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. • 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION • • 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 405-2. PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. The cost of such work shall be included in the pay item, per linear foot of liner. 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 405-3.1. MATERIALS 405-3.1.1. LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The Contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 405-3.1.2. MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type 1 and between two (2) and three (3) parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. SECTION IV Page 30 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405-3.1.3. GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four (4) bags of Portland Cement Type I1 per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. 405-3.2. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertical as possible. Pour six inches (6") of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe water tightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, refer to Standard Detail Index 104, "Street and Driveway Replacement for Concrete and Asphaltic Concrete Surfaces". 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum one half inch (1/2") thickness using a machine specially SECTION IV Page 31 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a two (2) coat application. 405-4.1. MATERIALS 405-4.1.1. PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 405-6. GROUTING MIX Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of 250 psi and a one (1) day strength of 50 psi. 405-7. LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at twenty-eight (28) days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi SECTION IV Page 32 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Project site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be one-half inch (1/2") to five-eighths inch (5/8") long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the unmixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65% to 75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 to 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of 0.67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod Lengths not less than one-half inch (1/2") in length nor greater than five-eighths inch (5/8") in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two (2) coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure a minimum of one-half inch (1/2") thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 405-8. WATER Shall be clean and potable. 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 405-10. EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete SECTION IV Page 33 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405-11.1. PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 405-11.2. MIXING • For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for thirty (30) seconds to one (1) minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 405-11.3. SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be fifteen (15) minutes to one (1) hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of one-half inch (1/2"). The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than twenty-four (24) hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produced from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than one-half inch (1/2"). The SECTION IV Page 34 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 405-11.4. PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) two inch (2") cubes may be prepared each day or from every fifty (50) bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 405-11.5. CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. 405-11.6. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty-eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty inch diameter (60"), and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 405-12.1. SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration. 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam -injected through wall of manhole to fill voids, and/or b. Hydrophilic gel -injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of one-half inch (1/2") SECTION IV Page 35 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of thirty (30) dry mils • 405-12.2. MATERIALS 405-12.2.1. REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 405-12.2.2. HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: IP1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: • Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86 Bonding Strength 250-300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D-3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Toxicity Non Toxic 405-12.2.3. WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the SECTION IV Page 36 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six (6) months. Upon completion, the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM C882 Modified 1,200 1,800 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x10^-10 cm/sec to 7.6x1OA-11 cm/sec at 100% RH at50%RH 405-12.2.4. CEMENT LINING A self -bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4 - 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after twenty-four (24) hours moist curing at 68 degrees Fahrenheit. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one (1) pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch (1/2"), but no greater than two inches (2"). It will have a dark grey color. 405-12.2.5. EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of thirty (30) dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees Fahrenheit: SECTION IV Page 37 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 405-12.2.6. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE The sanitary sewer liner shall be resistant to: Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 405-12.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405-12.3.1. PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client.) 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four (24) hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 405-12.3.2. PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from SECTION (V Page 38 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines (where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 4111 405-12.3.3. STRUCTURAL REPAIR 1 • Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 405-12.3.4. INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill five-eighths inch (5/8") holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 405-12.3.5. WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. 405-12.3.6. CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (1/2") (and no more than two inches (2")) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a twenty-four (24) hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. SECTION IV Page 39 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 405-12.3.7. EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least thirty (30) mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 405-12.3.8. CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 405-12.3.9. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for a forty eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405-12.3.10. WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. SECTION IV Page 40 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 501. SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, fire lines, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. 502. MATERIALS 502-1. GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS • 502-2.1. DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AW WA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. SECTION IV Page 41 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSUAW WA C 104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations and for fire line installations from the main to the backflow preventer. 502-2.2. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe four inch (4") through eight inch (8") shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than eight inch (8") shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes four inch (4") through eight inch (8") when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of four inch (4") and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated twelve (12) gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about eighteen inches (18") between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a two inch (2") PVC pipe to twelve inches (12") minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be plugged with a two inch (2") removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 502-2.3. FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from four inch (4") through sixteen inch (16") in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with SECTION IV Page 42 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 502-2.4. RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 502-2.5. PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 502-3. GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be hand wheel operated with rising stems. Valves four inches (4") and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with two inch (2") square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, non -shock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch (2") diameter and smaller are not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch (3") diameter are not allowed. Gate Valves, four inch (4") to sixteen inch (16") diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0 -ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body. SECTION IV Page 43 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Gate valves larger than sixteen inches (16") shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 502-4. VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be three-piece valve box assemblies. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. 502-5. HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B -84-B. • No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AW WA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an 0 -ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately two inches (2") above the ground line. Breakaway bolts are not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. • SECTION IV Page 44 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 one and a half inch (1-1/2") pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, one quarter (1/4) turn type with 0 -ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0 - rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a six inch (6") Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a five and one quarter inch (5-1/4") valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) two and one half inch (2-1/2") hose nozzles and one (1) four and one half inch (4-1/2") pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Restrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Restrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to four inch (4") P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on four inch (4") main shall be one and one half inch (1-1/2"). Service saddles shall be used on all two inch (2") service connections to six inch (6") and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. SECTION IV Page 45 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, and when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customer's private system. The types of devices allowed are: 1. Double Check Valve Assembly - a device composed of two (2) single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the water tightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device - a device containing a minimum of two (2) independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and three-quarter inch (3/4") bronze test plug. 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. SECTION IV Page 46 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 503. CONSTRUCTION 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at their expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 503-2. PIPE LAYING 503-2.1. ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of thirty inches (30") and a maximum of forty-two inches (42") below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. 503-2.2. INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe SECTION IV Page 47 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • 1 • SECTION IV -- Technical Specifications or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into the pipe, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of ten percent (10%) or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 503-3.1. GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 503-3.2. VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed eighteen inches (18") from the main line. SECTION IV Page 48 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 503-3.3. HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located ten feet (10') of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a six inch (6") ductile iron branch controlled by an independent six inch (6") gate valve. If hydrant is placed greater than ten feet (10') from the main, an additional valve shall be installed at the hydrant and shall be included in the hydrant assembly cost. 503-3.4. ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant run out length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater. SECTION. IV Page 49 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 504. TESTS 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at their expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative forty-eight (48) hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 505. STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification O -S -602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than twenty-four (24) hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. SECTION IV Page 50 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AW WA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 506-1. GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joint materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SECTION IV Page 51 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS S 506-2.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 506-2.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains completely and ready for operation. 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 506-3.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AW WA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 506-3.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. • 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 506-4.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 506-4.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 506-5.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Article 501-2.5 of these Technical Specifications. No exceptions. SECTION IV Page 52 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 506-5.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant completely including necessary thrust anchorage, six inch (6") pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. SECTION IV Page 53 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 600 SERIES: STORMWATER • 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 602. UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub -surface drainage pipe as directed in the Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non -degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be eight inches (8") in diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-1.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. • Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe that exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non -perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly -chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. Filter aggregate for underdrains shall be as specified in the FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 901 — Course Aggregate, and shall be either #6 or #57. If #57 is used, it must be washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag, or crushed gravel. 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of linear feet of eight inch (8") Sub -drain in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 54 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per linear foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 603. STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a watertight sewer under all conditions. The work under this Article shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include: 1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths. 2) The drainage structure number and pipe size. 3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S-1 to S-2). 4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and infiltration. The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously. All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in accordance with Section 430-4.8 of FDOT Standard Specifications. Any deficient or damaged pipe discovered during the video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense within the contractual duration. SECTION IV Page SS of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of concern in electronic (computer CD/DVD) and hard copy form (in color). All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re-laid by the Contractor. Sections of pipe that are repaired, re-laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re- inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been resolved. 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, gravel bedding if needed for stabilization, labor and incidentals, etc.). 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Index Numbers 201 to 231. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Articles 301, 302, 303 and 202, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Built up type manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on Index Numbers 201. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with grout. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with a skim coat of one half inch (1/2") of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. SECTION IV Page 56 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 604-2. PRECAST TYPE Precast manholes shall be constructed as shown on Index 202. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturer's option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 605-1. MATERIAL 605-1.1. PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES 605-1.1.1. GABION & MATTRESS BASKETS • Gabion and mattress baskets units shall conform to ASTM A975, be of non -raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.106 inches. • 605-1.1.2. PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 Y2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.134 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.174 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. SECTION,IV Page 57 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. 605-1.1.3. GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. Crushed concrete shall not be used for filler material. 605-1.1.4. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 985. 605-2. PERFORMANCE • Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical • SECTION IV Page 58 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than twelve inches (12") into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. In wet conditions, a base shall be established by spreading and compacting #57 stone prior to placement of geotextile fabric and gabions or mattresses. SECTION IV Page 59 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS • 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, • CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum eight inches (8") compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus two inches (2"), if over six inches (6"), and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All necessary restoration exceeding this footprint will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per linear foot; sidewalk four inches (4") or six inches (6") thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of six inches (6") thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 303 and 707). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 702-1. BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 101 "Scope of Work" of the City's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be eight inches (8") compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be twelve inches (12") compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is • SECTION IV Page 60 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Technical Specifications will apply. Once i;he roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. Shell Base: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. Crushed Concrete Base: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 100. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the City by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. Superpave Asphalt Base: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 234 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 5. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Base: Reclaimed asphalt pavement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 283 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. As per FDOT Section 283, RAP material shall be used as a base course only on non -limited access paved shoulders, shared use paths, or other non -traffic bearing applications. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. SECTION IV Page 61 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 702-1.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-'1.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 702-2. SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall cbtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value of the subgrade after the materials are mixed for the stabilized subgrade. 702-2.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160-7.2 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-2.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The L.nit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. SECTION 1V Page 62 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 703-'1.1. AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-'1.2. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless. otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The C ity shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to deterrr.ine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: 1. Density per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least twenty-five feet (25') from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per FDOT's Standard Specifications. In addition, for excesses of one-quarter inch (1/4") or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. SECTION IV Page 63 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs, acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Sections 330 and 334 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Type SSP/Spec 334-1 Type FC/Spec 337-8 Type II/Spec 234-8 ATPB,'287-8 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface, requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, Quality Control Testing, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 703-6.1. CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703-6.2. POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. SECTION IV Page 64 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. • 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. • The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc., will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. SECTION IV Page 65 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be one-quarter inch (I/4") above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. • 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT • Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than ten percent (10%) from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://www.dot.state.fl.us/construction/fuel&bit/fuel&bit.shtm. For additional information, call FDOT at (850) 414-4252. SECTION IV Page 66 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing asphalt driveways that must be altered for project construction shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six inches (6"). Remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street. Use Article 703 Asphaltic Concrete, of these Technical Specifications, as specified for the street paving. When the finished surface of the existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Asphalt Driveways. 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Asphalt Driveways in place and accepted. 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Asphalt Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 706. CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ten feet (10'). In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 301, 302 and 303 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be linear feet of curb in place and accepted. SECTION 1V Page 67 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every five feet (5'). Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six inches (6') in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four feet (4') measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS The contractor is responsible for constructing ADA compliant concrete curb ramps per the plans and installing detectable warning surfaces on said ramps as called for in the plan set. Concrete curb ramps and detectable warning surfaces are to be constructed per FDOT Standards and Specifications. 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of four inch (4") concrete sidewalk, six inch (6") concrete sidewalk, and six inch (6") concrete driveways in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 68 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 411, SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City of Clearwater Project Representative a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all milling. 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the Contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven (7) days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City SECTION IV Page 69 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified, all salvageable materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the City Project Representative to schedule delivery of material at least 48 hours prior to starting work. 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All private utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. City -owned utilities and structures shall be located by the Owner/City and adjusted by the contractor. The Contractor shall arrange their schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 703-7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot (6') wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend SECTION IV Page 70 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approximately fifty (50) to one hundred (100) feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. SECTION IV Page 71 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND • MARKINGS • • 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LEDs and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is prohibited unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. All damaged inductive loop detectors shall be restored by the contractor per FDOT Index 17781. 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 802. SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. SECTION IV Page 72 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications The Contractor is responsible for restoring all striping in paint and reflective beading per the FDOT indices mentioned above. The City's Traffic Engineering department shall follow up with thermoplastic striping at a later date unless otherwise specified. 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. SECTION IV Page 73 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION • 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The Contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The Contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the Contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's Water Reclamation Facilities, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the Water Reclamation Facilities will be coordinated at the pre -construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS • 902-1. IRRIGATION • 902-1.1. DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 902-1.1.1. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. SECTION IV Page 74 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the Contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders, with three rings, containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, twenty- four (24) hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 902-1.1.2. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation of twenty-four inch (24") diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. SECTION IV Page 75 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-1.1.3. WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater. 902-1.2. PRODUCTS 902-1.2.1. GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 902-1.2.2. PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 902-1.2.3. PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 902-1.2.4. PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 902-1.2.5. THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 902-1.2.6. GATE VALVES 902-1.2.6.1. MANUAL GATE VALVES TWO INCHES (2") AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve SECTION IV Page 76 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non -Shock Safe -T -Shear Stem 5. Safe -T -Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 902-1.2.6.2, GATE VALVES TWO AND A HALF INCHES (21/2") AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AW WA -C-509 2. 200 lb. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with two inch (2") square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve three inches (3") and larger. The "street key" shall be five feet (5') long with a two inch (2") square operating nut. 902-1.2.7. SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 902-1.2.8. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance -pressure across -the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a one inch (1") (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch (1") slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. SECTION IV Page 77 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-1.2.9. VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 ten inch (10") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 902-1.2.10. DRIP IRRIGATION 902-1.2.10.1. CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 902-1.2.10.2. OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be seven inch (7"). B. For on -surface or under mulch installations, six inch (6") metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed three feet (3') to five feet (5') on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 902-1.2.10.3. LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub -surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 902-1.2.10.4.AIR/VACUUM RELIEF VALVE SECTION IV Page 78 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. • 902-1.2.10.5. PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressure of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within +/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high - impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. • 902-1.2.10.6. FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 902-1.2.10.7. FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 902-1.2.11. AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three (3) independent programs with eight (8) start times each, station run time capability from one (1) minute to twelve (12) hours in one (1) minute increments, and a seven (7) day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. SECTION IV Page 79 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-1.2.12. FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.2.13. LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.3. EXECUTION • 902-1.3.1. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. • B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in Contractor's absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Specifications. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In the event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. SECTION IV Page 80 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 902-1.3.2. EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 902-1.3.2.1. TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain six inch (6") horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain six inch (6") vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 902-1.3.2.2. BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have eighteen inches (18") of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than one half inch ('/2"). C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Standard Specifications. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six inches (6") thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. SECTION IV Page 81 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-1.3.2.3. ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non -pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 902-1.3.3. INSTALLATION 902-1.3.3.1. WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 902-1.3.3.2. ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Specifications. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 902-1.3.3.3. SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The Contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 902-1.3.3.4. PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least fifteen (15) minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. SECTION IV Page 82 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least twenty-four (24) hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 902-1.3.3.5. CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineer's representative prior to installation. 902-1.3.3.6. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than six inches (6"), nor less than four inches (4") cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with twenty-four inch (24") minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, three feet (3') minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than seven feet (7') from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 902-1.3.3.7. GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. SECTION IV Page 83 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-2. LANDSCAPE 902-2.1. GENERAL 902-2.1.1. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 902-2.1.2. SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Article. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Article shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 902-2.1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Article shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The • Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plans shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in their employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety SECTION IV Page 84 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Article. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call"/"Sunshine 811" at 8-1-1; "Sunshine 811" administrative offices may be reached at (800) 638-4097. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 902-2.1.4. SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two (2) copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one (1) year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 902-2.1.5. ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through their Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 902-2.1.6. ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C. T.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. C. W: Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SECTION IV Page 85 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. • ST TR.: Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O.C.: On center, distance between plant centers. DIA.: Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. B&B: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. PPP: Plants per pot. FG: Field grown. STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. • Owner's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. • Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 902-2.1.7. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 902-2.1.7.1. PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container -grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. SECTION IV Page 86 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications C. Balled and burlapped ("B & B") plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than one foot (1') diameter of ball to every one inch (1") caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than two-thirds (2/3) of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of four (4) weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of twelve inches (12") of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within twenty-four (24) hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 902-2.1.8. JOB CONDITIONS 902-2.1.8.1. ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub -grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. SECTION IV Page 87 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to sod installation or seeding lawns. Protect existing lawn, trees, and promptly repair damages from planting operations. 902-2.1.8.2. SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc., in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representatives may request work stoppage in writing. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor, with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 902-2.1.8.3. UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 902-2.2. PRODUCTS 902-2.2.1. MATERIALS 902-2.2.1.1. PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc., shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Schedule. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 902-2.2.1.2. PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insects, pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided SECTION IV Page 88 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name, variety, size, quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit to the Landscape Architect proof of it being non -available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect, with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container -grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 902-2.2.1.3. GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious weed, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than SECTION IV Page 89 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications twenty-four (24) hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 902-2.2.1.4. MULCH A. Mulch shall be as specified in the plans or by the project manager. B. Install mulch to an even depth of three inches (3") before compaction, as shown in the PLANTING DETAILS in the plans. 902-2.2.1.5. FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grasses at the rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than one-fourth (1/4) the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 902-2.2.1.6. STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over two inch (2") caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees two inch (2") caliper and under. A minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two — three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. SECTION IV Page 90 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2.2.1.7. PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the City, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of one-third (1/3) peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy loam, with no lumps over one inch (1"). C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under one (1) gallon container size shall consist of three inches (3") of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into native soil. 902-2.2.1.8. SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. • 902-2.2.1.9. TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members six feet (6') to eight feet (8') on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot (1') for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH (four and one half feet)') above grade. • 902-2.2.1.10. ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 902-2.2.1.11. PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 902-2.2.1.12. PESTICIDES SECTION IV Page 91 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 411/ 902-2.3. EXECUTION • 902-2.3.1. PREPARATION 902-2.3.1.1. OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 902-2.3.1.2. GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre -emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over one and one half inches (1'/2") in any dimension from individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 902-2.3.1.3. PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread three inches (3") of one-third (1/3) Florida peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy, or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. SECTION W Page 92 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2.3.1.4. PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub - grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of four inches (4"). C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top four inches (4") of soil. E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 902-2.3.2. INSTALLATION 902-2.3.2.1. BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well - drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 902-2.3.2.2. LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc., as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an eighteen inch (18") (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. SECTION IV Page 93 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the Plans. 902-2.3.2.3. PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about one inch (1") higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each %2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7 - 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back -filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 four inches (4") (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade. Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of eighteen inches (18") from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. SECTION IV Page 94 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 902-2.3.2.4. SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one pound (1 ib.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). The ground shall be moistened before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to one inch (1") to one and one half inches (1-1/2") below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within two (2) hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of two inches (2") (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes 3:1 or steeper, and as required, a geotextile fabric shall be installed per manufacturer's specifications prior to placing sod. The sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 902-2.3.2.5. SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 902-2.3.2.6. TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by SECTION IV Page 95 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of four feet (4') height of stake above grade and a minimum of thirty inches (30") of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of five (5) layers of burlap and five (5) - 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two (2) three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of five feet (5') of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 902-2.3.2.7. MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. Mulch should be below top of curb and resistant to washout from stormwater run- off. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a three inch (3") layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum three inch (3") clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum six inch (6") clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum six inches (6") of non -mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 902-2.3.2.8. PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 902-2.3.2.9. CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 902-2.3.2.10. PROTECTION SECTION IV Page 96 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. The Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 902-2.3.2.11. REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by their operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by their work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 902-2.3.3. MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch (1") of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 902-2.3.4. INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 902-2.3.4.1. INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within fifteen (15) days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. SECTION IV Page 97 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2.3.4.2. REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in the Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within fifteen (15) days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 902-2.3.4.3. ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material, if any, have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from their Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or their representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under -specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 902-2.3.5. WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. SECTION IV Page 98 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 903. SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the Contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than seventy-two (72) hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 904. SEEDING • Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. • 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 905-1. SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces SECTION IV Page 99 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the specified landscaped street areas including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, such as cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. 905-3. WORK METHODS 905-3.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 905-3.2. DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The Contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 905-3.2.1. LITTER AND DEBRIS Remove trash and debris from the project site. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is the Contractor's responsibility. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The Contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the Contractor would be considered. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the Contractor. SECTION IV Page 100 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016. • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 905-3.2.2. VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within twenty-four (24) hours after providing the service. 905-3.2.3. PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular species. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, consistent with the following specification: 905-3.2.3.1. PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; and remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation, such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 905-3.2.3.2. TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the Contractor, according to the approved Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 905-3.2.3.3. PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 905-3.2.4. PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 905-3.2.5. WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by Contractor at their expense. SECTION IV Page 101 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 905-3.2.6. MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually three inches (3"). 905-3.2.7. IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the system's proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. 905-3.2.8. LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 905-3.2.9. PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three (3) pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. 905-3.2.10. FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility. Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and Contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE The Project Site is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within seven (7) working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six (6) and no further than ten (10) calendar days apart. SECTION IV Page 102 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 907. COMPLETION OF WORK • Within twenty-four (24) hours of completing work the City either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given forty-eight (48) hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a twelve (12) month period on plants, trees and palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as they feel appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 3. All work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or their employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs on the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required work to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 910. TREE PROTECTION 910-1. TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds (2/3) of the dripline of all other protected species SECTION IV ?age 103 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two inch (2") lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet (4') in length with a minimum of one foot (1') anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet (8') apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch (1") by four -inch (4") lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 910-2. ROOT PRUNING • A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than eighteen inches (18") from existing grade. The City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for Root Pruning issues is the Senior Landscape Architect and can be reached at (727) 562-4747, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. SECTION IV Page 104 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • 1 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches (10") per one inch (1") of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than eighteen inches (18"). H. Root pruning shall be performed using a root cutting machine specifically designed for this purpose. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. C. No protected tree shall have more than thirty percent (30%) of its foliage removed. SECTION iV Page 105 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion -tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. SECTION IV Page 106 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 63 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the Technical Specifications is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. MODIFICATIONS TO INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS — SECTION III ARTICLE 3 — Add Item 3.9 — Interested bidders shall attend a mandatory Pre-bid Meeting, to be established by the CITY at the Marshall Street WWTP, to perform a walk-through in an effort to assist with properly bidding the work identified within these contract documents. MODIFICATIONS TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS — SECTION IV SERIES 103 - DEFINITION OF TERMS • Add to the definition of "Estimated Quantities" the following statement: The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof. SERIES 506 Basis for measurement and payment for al! Articles shall be superseded by Division 01630 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. SERIES 706 - CONCRETE 6 Add the following: Mixing time: Deliver concrete to site and discharge within 1-1/2 hour or before 300 revolutions of mixer drum, after introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregates or cement to aggregates. • • • SECTION IVa — Supplementary Technical Specifications For concrete joints: A. General: Provide joints of types indicated. Hold locations and alignment to within plus 1/4 IN. Finish concrete surface adjacent to previous section to within plus 1/8 IN, with tooled radius of 114 IN. B. Metal keyway joints: Form by installing metal parting strip, left in place. Stake and support like side form. Provide dowels or tie bars where indicated. C. Weakened plane joints: 1. Tooled joints: Tool groove in freshly placed concrete. Groove dimensions: 3/8 IN at surface and 1/4 IN at root. D. Construction joints: Install at end of day's work or wherever concreting must be interrupted for 30 minutes. Place timber bulkhead full depth of slab, securely staked. E. Expansion joints: Place 3/4 IN preformed expansion joints at intervals as indicated and at all junctions with previously placed sidewalks, curb or other structures. Seal sidewalk joints with polyurethane sealant. Finishing concrete: A. As soon as placed, strike off and screed to crown and cross section, slightly above grade so that consolidation and finishing will bring final plan elevations. First pass of fist screed should maintain uniform ridge full width. B. Consolidate by vibrating screeds, internal units or a combination. C. Test with 6 FT straightedges, equipped with long handles and operated from sidewalk. Draw excess water and laitance off from surface. D. Float finish so as to leave no disfiguring marks, but to produce a uniform granular or sandy texture. Exterior sidewalks at buildings shall receive light broom finish. E. Tool pavement edges with suitable edger. F. Final finish shall equal existing textures and conditions. Curing concrete: A. Cure for 7 days by method applicable to ambient conditions. Apply curing medium as soon as possible. Maintain to prevent • SECTION IVA Page 2 Updated 05/10/18 SECTION IVa — Supplementary Technical Specifications detrimental loss of water from surface and edges of concrete during entire curing period. B. Burlap curing: Cover entire surface and edges. Keep continuously wet. After removal of forms, fold burlap over back of curb on slab, to subgrade. C. Curing compound: Spray on white -pigmented membrane forming compound. Use power driven spraying equipment, and spread at rate not to exceed 200 SQ FT/GAL. Concrete surfaces must be moist before application. Recoat, if directed by the Engineer, to eliminate pinholes or holidays. Do not use compound on surfaces to which new concrete is to be bonded. Cold and hot weather concreting: 1. Cold weather (comply with ACI -306). a. Cease concrete placing when descending air temperature in shade falls below 40° F. Do not resume until ambient temperature has risen to 40° F. b. If placing is authorized maintain temperature of mix between 60 and 80° F. Heat aggregates or water or both. Water temperature may not exceed 175° F; aggregates, 150° F. c. When average daily temperature is below 50° F provide insulative protection of 12 IN minimum thickness loose dry straw or equivalent, for 10 days. d. Remove and replace all frost injured concrete. e. Never use salt or other antifreeze. 2. Hot weather (comply with ACI -305). a. Cease concrete placing when plastic mix temperature cannot be maintained under 90° F. b. Aggregates or water or both may be cooled. Cool water with crushed ice; aggregates by evaporation or water spray. c. Never batch cement hotter than 160° F. SERIES 304 - BACKFILL SECTION IVA Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 6" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test) to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test). Page 3 Updated 05/10/18 • SECTION IVa — Supplementary Technical Specifications The following divisions are included as part of supplemental technical specifications. DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 00005 Certification Page 00005-1 - 2 01010 Summary of Work 01010-1 - 4 01040 Coordination with Owners Operations 01040-1 - 8 01045 Cutting and Patching 01045-1 - 6 01291 Schedule of Values 01291-1 - 3 01297 Progress Payment Procedures 01297-1 - 2 01300 Submittal Procedures 01300-1 -10 01301 Preconstruction Conference 01301-1 - 3 01310 Project Coordination 01310-1 -1 01312 Progress Meetings 01312-1 - 2 01322 Progress Schedule 01322-1 - 6 01411 Spill Prevention Control & Countermeasures Plan 01411-1 - 5 01420 References 01420-1 - 9 01452 Testing Laboratory Services Furnished by Contractor 01452-1 - 3 01510 Temporary Utilities 01510-1 - 5 01511 Temporary Electricity 01511-1 - 3 01522 Contractor's Field Office and Sheds 01522-1 - 2 01570 Temporary Controls 01570-1 -1 1 01630 Measurement and Payment 01630-1 - 4 01651 Transportation & Handing of Products 01651-1 - 4 • 01661 Storage and Protection of Products 01661-1 - 5 01721 Protection of the Work and Property 01721-1 - 5 01724 Connections to Existing Facilities 01724-1 - 1 01740 Cleaning 01740-1 - 4 01751 Starting & Placing Equipment in Operation 01751-1 - 6 01772 Closeout Requirements 01772-1 - 2 01781 Operations & Maintenance Data 01781-1 - 7 01782 Record Documents 01782-1 - 5 01783 Spare Parts & Maintenance Materials 01783-1 - 2 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02050 Demolition 02050-1 - 4 02220 Excavation, Backfill, Fill and Grading for Structures 02220-1 - 6 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete 03300-1 - 26 03600 Grouting 03600-1 - 4 11111 SECTION IVA Page 4 Updated 05/10/18 SECTION IVa — Supplementary Technical Specifications DIVISION 4 - NOT USED DIVISION 5 - METALS 05500 Metal Fabrications 05500-1 - 14 DIVISION 6 THRU 8 - NOT USED DIVISION 9 - PAINTING AND COATINGS 09900 Painting and Special Coatings 09900-1 - 18 DIVISION 10 THRU 12 - NOT USED DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13100 Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements 13100-1 - 24 13110 Instrumentation and Control, Control Enclosures 13110-1 -11 13120 Instrumentation and Control, SCADA Hardware 13120-1 - 5 DIVISION 14 THRU 15 - NOT USED DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL • 16075 Identification for Electrical Systems 16075-1 -13 16100 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-1 - 27 16139 Cable Trays for Electrical Systems 16139-1 - 3 16215 Electrical Power Distribution System Studies 16215-1 - 7 16289 Surge Protective Devices 16289-1 - 6 16423 Motor Control Centers 16423-1 -16 16430 Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assemblies 16430-1 - 4 SECTION IVA END OF SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 Updated 05/10/18 • SECTION 00005- CERTIFICATION PAGE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION FOR AUBREY HAUDRICOURT, P.E. PROJECT NAME: MARSHALL STREET WRF MCC NO. 9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADES The following sections of the Technical Specifications in the Issued for Bid submittal for the above referenced project were prepared under my direction and supervision. DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work 01040 Coordination with Owners Operations 01045 Cutting and Patching 01291 Schedule of Values 01297 Progress Payment Procedures 01300 Submittal Procedures 01301 Preconstruction Conference 01310 Project Coordination 01312 Progress Meetings 01322 Progress Schedule 01411 Spill Prevention Control & Countermeasures Plan 01420 References 01452 Testing Laboratory Services Furnished by Contractor 01510 Temporary Utilities 01511 Temporary Electricity 01522 Contractor's Field Office and Sheds 01570 Temporary Controls 01630 Measurement and Payment 01651 Transportation & Handing of Products 01661 Storage and Protection of Products 01721 Protection of the Work and Property 01724 Connections to Existing Facilities 01740 Cleaning 01751 Starting & Placing Equipment in Operation 01772 Closeout Requirements 01781 Operations & Maintenance Data 01782 Record Documents 01783 Spare Parts & Maintenance Materials City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Certification Page 00005-1 DIVISION 2 — SITE WORK 02050 Demolition • DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03030 Cast in Place Concrete 03600 Grouting DIVISION 5 — METALS 05500 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL • 16075 Identification for Electrical Systems 16100 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16139 Cable Trays for Electrical Systems 16289 Surge Protective Devices 16423 Motor Control Centers Aubrey Haudricourt, P.E. Florida Professional Engineer No. 66861 McKim & Creed, Inc. 1365 Hamlet Avenue Clearwater, Florida 33756 END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Certification Page 00005-2 • • SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Table of Articles for this Section is: Article Title 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 Section Includes Location and Description of Work Other Construction Contracts Work By Others Work By CITY Assigned Procurement Contracts Sequence and Progress of Work CONTRACTOR's Use of Site Easements and Rights -of -Way Notices to CITY and Authorities of Properties Adjacent to the Work Salvage of Equipment and Materials 1.2 LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Work is being performed for the City of Clearwater (CITY) at the Marshall Street WTP site, located at 1605 Harbor Drive, Clearwater, Florida. B. The Work to be performed under these Contract Documents consists of the replacement of MCC No. 9, inclusive of all equipment, materials and work required for a complete, tested and fully operational system. C. A general description of the work is provided below solely to assist the Contractor in preparing his Bid and does not purport to include all of the equipment, materials and work required for the Contract. The description includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. Provide Health Safety Plan in accordance with Federal, State and local jurisdictions. 2. Provide a phased staging installation plan per specification 01040 3. Demolition of existing MCC, cable tray, conduit and wire and other associated equipment shown on the drawings or as otherwise required. 4. Provide temporary power (including distribution equipment or standby power if needed) to keep effected facility equipment in operation during construction. Coordination with plant officials for changing power feeds to equipment. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Summary of Work 01010-1 • • 5. Furnish and install new Motor Control Center and associated electrical gear. MCC shall be "Smart type" with Ethernet communication ability to SCADA. 6. Contractor shall provide and install new PLC and associated equipment in MCC. 7. Provide Arcflash and Coordination Study per 16215 specifications. 8. Furnish and install electrical cable tray, conduit, and wiring as shown or specified in the Contract documents. 9. Provide new power and control conduit and wiring to equipment associated with MCC -9, MCC -5 and Reactor Building. 10. Provide new HVAC for MCC -9 and associated ductwork. 11. Provide new MCC -9 building LED interior lighting. 12. Provide painting of interior room and sealing of wall and ceiling joints. 13. Modifications and extension of existing aluminum staircase and walkway to accommodate new cable tray route. 14. Provide and install new hurricane impact rated widow; and above single door glass transom. 15. Provide and install new panic door and closing hardware on single and double door. Adjust door to provide smooth closing. 16. Provide instrumentation and controls conduit and signal wiring, as shown on the drawings. 17. Employ the City System Integrator to provide all necessary programming services and other modifications to the existing plant SCADA system and existing MCC -9 control panel, as shown on the drawings. 18. Start up and Training for all systems. All training sessions will require two (2) identical sessions (morning and afternoon) to accommodate the three (3) shifts. 19. Perform site cleanup and restoration prior to demobilization. 20. Additive Alternate: Provide new 30A disconnects for mixers at Primary Anoxic Tank (9), Fermentation Tank (6), Secondary Anoxic Tank (12) and Internal Recycle Pumps (4). The list above is not, and does not purport to be, a complete listing of the labor, equipment and materials needed and is provided only as a general summary of work included. The work is further described within these Specifications or as shown on the Drawings. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT A. Work shall be constructed under one prime Electrical Contractor. Electrical Contractor shall hold a Certified Electrical Contractor license in the State of Florida and self -perform over 60 percent of the total labor work using their own workforce. Electrical Contractor shall have a minimum of over 10 years municipal and/or industrial experience, new construction or improvements, and thus have successfully executed these types of contract(s) with individual value(s) in excess of one million dollars. Such experience to be verified during bid selection. Electrical contractor shall supply and install all electrical equipment. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Summary of Work 01010-2 • • The Electrical Contractor may elect to subcontract out the site/civil, structural, or instrumentation and controls portion of this contract. 1.4 WORK BY OTHERS A. Other construction contracts have been or will be awarded by CITY that are in close proximity to or border on the Work of this Contract. Work under these other contracts is briefly described as follows: 1. 16 -003188 -Marshall Street IPS Repair 1.5 WORK BY CITY A. CITY will perform the following in connection with the Work: 1. Operate all existing pumps, valves, controls, equipment, and appurtenances that will affect CITY's operation, unless otherwise specified or indicated. 1.6 ASSIGNED PROCUREMENT CONTRACTS A. Contracts for procurement of goods described in this paragraph will be assigned to CONTRACTOR as specified in the Agreement. 1. None. 1.7 SEQUENCE AND PROGRESS OF WORK A. Requirements for sequencing and coordinating with CITY's operations, including maintenance of plant operations during construction, and requirements shutdowns, are in Section 01040, Coordination with CITY's Operations. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE A. CONTRACTOR's use of the Site shall be confined to the areas defined in the pre-bid meeting. Within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall submit a markup of the site plan showing the proposed storage area. B. Move stored products that interfere with operations of CITY, other contractors, and others performing work for CITY. 1.9 EASEMENTS AND RIGHTS-OF-WAY A. Easements and rights-of-way will be provided by CITY in accordance with the General Conditions. Confine construction operations within CITY's property, public rights-of-way, easements obtained by CITY, and the limits shown. Use care in placing construction tools, equipment, excavated materials, and materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work to avoid damaging property and interfering with traffic. Do not enter private property outside the construction limits without permission from the owner of the property. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Summary of Work 01010-3 • • 1.10 NOTICES TO CITY AND AUTHORITIES OF PROPERTIES ADJACENT TO THE WORK A. Notify owners of adjacent property and utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect their property, facilities, or use of property. B. When it is necessary to temporarily obstruct access to property, or when utility service connection will be interrupted, provide notices sufficiently in advance to enable affected persons to provide for their needs. Conform notices to Laws and Regulations and, whether delivered orally or in writing, include appropriate information concerning the interruption and instructions on how to limit inconvenience caused thereby. C. Notify utility owners and other concerned entities at least 10 full business days prior to cutting or closing streets or other traffic areas or excavating near Underground Facilities or exposed utilities. 1.11 SALVAGE OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Existing equipment and materials removed and not shown or specified to be reused in the Work shall be removed and disposed by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the CITY. B. Existing equipment and materials removed by CONTRACTOR shall not be reused in the Work, except where so specified or indicated. C. Carefully remove in a manner to prevent damage all equipment and materials specified or indicated to be salvaged and reused or to remain property of CITY. Store and protect salvaged items specified or indicated to be used in the Work. Replace in kind or with new items equipment, materials, and components damaged in removal, storage, or handling through carelessness or improper procedures. D. CONTRACTOR may furnish and install new items, with CITY's approval, instead of those specified or indicated to be salvaged and reused, in which case such removed items will become CITY's property of first right of refusal. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Summary of Work 01010-4 SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION WITH OWNERS OPERATIONS • PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1 1. This Section includes requirements for coordinating with CITY's operations during the Work, and includes requirements for tie-ins and shutdowns necessary to complete the Work without impact on CITY's operations except as allowed in this Section. 2. CONTRACTOR shall provide labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals shown, specified and required to coordinate with CITY's operations during the Work. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Specification sections and coordinate Work that must be performed with or before the Work specified in this Section. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01010, Summary of Work. 2. Section 01724, Connections to Existing Facilities. D. Except for shutdowns specified in this Section, perform the Work such that CITY's facility remains in continuous satisfactory operation during the Project. Schedule and conduct the Work such that the Work does not: impede CITY's production or processes, create potential hazards to operating equipment and personnel, reduce the quality of the facility's products or effluent, or cause odors or other nuisances. E. Work not specifically covered in this Section or in referenced Sections may, in general, be completed at any time during regular working hours in accordance with the CITY Bid Documents and Special Conditions, subject to the requirements in this Section. F CONTRACTOR has the option of providing additional temporary facilities that can eliminate or mitigate a constraint without additional cost to CITY, provided such additional temporary facilities: do not present hazards to the public, personnel, structures, and equipment; that such additional temporary facilities do not adversely affect CITY's ability to comply with Laws and Regulations, permits, and operating requirements; that such temporary facilities do not generate or foster the generation of odors and other nuisances; and that requirements of the Contract Documents are fulfilled. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Coord. with Owners Operations 16 -0033 -UT 01040-1 00992-0232 • • G. Coordinate shutdowns with CITY. When possible, combine multiple tie-ins into a single shutdown to minimize impacts on CITY's operations and processes. H. Do not shut off or disconnect existing operating systems, unless accepted by CITY in writing. Operation of existing equipment will be by CITY unless otherwise specified or indicated. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Safety Plan — Provide documented and signed safety plan for all work to be performed. Plan to adhere to all State and Local safety codes and ordinances. 2. Construction Staging Plan — Contractor to provide plan of installation sequence for review by the Engineer and City prior to performing work. Plane to include but not be limited to" a. Submittal of Safety Plan. b. Sequence of demolition and installation of Cable Tray, MCC and ancillary equipment. c. Approximate dates and duration of all shutdowns. d. Installation of any temporary systems and duration of use e. Sequence of switch over and startup all driven equipment. 3. Substitute Sequence Submittal: When deviation from the suggested sequence is proposed, provide submittal explaining in detail the proposed sequence change and its effects, including evidence that CITY's operations will not be adversely affected by proposed change. List benefits of proposed sequence change, including benefits to Progress Schedule. Include schematics and or diagrams that clearly illustrate the planned sequence modifications. Any alternative sequence will be performed at no additional cost to the CITY. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shutdown Planning Submittal: a. For each shutdown, submit an inventory of labor and materials required to perform the shutdown and tie-in tasks, an estimate of time required to accomplish the complete shutdown including time for CITY to take down and start up existing equipment, systems, or conduits, and written description of steps required to complete the Work associated with the shutdown. b. Furnish submittal to CITY at least thirty days prior to proposed shutdown start date. Do not start shutdown until obtaining CITY's acceptance of shutdown planning submittal. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Coord. with Owners Operations 16 -0033 -UT 01040-2 00992-0232 2. Shutdown Notification: After acceptance of shutdown planning submittal and prior to starting the shutdown, provide written notification to CITY of date and time each shutdown is to start. Provide notification at least 14 calendar days in advance of each shutdown. 1.3 GENERAL CONSTRAINTS A. Specified in the Contract Documents are the sequence and shutdown durations, where applicable, for CITY'S equipment, systems, and conduits that are to be taken out of service temporarily for the Work. New equipment, materials, and systems may be used by CITY after the specified field quality controls and testing are successfully completed and the materials or equipment are Substantially Complete. B. The following constraints apply to coordination with CITY's operations: 1. Operational Access: CITY'S personnel shall have access to equipment and areas that remain in operation. 2. Temporary Partitions and Enclosures: CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary partitions and enclosures necessary to maintain dust -free, heated, and ventilated spaces in areas that are adjacent to the Work and that must be kept operational. Comply with Section 01510, Temporary Utilities. 3. Schedule and perform equipment and system start-ups for Tuesday through Thursday. Equipment and systems shall not be placed into operation on Monday, Friday, Saturday or Sunday without prior approval of CITY. 4. Dead End Valves or Pipe: Provide blind flanges, watertight bulkheads, or valve at temporary and permanent terminuses of pipes and conduits. Blind flanges and bulkheads shall be suitable for the service and braced and blocked, as required, or otherwise restrained as directed by CITY. Temporary valves shall be suitable for their associated service. Where valve is provided at permanent terminus of pipe or conduit, also provide on downstream side of valve a blind flange with drain/flushing connection. 5. CITY will assist CONTRACTOR in dewatering process tanks, basins, conduits, and other work areas to be dewatered for shutdowns. Maintain clean and dry work area by pumping and properly disposing of fluid that accumulates in work areas in a manner compliant with local and government rules and regulations. 6. Draining and Cleaning of Conduits, Tanks, and Basins: a. Unless otherwise specified, CONTRACTOR shall dewater process tanks, basins, conduits, and pipelines at beginning of each shutdown. Flush, wash down, and clean tanks, basins, pipelines, conduits, and other work areas. b. CONTRACTOR shall remove liquids and solids and dispose of them at appropriate location at the Site as directed by CITY. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, contents of pipes, tanks, basins, and conduits undergoing modifications shall be transferred City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Coord. with Owners Operations 16 -0033 -UT 01040-3 00992-0232 to existing process tanks or conduits at the Site with capacity sufficient to accept such discharges, using hoses, piping, pumps, or other means provided by CONTRACTOR. Discharge of fluids across floors is not allowed. c. If drainage point is not available on the piping or conduit to be drained, provide a wet tap using tapping saddle and valve or other method approved by ENGINEER. Uncontrolled spillage of contents of pipes or conduits is not allowed. d. Spillage shall be brought to ENGINEER's attention immediately, both verbally and in writing, and reported in accordance with Laws and Regulations. CONTRACTOR shall wash down spillage to floor drains or sumps and flush the system to prevent clogging and odors. If spillage is not suitable for discharge to the drainage system, such as chemical spills, as determined by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall remove spillage by other method, such as vactor truck, acceptable to ENGINEER. 7. Regular plant deliveries of chemicals/etc. shall not be postponed due to road closure. 1.4 SEQUENCE OF WORK A. Perform the Work in the specified sequence. Certain phases or stages of the Work may require working 24-hour days or work during hours outside of regular working hours. Work may be accelerated from a later stage to an earlier stage if CITY's operations are not adversely affected by proposed sequence change, with CITY's acceptance. Stages specified in this Article 1.4 are sequence - dependent. B. Specified Sequence of Work: 1. Mobilization. 2. Notify CITY at least two (2) weeks prior to any shut down and coordinate as needed with CITY. 3. Saw cut concrete floor of MCC No. 9 room and install new conduit stub - outs. Patch and seal all penetrations. 4. Install new cable tray sections under MCC No. 9 building and routed along the existing "old primary tanks" concrete wall. Trace and label existing control and 120V circuits to remain. 5. For the fermentation tanks: intercept existing power conduit on south ends of fermentation tanks and install new NEMA 4X terminal boxes (TB - 9A & TB -9B) with terminal blocks. Intercept existing signal conduit on south-east end of fermentation tanks and install new NEMA 4X terminal box (TB -9C) with terminal blocks. Size all boxes in accordance with NEC requirements for wire bending space. 6. For the second anoxic basin: install new conduit from existing two junction boxes to mixers and 120V outlets. Mount conduit to underside of walkway. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Coord. with Owners Operations 16 -0033 -UT 01040-4 00992-0232 • • • 7. Demolish existing cable tray where trays overlap and install remaining sections of new cable tray. Utilize temporary support structures for existing cables and conduits as needed. 8. Remove existing HVAC ductwork and reposition 3'-0" offset from west wall. 9. Install new MCC No. 9 sections. 10. Pull wire for Fermentation mixers in new rack mounted conduit run to new terminal cabinet. Land wires for all circuits on terminal blocks. 11. Transfer cable tray loads to new MCC No. 9: a. Tag and lockout original motor feeder circuit. b. Install tray cable from new junction box to equipment. c. Replace existing motor disconnect and control circuitry as needed. d. Test and verify all connections prior to energizing the circuit. e. Repeat steps (a) through (d) for MCC No. 9 circuits listed below. • MCC -5B feeder • Hopper Discharge Pumps • Fermentation Tank Mixers • 1st Anoxic Tank Mixers • Internal Recycle Pumps & Hoist 12. Tag and lockout original feeder circuit for 2nd Anoxic Tank mixers. a. Remove wire for existing circuit from JB to motor. Swab conduit clean and repair or replace as needed. b. Pull new wire through conduit to existing junction box. c. Replace existing motor disconnect and control circuitry as needed. d. Test and verify all connections prior to energizing the circuit. e. Repeat steps (a) through (d) for all 2nd Anoxic Tank mixer circuits 13. Tag and lockout original feeder circuits for Salsnes filter control panels and Salsnes feed pump VFD. Provide temporary power for equipment. a. Tag and lockout main breaker to old MCC No. 9. b. Install new junction box. c. Intercept and redirect existing feeder & control wiring to new MCC No. 9 location, extending as needed. d. Test and verify all connections prior to energizing the circuit. 14. Provide new support structure over walkway and RAS channel for existing junction box, control and 120V circuits to remain. 15. Extend and re-pull additional circuits as needed. 16. Demo original cable tray and all circuits therein. 17. Demo original MCC No. 9 and equipment pad. 18. Seal all new floor penetrations. 19. Install new LED lighting and repower from existing panel P -9-1A. 20. Finish all concrete work and repairs, coatings including piping, conduit, equipment and floors. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Coord. with Owners Operations 16 -0033 -UT 01040-5 00992-0232 • • 21. Provide training, Operation and Maintenance Manuals, Warranty Certificates and Equipment Cutsheets. 22. Site cleanup and demobilization. 1.5 SHUTDOWNS A. General: 1. Terminology: A "shutdown" is when a portion of the normal operation of CITY's facility, whether equipment, systems, piping roadway or conduit, will be temporarily suspended or taken out of service to perform the Work. 2. Work that may interrupt normal operations shall be accomplished at times convenient to CITY. Bypass pumping shall remain in operation at all times during bypass flows. Provide a diesel powered backup bypass pump that will start automatically should the main electrical bypass pump fail for any reason. 3. Furnish at the Site, in close proximity to the shutdown work areas, tools, equipment, spare parts and materials, both temporary and permanent, necessary to successfully complete the shutdown. Complete to the extent possible, prefabrication of piping and other assemblies prior to the associated shutdown. Demonstrate to ENGINEER's satisfaction that CONTRACTOR has complied with these requirements before commencing the shutdown. 4. If CONTRACTOR's operations cause an unscheduled interruption of CITY's operations, immediately re-establish satisfactory operation for CITY. 5. Unscheduled shutdowns or interruptions of continued safe and satisfactory operation of CITY's facilities that result in fines or penalties by authorities having jurisdiction shall be paid solely by CONTRACTOR if, in ENGINEER's opinion, CONTRACTOR did not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, or was negligent in the Work, or did not exercise proper precautions in conducting the Work. 6. Shutdowns shall be in accordance with Table 01140-A of this Section. 7. For temporary, short-term shutdowns of smaller piping, conduits, equipment, and systems, coordinate requirements for such shutdowns with ENGINEER and CITY. B. Shutdowns of Electrical Systems: Comply with Laws and Regulations, including the National Electric Code. CONTRACTOR shall lock out and tag circuit breakers and switches operated by CITY and shall verify that affected cables and wires are de -energized to ground potential before shutdown Work is started. Upon completion of shutdown Work, remove the locks and tags and notify ENGINEER that facilities are available for use. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Coord. with Owners Operations 16 -0033 -UT 01040-6 00992-0232 • • PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. In addition to requirements of this Section, conform to requirements of Section 01045, Cutting and Patching, and Section 01724, Connections to Existing Facilities. 3.2 SCHEDULES TABLE 01040-A SCHEDULE OF SHUTDOWNS Shut- down No. Area Equipment/Process Constraints Maximum Duration 1 Fermentation Tank Mixers Placing 6 mixers into operation on new MCC -9. Only one mixer may be taken offline at a time. Complete all mixers within maximum duration window. Coordinate with City at least 2 weeks prior to shutdown. 12 hrs 2 First Anoxic Tank Mixers Placing 9 mixers into operation on new MCC -9. Only one mixer may be taken offline at a time. Complete all mixers within maximum duration window. Coordinate with City at least 2 weeks prior to shutdown. 18 hrs 3 Second Anoxic Tank Mixers Placing 12 mixers into operation on new MCC -9. Only one mixer may be taken offline at a time. Complete all mixers within maximum duration window. Coordinate with City at least 2 weeks prior to shutdown. 24 hrs 4 Internal Recycle Pump Station Placing 4 pumps and IRP control panel into operation on new MCC -9. Only one pump may be taken offline at a time. Complete all pumps and control panel within maximum duration window. Coordinate with City at least 2 weeks prior to shutdown. 16 hrs 5 Salsnes Filters Placing 2 Salsnes Filtration systems and sludge pumps into operation on new MCC -9. Only one system may be taken offline at a time. Complete both systems within maximum duration window. Coordinate with City at least 2 weeks prior to shutdown. 16 hrs 6 • Reactors Placing 4 pumps and MCC -5B feeder into operation on new MCC -9. Only one pump may be taken offline at a time. Complete all pumps and MCC -5B within maximum duration window. Coordinate with City at least 2 weeks prior to shutdown. 16 hrs City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Coord. with Owners Operations 16 -0033 -UT 01040-7 00992-0232 7 Digesters Placing MCC -5 standby feeder into operation on new MCC -9. Coordinate with City at least 2 weeks prior to shutdown. 4 hrs END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Coord. with Owners Operations 16 -0033 -UT 01040-8 00992-0232 • SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall perform cutting, rough and finish patching of holes and openings in existing construction. 2. Provide cutting, coring, fitting and patching, including attendant excavation and fill, required to complete the Work, and to: a. uncover existing ductbanks or utilities in the areas of blend tanks and electrical room, new panels and new ductbanks. b. demolish existing blend tanks and footer, while keeping existing concrete slab beneath the transfer pumps intact. c. remove construction required to perform required alterations or additions to existing work; d. uncover the Work for CITY's observation of covered Work or observation by authorities having jurisdiction; e. connect to completed Work not performed in proper sequence; f. remove or relocate existing utilities, conduits and pipes that obstruct the Work in locations where connections must be made; g. make connections or alterations to existing or new facilities. h. remove samples of installed Work as specified or required for testing; remove and replace defective Work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Cutting and Patching Request: a. Submit written request to CITY, well in advance of executing cutting or alteration that affects one or more of the following: 1) Design function or intent of Project. 2) Work of CITY or other contractors. 3) Structural value or integrity of an element of the Project. 4) Integrity or effectiveness of weather -exposed or moisture - resistant elements or systems. 5) Efficiency, operational life, maintenance, or safety of operational elements. 6) Visual qualities of sight -exposed elements. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cutting and Patching 01045-1 • • b. Request shall include: 1) Identification of Project and contract name and number. 2) Description of affected Work of CONTRACTOR and work of others (if any). 3) Necessity for cutting. 4) Effect on work of CITY, other contractors (if any), and on structural or weatherproof integrity of Project. 5) Description of proposed Work, describing: scope of cutting and patching; trades who will be executing the Work; products proposed to be used; extent of refinishing; schedule of operations; alternatives to cutting and patching, if any. 6) Designation of entity responsible for cost of cutting and patching, when applicable. 7) Written permission of other contractors (if any) whose work will be affected. 2. Recommendation Regarding Cutting and Patching: a. Should conditions of work, or schedule, indicate a change of materials or methods, submit written recommendation to CITY including: 1) Conditions indicating change. 2) Recommendations for alternative materials or methods. 3) Items required with substitution request, in accordance with the substitution request requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Product Data: a. Submit manufacturer's product data for the protective compound to be applied to core -drilled surfaces and cut concrete surfaces. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Submit written indication designating the day and time that the construction associated with cutting and patching will be uncovered, to provide for observation. Do not begin cutting or patching operations until submittal is accepted by CITY. 2. X-ray Investigations: a. Proposed method of investigation. Submit and obtain CITY's acceptance prior to performing X-ray inspections. b. Report of X-ray evaluation of slabs, floors, and walls to be cut or core -drilled. C. Comply with submittal requirements in the Division 02 through Division 16 Specifications for patching materials. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cutting and Patching 01045-2 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 4111 A. Materials - General: 1. Use materials in conformance with the Contract Documents. 2. If not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, use materials and products that are identical to existing materials and products affected by cutting and patching Work. 3. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. 4. Replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, using materials that do not void required or existing warranties. B. Compound Applied to Core -Drilled Surfaces and Cut Concrete Surfaces: 1. After core -drilling and before installing the utility or equipment through the penetration, coat exposed concrete and steel with solvent -free, two - component, epoxy protective coating. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Sikagard 62, by Sika Corporation. b. Or equal. • PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform cutting and coring in such manner that limits extent of patching. B. Structural Elements: Do not cut or patch structural elements in manner that would change structural element's load -carrying capacity as load deflection ratio. C. Operating Elements: Do not cut or patch operating elements in manner that would reduce their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut or patch operating elements or related components in manner that would increase maintenance requirements or decrease operational life or safety. D. Replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, using methods that do not void required or existing warranties. 3.2 INSPECTION A. Examine surfaces to be cut or patched and conditions under which cutting or patching are to be performed before starting cutting or patching work. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cutting and Patching 01045-3 Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to CITY in writing. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. C. Non -Destructive Investigation: 1. In advance of cutting or coring through existing slabs or walls, use X-ray or other non-destructive methods accepted by CITY to determine location of reinforcing steel, electrical conduits, and other items embedded in slabs or walls. 2. Submit to CITY written report of findings of evaluation. 3. Perform X-ray investigation and submit results to CITY sufficiently in advance of cutting work to allow time to identify and implement alternatives if changes to the Work are necessary because of conduit or other features in floor or wall. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary support required to maintain structural integrity of Project, to protect adjacent Work from damage during cutting, and to support the element(s) to be cut. B. Protection of Existing Construction During Cutting and Patching: 1. Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that will be exposed during cutting and patching operations. 2. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. 3. Do not cut existing pipe, conduit, ductwork, or other utilities serving facilities scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.4 CORING A. Core -drill holes to be cut through concrete and masonry walls, slabs, or arches, unless otherwise accepted by CITY in writing. B. Coring: 1. Perform coring with non -impact rotary tool using diamond core -drills. Size holes for pipe, conduit, sleeves, equipment or mechanical seals, as required, to be installed through the penetration. 2. Do not core -drill through electrical conduit or other utility lines embedded in walls or slabs without approval of CITY. To extent possible, avoid cutting reinforcing steel in slabs and walls. C. Protection: 1. Protect existing equipment, utilities, and adjacent areas from water and other damage covered by core -drilling operations. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cutting and Patching 01045-4 • • 2. After core -drilling and before installing the utility or equipment through the penetration, coat exposed concrete and steel with protective coating material indicated in Paragraph 2.1.B of this Section. Apply protective coating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Cleaning: 1. Vacuum or otherwise remove slurry and tailings from the work area following core -drilling. 3.5 CUTTING A. Cutting — General: 1. Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and that provide proper surfaces to receive installation or repair. 2. In general, use hand or small power tools suitable for sawing or grinding. Avoid using hammering and chopping when possible. 3. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to the size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. 4. Provide adequate bracing of area to be cut prior to start of cutting. 5. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from exposed or finished side into concealed side. 6. Provide equipment of adequate size to remove cut panel. 7. Provide temporary covering over cut openings where not in use. B. Cutting — Concrete and Masonry: 1. Cut through concrete and masonry using concrete wall saw with diamond saw blades. 2. On both the element being cut, provide for control of slurry generated during sawing. 3. After cutting concrete and before installing subsequent construction on or through the opening, coat exposed concrete and steel with protective coating material indicated in Paragraph 2.1.B of this Section. Apply protective coating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.6 PATCHING A. Patching — General: 1. Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing -up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. 2. Patch with durable seams that are as inconspicuous as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Patch to provide airtight connections to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. 4. Where feasible, test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of installation. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT • 00992-0232 Cutting and Patching 01045-5 • • B. Restoration: 1. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. 2. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. 3. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit that was patched. 4. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even - plane surface of uniform appearance. 3.7 CLEANING A. Cleaning and Restoration: 1. Clean areas and spaces where cutting, coring, or patching were performed. 2. Clean piping, conduit, and similar constructions before applying paint or other finishing materials. 3. Restore damaged coverings of pipe and other utilities to original condition. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cutting and Patching 01045-6 • • SECTION 01291 - SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Submit to CITY for acceptance a Schedule of Values that allocates cost to each item of the Work. Schedule of Value list of line items shall correspond to each aspect of the Work, establishing in detail the portion of the Contract Price allocated to each major component of the Work. B. Upon request of CITY, support values with data that substantiate their correctness. C. Submit preliminary Schedule of Values to CITY for initial review. CONTRACTOR shall incorporate CITY's comments into the Schedule of Values and resubmit to CITY. CITY may require corrections and re -submittals until Schedule of Values is acceptable. D. Schedule of Values and the Progress Schedule updates specified in Section 01322, Progress Schedule, shall be basis for preparing each Application for Payment. Schedule of Values may be used as a basis for negotiating price of changes, if any, in the Work. E. Include in Schedule of Values unit price payment items with their associated quantity. Provide in the Schedule of Values detailed breakdown of unit prices when required by CITY. F. Requirements for preliminary Schedule of Values and Schedule of Values are: 1. Schedule of Values shall show division of Work between CONTRACTOR and Subcontractors. Line items for Work to be done by Subcontractor shall include the word, "(SUBCONTRACTED)". 2. Schedule of Values shall include breakdown of costs for materials and equipment, installation, and other costs used in preparing the Bid by CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor. List purchase and delivery costs for materials and equipment for which CONTRACTOR may apply for payment as stored materials. 3. Include separate amounts for each Specification Section in the Contract Documents by structure, building, and work area. 4. Identify each line item with number corresponding to the associated Specification Section number. List sub -items of major products or systems, as appropriate or when requested by CITY. 5. Sum of individual values shown on the Schedule of Values shall equal the total of associated payment item. Sum of payment item totals in the Schedule of Values shall equal the Contract Price. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Schedule of Values 01291-1 • • 6. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit. Do not include overhead and profit as separate item(s). 7. Include separate line item for each allowance, and for each unit price item 8. Include line item for bonds and insurance in amount not exceeding 2.0 percent of the Contract Price. This may be applied for in the first Application for Payment. 9. Include items for the General Conditions, permits (when applicable), construction Progress Schedule, and other items required by CITY. Include such items in Applications for Payment on schedule accepted by CITY 10. Line items for Site maintenance such as dust control, snow removal, compliance with storm water pollution prevention plans and permits, spill prevention control and countermeasures plans, and for construction photographic documentation; temporary utilities and temporary facilities, field offices, temporary controls, field engineering, and similar Work shall be included in the Schedule of Values and proportioned in Applications for Payment throughout duration of the Work. 11. Include separate line items under each appropriate payment item for mobilization and demobilization. Document for CITY the activities included in mobilization and demobilization line items. a. Mobilization will be limited to 2 percent of the Contract Price, and will be paid in 2 payments, with each payment being 50% of the total mobilization cost. b. Demobilization shall be at least 2 percent of the Contract Price and shall be included with the Application for Payment following Substantial Completion, or other schedule accepted by CITY. 12. Costs for submittals, operations and maintenance manuals, field testing, and training of operations and maintenance personnel shall be as follows, unless otherwise accepted by CITY: a. Up to eight percent of cost (including overhead and profit) of each equipment item, exclusive of transportation and installation costs associated with that item, may be allocated to preparation of submittals and may be included in the Application for Payment following CITY's approval of Shop Drawings (and acceptance of other submittals, as applicable) required for fabricating or purchasing for that item for the Work. b. Up to three percent of total cost of each item (including overhead and profit), including materials and equipment, and installation, may be apportioned to testing and included in the Application for Payment following CITY's acceptance of the associated written Site testing report(s). c. Up to a total of four percent of equipment cost (including overhead and profit), exclusive of transportation and installation costs, may be apportioned to operations and maintenance manuals and training of operations and maintenance personnel, which may be City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Schedule of Values 01291-2 • 1 included in the Application for Payment following completion of training for that item. 13. Schedule of Values shall include an itemized list of Work by work area, as applicable, for Work included in Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. 14. Submit Schedule of Values on 8.5 -inch by 11 -inch white paper. 15. Coordinate Schedule of Values with resource loading of the Progress Schedule, in accordance with Section 01322, Progress Schedule. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Submit to CITY 5 copies of Schedule of Values. 2. Content of Schedule of Values submittals shall conform to Article 1.1 of this Section. 3. Time Frames for Submittals: a. Submit preliminary Schedule of Values within ten days of date that the Contract Times commence running in accordance with the Notice to Proceed. b. Submittal of the Schedule of Values shall be in accordance with the General Conditions. CITY will not accept Applications for Payment without an acceptable Schedule of Values. c. When required by CITY, promptly submit updated Schedule of Values to include cost breakdowns for changes in the Contract Price. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Schedule of Values 01291-3 • • SECTION 01297 PROGRESS PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. General. 1. CONTRACTOR's requests for payment shall be in accordance with the Agreement, General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions, and the Specifications. 2. Applications for Payment shall be in the form provided by the CITY. B. Procedure: 1. Submit to CITY four originals of each complete Application for Payment and other documents to accompany the Application for Payment. 2. CITY will act on request for payment in accordance with the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. C. Each request for progress payment shall include: 1. Completed Application for Payment form, including summary/signature page, progress estimate sheets, and stored materials summary. Progress estimate sheets shall have the same level of detail as the Schedule of Values. 2. For materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but suitably stored, submit documentation in accordance with the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Legibly indicate on invoice or bill of sale the specific materials or equipment included in the payment request and corresponding bid/payment item number for each. 3. For payment requests that include payment for Work under an allowance, submit documentation acceptable to CITY of the authorization of allowance Work. 4. For payment requests (other than request for final payment) that include reduction or payment of retainage in an amount greater than that required in the Contract Documents, submit on form acceptable to CITY consent of surety to partial release or reduction of retainage. D. Requirements for request for final payment are in the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, and Section 01772, Closeout Requirements. E. The allowance indicated for permit, licenses and fees Allowance in Bid Form and Schedule of Values is to pay for all permits, licenses and other fees required of the CONTRACTOR from the various agencies having jurisdiction for construction of the project. The allowance shown on the Schedule of Bid Prices is an estimate of fees required. Payment will be based on the actual permit, license or City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Progress Payment Procedures 16 -0033 -UT 01297-1 00992-0232 fee paid directly to agency, documented by paid receipts, specifically excluding any labor, mark-up, overhead and profit, administration and other costs involved in obtaining permits or licenses or paying fees. Fees specifically excluded from this allowance include but are not limited to reinspection fees and expired permit fees. The CITY reserves the right to award any, all, or none of the money associated with this allowance. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Progress Payment Procedures 16 -0033 -UT 01297-2 00992-0232 • • • SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide submittals in accordance with the General Conditions as modified by the Supplementary Conditions, and this Section. 2. Provide submittals well in advance of need for the material or equipment, or procedure (as applicable), in the Work and with ample time required for delivery of material or equipment and to implement procedures following CITY's approval or acceptance of the associated submittal. Work covered by a submittal will not be included in progress payments until approval or acceptance of related submittals has been obtained in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. CONTRACTOR is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and corrected at the Site, for information pertaining solely to the fabrication processes and to techniques of construction, and for coordinating the work of all trades. CONTRACTOR's signature of submittal's stamp and letter of transmittal shall be CONTRACTOR's representation that CONTRACTOR has met his obligations under the Contract Documents relative to that submittal. 4. CONTRACTOR shall group Shop Drawing submittals such that the Engineer's agreed maximum number of first time Shop Drawing submittals of twenty five (25) is not exceeded. If exceeded, per the General Conditions, subsequent Shop Drawing submittals will be back charged to CONTRACTOR at the rate of three (3.0) times direct technical labor rate cost by deducting such costs from payments due CONTRACTOR for Work completed. 5. CONTRACTOR shall group RFIs submittals such that the Engineer's agreed maximum number of first time RFIs submittals of ten (10) is not exceeded. If exceeded, per the General Conditions, subsequent RFI submittals will be back charged to CONTRACTOR at the rate of three (3.0) times direct technical labor rate cost by deducting such costs from payments due CONTRACTOR for Work completed. B. Samples: 1. Conform submittal of Samples to the General Conditions as modified by the Supplementary Conditions, this Section, and the Specification Section in which the Sample is specified. 2. Furnish at the same time Samples and submittals that are related to the same unit of Work or Specification Section. CITY will not review submittals without associated Samples, and will not review Samples without associated submittals. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Submittal Procedures 01300-1 • • • 3. Samples shall clearly illustrate functional characteristics of product, all related parts and attachments, and full range of color, texture, pattern, and material. 1.2 TYPES OF SUBMITTALS A. Submittal types are classified as follows: 1) Action Submittals, 2) Informational Submittals, 3) Closeout Submittals, and 4) Maintenance Material submittals. Type of each required submittal is designated in the respective Specification Sections; when type of submittal is not specified in the associated Specification Section, submittal will be classified as follows: 1. Action Submittals include: a. Shop Drawings. b. Product data. c. Delegated design submittals, which include documents prepared, sealed, and signed by a design professional retained by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, or Supplier for materials and equipment to be incorporated into the completed Work. Delegated design submittals do not include submittals related to temporary construction unless specified otherwise in the related Specification Section. Delegated design submittals include: design drawings, design data including calculations, specifications, certifications, and other submittals prepared by such design professional. d. Samples. e. Testing plans, procedures, and testing limitations. 2. Informational Submittals include: a. Certificates. b. Design data not sealed and signed by a design professional retained by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, or Supplier. c. Pre -construction test and evaluation reports, such as reports on pilot testing, subsurface investigations, potential Hazardous Environmental Condition, and similar reports. d. Supplier instructions, including installation data, and instructions for handling, starting -up, and troubleshooting. e. Source quality control submittals (other than testing plans, procedures, and testing limitations), including results of shop testing. f. Field or Site quality control submittals (other than testing plans, procedures, and testing limitations), including results of operating and acceptability tests at the Site. g. Supplier reports. h. Sustainable design submittals (other than sustainable design closeout documentation). City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Submittal Procedures 01300-2 • • Special procedure submittals, including health and safety plans and other procedural submittals. j. Qualifications statements. 3. Closeout Submittals include: a. Maintenance contracts. b. Operations and maintenance data. c. Bonds, such as maintenance bonds and bonds for a specific product or system. d. Warranty documentation. e. Record documentation. f. Sustainable design closeout documentation. g. Software. 4. Maintenance Material Submittals include: a. Spare parts. b. Extra stock materials. c. Tools. 5. When type of submittal is not specified and is not included in the list above, CITY will determine the type of submittal. B. Not Included in this Section: Administrative and procedural requirements for following are covered elsewhere in the Contract Documents: 1. Requests for interpretations of the Contract Documents. 2. Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders. 3. Applications for Payment 4. Progress Schedules. 5. Photographic documentation. 6. Reports and documentation required in accordance with applicable permits 7. Site survey data. 1.3 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED IN THIS SECTION A. Informational Submittals: Provide the following: 1. Schedule of Submittals: a. Timing: 1) Provide submittal within time frames specified in the Contract Documents. 2) Provide updated Schedule of Submittals with each submittal of the updated Progress Schedule. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT • 00992-0232 Submittal Procedures 01300-3 • • • b. Content: In accordance with the General Conditions as modified by the Special Conditions, and this Section. Requirements for content of preliminary Schedule of Submittals and subsequent submittals of the Schedule of Submittals are identical. Identify on Schedule of Submittals all submittals required in the Contract Documents. Updates of Schedule of Submittals shall show scheduled dates and actual dates for completed tasks. Indicate submittals that are on the Project's critical path. Indicate the following for each submittal: 1) Date by which submittal will be provided to CITY. 2) Whether submittal will be for a substitution or "equal". Procedures for substitutions and "or equals" are specified in the General Conditions and the Division 01 Specifications 3) Date by which CITY's response is required. At least 14 days shall be allowed from CITY's receipt of each submittal. Allow increased time for large or complex submittals. 4) For submittals for materials or equipment, date by which material or equipment must be at the Site to avoid delaying the Work and to avoid delaying the work of other contractors. c. Prepare Schedule of Submittals using same software, and in same format, specified for Progress Schedules. d. Coordinate Schedule of Submittals with the Progress Schedule. e. Schedule of Submittals that is not compatible with the Progress Schedule, or that does not indicate submittals on the Project's critical path, or that that places extraordinary demands on CITY for time and resources, is unacceptable. Do not include submittals not required by the Contract Documents. f. In preparing Schedule of Submittals: 1) Considering the nature and complexity of each submittal, allow sufficient time for review and revision. 2) Reasonable time shall be allowed for: CITY's review and processing of submittals, for submittals to be revised and resubmitted, and for returning submittals to CONTRACTOR. 3) Identify and accordingly schedule submittals that are expected to have long anticipated review times. 1.4 PROCEDURE FOR SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Identification System: Use the following submittal identification system, consisting of submittal number and review cycle number. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Submittal Procedures 01300-4 • • 1. Submittal Number: Shall be separate and unique number correlating to each individual submittal required. CONTRACTOR shall assign submittal number as follows: a. First part of submittal number shall be the applicable Specification Section number, followed by a hyphen. b. Second part of submittal number shall be a three -digit number (sequentially numbered from 001 through 999) assigned to each separate and unique submittal provided under the associated Specification Section. c. Typical submittal number for the third submittal provided for Section 15061, Ductile Iron Process Pipe, would be "15061-003". 2. Review Cycle Number: Shall be a letter designation indicating the initial submittal or re -submittal associated with each submittal number: a. "A" = Initial (first) submittal. b. "B" = Second submittal (e.g., first re -submittal). c. "C" = Third submittal (e.g., second re -submittal). 3. Examples: Example Description Submittal Identification Submittal No. Review Cycle Initial (first) review cycle of the third submittal provided under Section 15061, Ductile Iron Process Pipe 15061-003- A Second review cycle (first re -submittal) of third submittal provided under Section 15061, Ductile Iron Process Pipe 15061-003- B B. Letter of Transmittal for Submittals: 1. Provide separate letter of transmittal with each submittal. Each submittal shall be for one Specification Section. 2. At beginning of each letter of transmittal, provide a reference heading indicating: CONTRACTOR's name, CITY's name, Project name, Contract name and number, transmittal number, and submittal number. 3. For submittals with proposed deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents, letter of transmittal shall specifically describe each proposed variation. C. Contractor's Review and Stamp: 1. Contractor's Review: Before transmitting submittals to CITY, review submittals to: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Submittal Procedures 01300-5 • a. assure proper coordination of the Work; b. determine that each submittal is in accordance with CONTRACTOR's desires; c. verify that submittal contains sufficient information for CITY to determine compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Incomplete or inadequate submittals will be returned without review. 3. Contractor's Stamp and Signature: a. Each submittal provided shall bear CONTRACTOR's stamp of approval and signature, as evidence that submittal has been reviewed by CONTRACTOR and verified as complete and in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. Submittals without CONTRACTOR's stamp and signature will be returned without review. Signatures that appear to be computer- generated will be regarded as unsigned and the associated submittal will be returned without review. c. CON-,TRACTOR's stamp shall contain the following: "Project Name: Contractor's Name: Date: Reference Item/Submittal Title: Specifications: Section: Page No.: Paragraph No.: Drawing No.: of Location of Work: Submittal No. and Review Cycle: Coordinated by Contractor with Submittal Nos.: I hereby certify that the Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents relative to Contractor's review and approval of this submittal. Approved By (for Contractor): D. Submittal Marking and Organization: 1. Mark on each page of submittal and each individual component submitted with submittal number and applicable Specification paragraph. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT • 00992-0232 Submittal Procedures 01300-6 r 2. Arrange submittal information in same order as requirements are written in the associated Specification Section. 3. Each Shop Drawing sheet shall have title block with complete identifying information satisfactory to CITY. 4. Package together submittals for the same Specification Section. Do not provide required information piecemeal. E. Format of Submittal and Recipients: 1. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Furnish in accordance with Table 01330-A, except that submittals of Samples shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section: TABLE 01300-A: SUBMITTAL CONTACTS AND REQUIRED COPIES Submittals shall be electronic format as agreed to with the CITY prior to Notice to Proceed. 2. Samples: a. Securely label or tag Samples with submittal identification number. Label or tag shall include clear space at least three inches by three inches in size for affixing CITY's review stamp. Label or tag shall not cover, conceal, or alter appearance or features of Sample. Label or tag shall not be separated from the Sample. b. Submit number of Samples required in Specifications. If number of Samples is not specified in the associated Specification Section, provide at least three identical Samples of each item required for CITY's approval. Samples will not be returned to CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR requires Sample(s) for City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Submittal Procedures 01300-7 Address for Deliveries Contact Person E-mail Address No. of Hard- copies Remark s a City: 100 South Myrtle Ave, #200 Clearwater, FL 33758 Jeff Walker Jeff.WalkeramyClearwater.com 0* b Resident Project Rep At the Site Jeff Walker Jeff.WalkeramyClearwater.com 0 c Project Engineer Aubrey Haudricourt ahaudricourt@mckimcreed.com 0 See Notes Notes: Contractor shall provide one hard copy of final operation and maintenance submittals. All other general material submittals (pipe, conduit, wire, etc.) shall be electronic only. Submittals shall be electronic format as agreed to with the CITY prior to Notice to Proceed. 2. Samples: a. Securely label or tag Samples with submittal identification number. Label or tag shall include clear space at least three inches by three inches in size for affixing CITY's review stamp. Label or tag shall not cover, conceal, or alter appearance or features of Sample. Label or tag shall not be separated from the Sample. b. Submit number of Samples required in Specifications. If number of Samples is not specified in the associated Specification Section, provide at least three identical Samples of each item required for CITY's approval. Samples will not be returned to CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR requires Sample(s) for City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Submittal Procedures 01300-7 CONTRACTOR's use, notify CITY in writing and provide additional Sample(s). CONTRACTOR is responsible for furnishing, shipping, and transporting additional Samples. c Deliver one Sample to CITY's office at the Site. Deliver balance of Samples to CITY at address listed in Table 01330-A, unless otherwise directed by CITY. 3. Closeout Submittals: a. Provide the following Closeout Submittals in accordance with Table 01300-A: maintenance contracts; bonds for specific products or systems; warranty documentation; and sustainable design closeout documentation. On documents such as maintenance contracts and bonds, include on each document furnished original signature of entity issuing the document. b. Operations and Maintenance Data: Submit in accordance with Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data. c. Record Documentation: Submit in accordance with Section 01782, Record Documents. d. Software: Submit number of copies required in Specification Section where the software is specified. If number of copies is not specified, provide two copies on compact disc in addition to software loaded on to CITY's computer(s) or microprocessor(s). 4. Maintenance Material Submittals: For spare parts, extra stock materials, and tools, submit quantity of items specified in associated Specification Section. Furnish in accordance with Section 01783, Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials. F. Distribution: 1. Distribution of Hardcopies: CITY will distribute each reviewed submittal requiring CITY's written response as follows: a. CONTRACTOR: Five copies (except closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals). b. CITY: Two copies. c. Resident Project Representative: One copy (except closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals). G. Resubmittals: CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by CITY and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings, and submit, as required, new samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by the CITY on previous submittals. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Submittal Procedures 01300-8 • • 1.5 CITY'S REVIEW A. Timing: CITY's review will conform to timing accepted by CITY in the accepted Schedule of Submittals. B. Submittals not required in the Contract Documents will not be reviewed by CITY and will not be recorded in CITY's submittal log. All hardcopies of such submittals will be returned to CONTRACTOR. C. Action Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: Each submittal will be given one of the following dispositions: 1. Approved: Upon return of submittal marked "Approved", order, ship, or fabricate materials and equipment included in the submittal (pending CITY's approval or acceptance, as applicable, of source quality control submittals) or otherwise proceed with the Work in accordance with the submittal and the Contract Documents. 2. Approved as Corrected: Upon return of submittal marked "Approved as Corrected", order, ship, or fabricate materials and equipment included in the submittal (pending CITY's approval or acceptance, as applicable, of source quality control submittals) or otherwise proceed with the Work in accordance with the submittal and the Contract Documents, provided it is in accordance with corrections indicated. 3. Approved as Corrected — Resubmit: Upon return of submittal marked "Approved as Corrected — Resubmit", order, ship, or fabricate materials and equipment included in the submittal (pending CITY's approval or acceptance, as applicable, of source quality control submittals) or otherwise proceed with the Work in accordance with the submittal and the Contract Documents, provided it is in accordance with corrections indicated. Provide to CITY record re -submittal with all corrections made. Receipt of corrected re -submittal is required before materials or equipment covered in the submittal will be eligible for payment. 4. Revise and Resubmit: Upon return of submittal marked "Revise and Resubmit", make the corrections indicated and re -submit to CITY for approval. 5. Not Approved: This disposition indicates material or equipment that cannot be approved. Upon return of submittal marked "Not Approved", repeat initial submittal procedure utilizing approvable material or equipment. D. Informational Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: 1. Each submittal will be given one of the following dispositions: a. Accepted: Information included in submittal conforms to the applicable requirements of the Contract Documents, and is acceptable. No further action by CONTRACTOR is required relative to this submittal, and the Work covered by the submittal City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Submittal Procedures 01300-9 may proceed, and products with submittals with this disposition may be shipped or operated, as applicable. b. Not Accepted: Submittal does not conform to applicable requirements of the Contract Documents and is not acceptable. Revise submittal and re -submit to indicate acceptability and conformance with the Contract Documents. 2. The following types of Informational Submittals, when acceptable to CITY, will not receive a written response from CITY. Disposition as "accepted" will be recorded in CITY's submittal log. When submittals of the following are not acceptable, CITY will provide written response to CONTRACTOR a. Material safety data sheets (MSDS). b. Compaction testing reports. c. Concrete testing reports. d. Manufacturer's instructions. E. Closeout Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: Dispositions and meanings are the same as specified for Informational Submittals. When acceptable, Closeout Submittals will not receive a written response from CITY. Disposition as "accepted" will be recorded in CITY's submittal log. When Closeout Submittal is not acceptable, CITY will provide written response to CONTRACTOR. F. Maintenance Material Submittals, Results of CITY's Review: Dispositions and meanings are the same as specified for Informational Submittals. When acceptable, Maintenance Material Submittals will not receive a written response from CITY. Disposition as "accepted" will be recorded in CITY's submittal log. When Maintenance Material Submittal is not acceptable, CITY will provide written response to CONTRACTOR, and CONTRACTOR is responsible for costs associated with transporting and handling of maintenance materials until compliance with the Contract Documents is achieved. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Submittal Procedures 01300-10 • • SECTION 01301 - PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. A pre -construction conference will be held for the Project. 2. CONTRACTOR shall attend the conference prepared to discuss all items on the agenda. 3. CITY will distribute an agenda, preside at the conference. The ENGINEER will prepare and distribute minutes to all conference participants and others as requested. B. Purpose of conference is to designate responsible personnel, establish working relationships, discuss preliminary schedules submitted by CONTRACTOR, and review administrative and procedural requirements for the Project. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters will be established. C. Date, Time and Location: Conference will be held after execution of the Contract and before Work starts at the Site. CITY will establish the date, time, and location of conference and notify the interested and involved parties. D. Prior to the conference, submit the following preliminary schedules in accordance with the General Conditions: 1. Progress Schedule. 2. Schedule of Submittals. 3. Schedule of Values. E. CONTRACTOR shall provide information required and contribute appropriate items for discussion. CONTRACTOR shall bring to the conference the following, with sufficient number of copies for each attendee: 1. Preliminary Progress Schedule, as submitted to CITY. 2. Preliminary Schedule of Submittals, as submitted to CITY. 3. Preliminary Schedule of Values, as submitted to CITY. 4. List of emergency contacts for CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors. Emergency contacts shall be reachable 24 -hours per day, 7 days per week. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Pre -Construction Conf. 16 -0033 -UT 01301-1 00992-0232 • 1.2 REQUIRED ATTENDANCE A. Representative of each entity attending the conference shall be authorized to act on that entity's behalf. B. Contractor Attendance: Conference shall be attended by CONTRACTOR's project manager, Site superintendent, project managers for major Subcontractors, and major equipment Suppliers as CONTRACTOR deems appropriate. C. Other attendees will be representatives of: 1. CITY. 2. Authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, i.e. Building Dept. Electrical & Building Inspectors. 3. Utility owners, as applicable. 4. Others as requested by CITY, or CONTRACTOR. 1.3 AGENDA A. Purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and establish working relationships. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters will be established. A complete agenda will be furnished to CONTRACTOR prior to the conference date. However, CONTRACTOR shall be prepared to discuss all of the following: 1. Designation of responsible personnel. 2. Subcontractors. 3. Progress Schedule. 4. Critical work sequencing. 5. Transmittal, review and distribution of CONTRACTOR submittals. 6 Schedule of Submittals. 7. Processing of Field Orders, requests for information and clarification, and Change Orders. 8. Requirements for copies of Contract Documents. 9. Schedule of Values. 10. Processing and schedule of Applications for Payments. 11. Use of Site, office and storage areas. 12. CITY's requirements. 13. CONTRACTOR responsibility for safety and first aid procedures. 14. Security. 15. Housekeeping. 16. Field offices. 17. Maintaining record drawings. 18. Permits. 19. Emergency telephone numbers. 20. Operation and maintenance manuals. 21. Temporary utilities. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Pre -Construction Conf. 16 -0033 -UT 01301-2 00992-0232 • • • 22. Pre -submittal conference(s). 23. Any other Project related items. PART 2 — MATERIALS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Pre -Construction Conf. 16 -0033 -UT 01301-3 00992-0232 s • • SECTION 01310 - PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the Work, including testing agencies whether hired by CONTRACTOR, CITY, or others; Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others with whom coordination is necessary, in accordance with the General Conditions, Special Conditions, and this Section, to complete the Work within the Contract Times and in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. In accordance with the General Conditions as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with and coordinate the Work with other contractors, utility service companies, CITY's employees working at the Site, and other entities working at the Site, in accordance with Section 01010, Summary of Work. C. CONTRACTOR will not be responsible or liable for damage unless damage is through negligence of CONTRACTOR, or Subcontractors, Supplier, or other entity employed by CONTRACTOR. D. Attend and participate in all project coordination and progress meetings, and report on the progress of the Work and compliance with the Progress Schedule. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Project Coordination 01310-1 • SECTION 01312 - PROGRESS MEETINGS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Progress meetings will be held throughout the Project. CONTRACTOR shall attend each progress meeting prepared to discuss in detail all items on the agenda. 2. ENGINEER will preside at progress meetings and will prepare and distribute minutes of progress meetings to all meeting participants and others as requested. B. Date and Time: 1. Regular Meetings: Every month on a day and time agreeable to CITY, and CONTRACTOR. 2. Other Meetings: As required. C. Place: CONTRACTOR'S field office at the Site or other location mutually agreed upon by CITY and CONTRACTOR. 1.2 REQUIRED ATTENDANCE • A. Representatives present for each entity shall be authorized to act on that entity's behalf. • B. Required Attendees: 1. CONTRACTOR: 2. CITY. 3. Others, as appropriate. 1.3 AGENDA A. Agenda will include, but will not necessarily be limited to, the following: 1. Transcript of previous meeting. 2. Progress since last meeting. a. CONTRACTOR's. b. Subcontractor's. 3. Completion status. 4. Planned progress for next period. 5. Problems, conflicts and observations. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Progress Meetings 01312-1 6. Status of Shop Drawings, and requests for information or clarification. 7. Change Orders. 8. Payment Applications. 9. Quality standards and control. 10. Schedules, updated Project Schedules, including off-site fabrication and delivery schedules; corrective measures, if required. 11. Coordination between parties. 12. Permits. 13. Safety concerns. 14. Construction photographs. 15. Record drawings. 16. Punch list status. 17. RFI and AAR status. 18. Other business. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Progress Meetings 01312-2 • • • SECTION 01322 - PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit Progress Schedules and related documents in accordance with the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, and this Section, unless otherwise accepted by CITY. 2. Maintain and update Progress Schedules and related documents. 3. Progress Schedule shall be resource- loaded CPM Progress Schedule. 4. CITY's acceptance of the Progress Schedule or related documents, and comments or opinions concerning activities in the Progress Schedule and related documents shall not control CONTRACTOR's independent judgment concerning means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, unless the associated means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure is directed by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for complying with the Contract Times. B. Use of Float: 1. Float belongs to the Project and may be used by CITY or CONTRACTOR to accommodate changes in the Work, or to mitigate the effect of events that delay performance or conformance with the Contract Times. 2. Changes or delays that influence Activities that have float and that do not extend the Critical Path are not justification for an extension of the Contract Times. C. Factors Affecting the Progress Schedule: 1. In preparing the Progress Schedule, take into consideration submittal requirements and submittal review times, time for fabricating and delivering materials and equipment, Subcontractors' work, availability and abilities of workers, availability of construction equipment, weather conditions, restrictions in operations at the Site and coordination with CITY's operations, and other factors that have the potential to affect completion of the Work within the Contract Times. 2. Comply with sequencing requirements indicated in the following: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Progress Schedule 01322-1 • • a. Section 01010, Summary of Work. b. Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. The following terms are defined for this Section and supplement the terms defined in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions: 1. Activity: An element of the construction work that has the following specific characteristics: consumes time, consumes resources, has a definable start and finish, is assignable, and is measurable. 2. Constraint: An imposed date on the Progress Schedule or an imposed tie between Activities. The Contract Times are Constraints. 3. CPM Progress Schedule: Computerized Progress Schedule in Critical Path Method (CPM) format which accounts for the entire Work, defines the interrelationships between elements of the Work, reflects the uncompleted Work, and indicates the sequence with which the Work has been completed, indicates the sequence in which uncompleted Work will be completed, and indicates the duration of each Activity. 4. Critical Path: The continuous chain of Activities with the longest duration for completion within the Contract Times. 5. Early Start: The earliest possible date an Activity can start according to the assigned relationships among Activities. 6. Early Finish: The earliest date an Activity can finish according to the assigned relationships among the Activities. 7. Late Finish: The latest date an Activity can finish without extending the Contract Times. 8. Late Start: The latest date an Activity can start without extending the Contract Times. 9. Float: The time difference between the calculated duration of the Activity chain and the Critical Path. 10. Total Float: The total number of days that an Activity (or chain of Activities) can be delayed without affecting the Contract Times. 11. Network Diagram: A time -scaled logic diagram depicting the durations and relationships of the Activities. 12. Work Areas, Area, or System: A logical breakdown of the Project elements or a group of Activities which, when collectively assembled, are readily identifiable on the Project (for example, yard piping, a structure or building, a treatment process, or other logical grouping). 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Progress Schedule Preparer: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Progress Schedule 01322-2 a. CONTRACTOR shall retain services of a scheduling consultant or shall self -prepare and maintain the Progress Schedule using qualified employee with experience in scheduling, and experienced with the scheduling software required for this Project, and experience serving as Progress Schedule preparer on construction projects of similar type, size, and scope to this Project. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Quantity of each submittal required and timing of submittals are in this Section. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. 30 -day Bar Chart: a. Preliminary 30 -day bar chart. b. Acceptable 30 -day bar chart. 2. Progress Schedule Updates. a. Progress Schedule updates shall comply with requirements of this Section, and shall include updated Progress Schedule, narrative report, updated Network Diagram when relationships among Activities are changed, and updated mathematical tabulations. b. Submit updated Progress Schedule at each progress meeting and with each progress payment. For monthly Progress Schedule submittals, bring to progress meeting the number of copies of the updated Progress Schedule specified in Section 01312, Progress Meetings. 4. Look -Ahead Schedules a. Submit 4 week Zook -ahead schedule at each progress meeting. 5. Time Impact Analyses: Submit in accordance with this Section. 6. Recovery Schedule: Submit in accordance with this Section. 1.5 INITIAL PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Type and Organization of Progress Schedules: 1. Prepare Progress Schedule using the latest version of Primavera Project Planner software with Primavision, unless other scheduling software is acceptable to CITY. 2. Sheet Size: 11 x 17 inches, unless otherwise accepted by CITY. 3. Time Scale: Indicate first date of each work week. 4. Activity Designations: Indicate title and related Specification Section number. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Progress Schedule 01322-3 • • r 5. Progress Schedules shall be CPM Progress Schedules. 6. Organization: a. Indicate on the separate Schedule of Submittals dates for submitting and reviewing Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals. b. Group deliveries of materials and equipment into a separate sub -schedule that is part of the Progress Schedule. c. Group construction into Work Area sub -schedules (that are part of the Progress Schedule) by Activity. d. Clearly indicate the Critical Path on the Progress Schedule. e. Organize each Work Area sub -schedule by Specification Section number. B. Preliminary Progress Schedule: 1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to CITY the preliminary Progress Schedule covering the entire Project, with associated Network Diagrams at the preconstruction meeting. 2. Submit ten copies of preliminary Progress Schedule and associated reports and schedule -related documents to accompany the preliminary Progress Schedule, in accordance with the Submittals Article of this Section. Submit in accordance with Section 01300, Submittal Procedures. 3. CITY and Engineer will conduct a timely review of the preliminary Progress Schedule. 4. Preliminary Progress Schedule shall comply with the Contract Documents relative to Progress Schedules, but need not be resource -loaded. C. If the Progress Schedule reflects completion date(s) different than the Contract Times, the Contract Times are not thereby voided, nullified, or affected. The Contract Times govern. Where the Progress Schedule reflects completion date(s) that are earlier than the Contract Times, CITY may accept such Progress Schedule with CONTRACTOR to specifically understand that no Claim for additional Contract Times or additions to the Contract Price shall be brought against CITY resulting from CONTRACTOR's failure to complete the Work by the earlier date(s) indicated on the accepted Progress Schedule. 1.6 PROGRESS SCHEDULE UPDATES A. Updates: 1. Update the Progress Schedule each month. If during progress of the Work events develop that necessitate changes in the initially accepted Progress Schedule (e.g., baseline Progress Schedule), City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Progress Schedule 01322-4 • • identify updated Progress Schedules sequentially as Progress Schedule Revision 1, 2, 3, and continuing in sequence as required. Number the Progress Schedule submittals in accordance with Section 01300, Submittal Procedures. 2. CONTRACTOR's Progress Schedule update shall include a narrative report in accordance with this Section. Narrative report shall include description of current progress and status of each Area of the Project, a description of progress for the period, a description of the Critical Path, a discussion of current or potential delays, Change Orders (pending and approved in since the previous Progress Schedule update), and other problems associated with maintaining the Work on schedule. 3. The update to the Progress Schedule shall be based on retained logic. Progress override logic is not allowed. 4. Required scheduling software, and schedule organization, format, and content for updated Progress Schedules are identical to that required in this Section for initial Progress Schedules. 5. Submit to CITY the updated Progress Schedule, Network Diagram, narrative report, and other schedule -related reports and documents required, and two compact discs (CD) each with a complete software backup copy of the Progress Schedule with each application for payment.. 6. Submit updated Network Diagrams when revisions are proposed to the logic. Indicate in the narrative report delays that have occurred since the previous updated Progress Schedule. Payment for out -of -sequence Work is not allowed. B. Monthly Schedule Meeting: 1. During the month, utilizing the previous month's 4 -week look - ahead schedule. CONTRACTOR shall record the percent complete, start and finish dates of each scheduled Activity with the remaining duration for each Activity started but not completed, including Activities associated with procurement of materials and equipment. 2. On the same day each month, at least one week prior to a progress meeting, CONTRACTOR, Progress Schedule preparer, CITY, and others as appropriate shall meet at the Site and tour the Work to review and update the schedule and progress information gathered by CONTRACTOR during the month. After acceptance of CONTRACTOR's updated data, Progress Schedule preparer shall use this information to update the Progress Schedule. 1.7 RECOVERY SCHEDULES A. Recovery Schedules, General: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Progress Schedule 01322-5 1. When updated Progress Schedule indicates that the ability to comply with the Contract Times falls 15 or more days behind schedule, and there is no excusable delay, Change Order, or Work Change Directive to support an extension of the Contract Times, CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a Progress Schedule demonstrating CONTRACTOR's plan to accelerate the Work to achieve compliance with the Contract Times ("recovery schedule") for CITY's acceptance. 2. Submit recovery schedule within 7 days after submittal of updated Progress Schedule where need for recovery schedule is indicated. B. Implementation of Recovery Schedule: 1. At no additional cost to CITY, do one or more of the following: furnish additional labor, provide additional construction equipment, provide suitable materials, employ additional work shifts, expedite procurement of materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work, and other measures necessary to complete the Work within the Contract Times. 2. Upon acceptance of recovery schedule by CITY, incorporate recovery schedule into the next Progress Schedule update. C. Lack of Action: 1. CONTRACTOR's refusal, failure, or neglect to take appropriate recovery action, or to submit a recovery schedule, shall constitute reasonable evidence that CONTRACTOR is not prosecuting the Work or separable part thereof with the diligence that will ensure completion within the Contract Times. Such lack of action shall constitute sufficient basis for CITY to exercise remedies available to CITY under the Contract Documents. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Progress Schedule 01322-6 • • • SECTION 01411 - SPILL PREVENTION CONTROL & COUNTERMEASURES PLAN PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, professional engineering (when required), and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to comply with Laws and Regulations regarding spill prevention control and countermeasures (SPCC) planning and compliance, including 40 CFR Part 112. B. CONTRACTOR shall determine whether a SPCC Plan is required. If SPCC Plan is required, CONTRACTOR shall prepare, implement and maintain SPCC Plan as required by Laws and Regulations. C. Determination of Need for SPCC Plan: 1. CONTRACTOR shall determine need for SPCC Plan. 2. Professional Engineer: a. If the Site will include storage of more than 10,000 gallons of oil in above -ground storage, or if the Site does not comply with oil discharge history criteria specified in 40 CFR 112, CONTRACTOR shall retain a qualified professional engineer to determine need for SPCC Plan and, if SPCC Plan is required, professional engineer shall prepare or supervise preparation of SPCC Plan. b. If a professional engineer is not required to prepare the full SPCC Plan, but the SPCC Plan includes environmentally -equivalent SPCC measures, or impracticality determinations, CONTRACTOR shall retain a qualified professional engineer to prepare and certify those portions of the SPCC Plan dealing with environmentally equivalent measures and impracticality determinations; the balance of the SPCC Plan may be prepared by and self -certified by CONTRACTOR. 3. Submit to CITY letter presenting results of evaluation of whether a SPCC Plan is required for the Project in accordance with Laws and Regulations. D. SPCC Plan is required if the Project activities at the Site meet the following criteria: 1. The Site and activities thereon are not exempt from Laws and Regulations. 2. Oil is stored, used, transferred, or otherwise handled at the Site. 3. Maximum oil storage capacity at the Site equals or exceeds either of the following thresholds: 42,000 gallons of completely buried capacity, or City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Spill Prevention Control & 16 -0033 -UT Countermeasures Plan 00992-0232 01411-1.. 1,320 of above -ground capacity. Capacity includes total storage tank volume and operational storage volume at the Site for contractors and Subcontractors, including bulk storage tanks, containers with 55 -gallon storage capacity and larger, mobile tanks located at the Site, and other containers covered by Laws and Regulations. Motive storage containers, such as those on construction equipment and vehicles, is not included. Oil includes petroleum products, fuel oil, hydraulic fluid, oil sludge, oil refuse, oil mixed with wastes other than dredged material, synthetic oil, vegetable oil, animal fats and oils, and other oils defined in Laws and Regulations. 4. There is reasonable expectation, based on location of the Site, that oil spill would reach navigable waters of the United States or adjoining shorelines. E. If SPCC Plan is not required, CONTRACTOR shall ensure that conditions that preclude the need for SPCC Plan, including the activities of all contractors and Subcontractors at the Site, are maintained throughout duration of the Project. Should changes that affect the storage, use, or handling of oil at the Site occur, reassess the need for SPCC Plan at no additional cost to CITY and provide to CITY evaluation letter regarding need for SPCC Plan. F If SPCC Plan is required, develop SPCC Plan and submit for acceptance by CITY. SPCC Plan shall be specific to the Site and shall include the following: 1. Stamp, original signature, and license number of CONTRACTOR'S professional engineer, when self -certification by CONTRACTOR is not allowed by Laws and Regulations. 2. Site plan identifying the name (or tag number) and location of each tank and container that will contain a substance regulated in 40 CFR 112 and other Laws and Regulations, including above -ground and buried tanks. Site plan shall indicate general directions of storm water runoff, including storm sewers and drainage inlets, and storm sewer outfall locations. 3. For each tank and container on the Site plan, provide a table that lists the tank or container's name and tag number, type of oil stored, and maximum storage capacity. List total storage capacity of all tanks and containers at the Site covered by SPCC Laws and Regulations. 4. Predictions of direction, rate of flow, and total quantity of oil that could be discharged from the Site as result of storage tank or container failure. 5. Operating procedures that prevent oil spills, including procedures for oil handling, details of secondary containment structures at fuel and oil transfer areas, and details and descriptions of equipment to be used for oil handling, including piping. 6. Details of and descriptions of control measures installed at the Site by CONTRACTOR to prevent spill from reaching navigable waters, including secondary containment and diversionary structures. For on -shore Sites, one of the following must be used, at minimum: dikes, berms, or retaining walls; curbing; culverts, gutters, or other drainage systems; weirs, booms, or other barriers; spill diversion ponds; retention ponds; sorbent materials. Where appropriate, the SPCC Plan shall clearly demonstrate that City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Spill Prevention Control & 16 -0033 -UT Countermeasures Plan 00992-0232 01411-2 • containment or diversionary structures or equipment are not practical. Include brittle fracture evaluation, where required, for field -constructed above -ground storage containers undergoing repair, alteration, construction, or change in service. 7 Plans for countermeasures to contain, clean up, and mitigate effects of oil spill that reaches navigable waters, including written commitment of manpower, equipment, and materials to quickly control and remove spilled oil. Include estimation of time required to contain spill after spill occurs. 8. Contact list and telephone numbers for facility response coordinator, National Response Center, cleanup contractors, and all appropriate federal, state, and local authorities having jurisdiction to be contacted in event of spill or discharge. 9. Program for monthly inspections of the Site by CONTRACTOR for SPCC Plan compliance. Notify CITY of each inspection at least 72 hours in advance. 10. Measures for Site security relative to oil storage. 11. Procedures for safely handling mobile containers such as totes, drums, and fueling vehicles and construction equipment that remain at the Site. 12 Procedures and schedules for periodic testing of integrity of tanks and containers, and associated piping and valves. 13. Plans for bulk storage container compliance. 14. Plans for personnel training and oil spill prevention briefings. 15. For SPCC Plans that do not follow the format listed in Laws and Regulations, provide cross-reference to requirements of Laws and Regulations, including 40 CFR 112.7. G. Obtain acceptance of SPCC Plan by CITY, for coordination with CITY's Site- specific SPCC Plan, if any. H. SPCC Plan shall be reviewed by CONTRACTOR's professional engineer (when professional engineer is required) and CITY every five years, as applicable. Post a copy of accepted, certified SPCC Plan in conspicuous location at the Site and provide copies to CITY, other contractors, and Subcontractors as appropriate. All contractors shall comply with SPCC Plan. J. In event of violation of SPCC Plan or release of oils attributable to construction operations, CONTRACTOR shall: 1. Immediately issue notifications in accordance with Laws and Regulations, including 40 CFR 110 and 40 CFR 112. When required by Laws and Regulations, report to National Response Center, US Environmental Protection Agency, and other authorities having jurisdiction, if any. 2. Have spill clean-up performed in conformance with Laws and Regulations and the SPCC Plan. 3. Pay fines or civil penalties (or responsible portion thereof) imposed on CITY by authorities having jurisdiction, and pay costs associated with clean-up of spills. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Spill Prevention Control & 16 -0033 -UT Countermeasures Plan 00992-0232 01411-3 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Professional Engineer: a. When required by Laws and Regulations, engage a registered professional engineer legally qualified to practice in the jurisdiction where the Site is located and experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. b. Submit qualifications data. c. Responsibilities include but are not necessarily limited to: 1) Carefully reviewing Laws and Regulations relative to SPCC. 2) Preparing written requests for clarifications or interpretations of criteria specified in the Contract Documents for submittal to CITY by CONTRACTOR, and obtaining from authorities having jurisdiction clarifications regarding Laws and Regulations as required. 3) Preparing or supervising the preparation of letter -report evaluation of need for SPCC Plan in accordance with the Contract Documents. Evaluation shall include professional engineer's seal, registration number, and original signature. 4) When SPCC Plan is required, preparing, supervising the preparation of, or reviewing the SPCC Plan (or designated portions thereof when oil storage at the Site will be 10,000 gallons or less) in accordance with the Contract Documents. SPCC Plan (or designated portions thereof) shall include professional engineer's seal, registration number, and original signature. 5) Periodically re-evaluating the need for SPCC Plan and issuing findings as letter -reports with seal, license number, and signature. When SPCC Plan is required, periodically evaluating the SPCC Plan and providing recommendations for compliance with Laws and Regulations, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 6) Certifying that: a) it is familiar with the Laws and Regulations, including 40 CFR 112, and b) it has visited, examined, and is familiar with the Site, planned modifications to the Site under the Project as such modifications pertain to SPCC Laws and Regulations, and c) it has performed the evaluations and prepared SPCC Plan in accordance with the Contract Documents, and City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Spill Prevention Control & 16 -0033 -UT Countermeasures Plan 00992-0232 01411-4 • d) procedures for required testing and inspections have been established, and e) the said evaluations and SPCC Plan are adequate for the Project, and f) the said evaluations and SPECC Plan conform to all Laws and Regulations, applicable industry standards, and to prevailing standards of practice. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Certifications: With each evaluation letter and SPCC Plan submittal, include certification signed by preparer of submittal that the submittal conforms to the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Signature on all certifications shall be original. 2. Evaluations: a. Submit letter presenting results of evaluation of whether a SPCC Plan is required for the Project. Submit evaluation no later than fourteen days after the Contract Times commence running, unless longer time is allowed by CITY. b. Submit updated evaluations as required when conditions at the Site change. Submit updated evaluation no later than seven days after the conditions at the Site change, or within seven days of CITY's request, unless longer time is allowed by CITY. 3. SPCC Plan: When SPCC Plan is required: a. Submit to CITY. Submit within fourteen days of receipt of CITY's acceptance of evaluation submittal. b. Update and resubmit the SPCC Plan, or acceptable SPCC Plan amendments, as required when conditions at the Site change. Submit updated SPCC Plan or amendments no later than seven days after the change in conditions at the Site change giving rise to the SPCC Plan change or amendment, or within seven days of CITY's request, unless longer time is allowed by CITY. 4. SPPC Plan Distribution: When SPCC Plan is required, submit copies of letters transmitting SPCC Plan and amendments (if any) to contractors and Subcontractors working at the Site. 5. Qualifications Statements: CONTRACTOR's professional engineer, when requested by CITY. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Spill Prevention Control & 16 -0033 -UT Countermeasures Plan 00992-0232 01411-5 • • • SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions and terminology applicable to all the Contract Documents are included in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. B. Terminology used in the Specifications includes: 1. "Indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, or to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications and similar locations in the Contract Documents. Terminology such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled", and "specified" are used to help the user locate the reference without limitation on the location. 2. "Installer", "applicator", or "erector" is CONTRACTOR or another entity engaged by CONTRACTOR, either as an employee or Subcontractor, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application or similar Work. Installers shall be experienced in the Work that installer is engaged to perform. a. The term "experienced", when used with the term "installer" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with the special requirements indicated; being familiar with Laws and Regulations; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, and complying with requirements of the Supplier of the material or equipment being installed. 3. Trades: Use of a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter", unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents or required by Laws or Regulations. Such terminology also does not imply that specified requirements apply exclusively to trade personnel of the corresponding generic name. 4. "Assigned specialists" and similar terms: Certain Sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities be performed by specialists recognized as experts in those operations. Engage said specialists for those activities, and their engagement is a requirement over which CONTRACTOR has no option. These requirements do not conflict with enforcement of building codes and other Laws and Regulations. Also, such requirements are not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. Such assignments shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades References 16 -0033 -UT 01420-1 00992-0232 • • 1.2 APPLICABLE CODES A. References in the Contract Documents to local code(s) shall mean the following: 1. State of Florida. 2. City of Clearwater. 3. National Electric Code. 4. NFPA 101, Life Safety Code. 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS A. Common abbreviations that may be found in the Contract Documents are listed below, alphabetically by their written -out meaning: alternating current a -c ampere A Architectural Barriers Act ABA Americans with Disabilities Act ADA Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines ADAAG ante meridian a.m. average avg biochemical oxygen demand BOD brake horsepower bhp British thermal unit Btu Centigrade (or Celsius) C chlorinated polyvinyl chloride CPVC chlorofluorocarbons CFC Code of Federal Regulations CFR cubic inch cu in cubic foot cu ft cubic yard cu yd, or CY cubic feet per minute cfm cubic feet per second cfs decibel db degree Centigrade (or Celsius) (Write) degrees C or oC degrees Fahrenheit degrees F or of diameter dia direct current d -c dollars $ each ea efficiency eff Fahrenheit F feet ft feet per hour fph feet per minute fpm feet per second fps figure Fig flange flg foot-pound ft -Ib City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 References 01420-2 • gallon gal gallons per hour gph gallons per minute gpm gallons per second gps gram g grams per liter g/L Hertz Hz horsepower hp or HP hour hr human -machine interface HMI inch in. inches water gage in. w.g. inch -pound in. -lb inside diameter ID iron pipe size IPS thousand pounds kips thousand pounds per square inch ksi kilovolt -ampere kva kilowatt kw kilowatt-hour kwhr or kwh linear foot lin ft or LF liter L Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (USGBC) LEED maximum max mercury Hg milligram mg milligrams per liter mg/I or mg/L milliliter ml millimeter mm million gallons per day mgd or MGD million gallon MG minimum min national pipe threads NPT net positive suction head NPSH net positive suction head available NPSHA net positive suction head required NPSHR nitrogen oxide (total concentration of mono -nitrogen oxides such as nitric oxide (NO) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2)) NOx nominal pipe size NPS number no. operator interface terminal OIT ounce oz ounce -force ozf' outside diameter OD parts per hundred pph parts per million ppm parts per billion ppb City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades References 16 -0033 -UT 01420-3 00992-0232 • • • polyvinyl chloride PVC post meridian p.m. pound Ib pounds per square inch psi pounds per square inch absolute psia pounds per square inch gauge psig pounds per square foot psf process control system PCS programmable logic controller PLC revolutions per minute rpm second sec specific gravity sp gr, or SG square sq square foot sq ft, or sf square inch sq in. square yard sq yd, or SY standard std standard cubic feet per minute scfm total dynamic head TDH totally -enclosed fan -cooled TEFC volt V volts alternating current vac volts direct current vdc volatile organic compounds VOC 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, relative to reference standards and resolving discrepancies between reference standards and the Contract Documents. Provisions of reference standards are in effect in accordance with the Specifications. B. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in the Work shall be familiar with reference standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable reference standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. Where reference standards are needed for a construction activity, obtain copies of standards from the publication source. C. Abbreviations and Names: Where reference standards, specifications, codes, manuals, Laws or Regulations, or other published data of international, national, regional or local organizations are referred to in the Contract Documents, the organization issuing the standard may be referred to by their acronym or abbreviation only. Following acronyms or abbreviations that may appear in the Contract Documents shall have the meanings indicated below. Listing is alphabetical by acronym. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades References 16 -0033 -UT 01420-4 00992-0232 • • • AA Aluminum Association AABC Associated Air Balance Council AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute ACS American Chemical Society ADSC-IAFD International Association of Foundation Drilling. AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies AF&PA American Forest and Paper Association ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (formerly Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA)) AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association Al Asphalt Institute AIA American Institute of Architects AIChE American Institute of Chemical Engineers AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ALSC American Lumber Standards Committee AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Movement and Control Association AMP National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, Architectural Metal Products Division ANSI American National Standards Institute APA The Engineered Wood Association API American Petroleum Institute APHA American Public Health Association AREA American Railway Engineering Association ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASNT American Society for Non -Destructive Testing ASQ American Society for Quality ASSE American Society of Safety Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWCI Association of the Wali and Ceiling Industry AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood Protection Association AWPI American Wood Preservers Institute AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BAAQMD Bay Area Air Quality Management District City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades References 16 -0033 -UT 01420-5 00992-0232 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association BIA Brick Industry Association CBMA Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association CDA Copper Development Association CEMA Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association CGA Compressed Gas Association CISCA Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CMAA Crane Manufacturers Association of America CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSI Construction Specifications Institute DIN Deutsches Institut fur Normung eV (German Institute for Standardization) DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. ETL Intertek Testing Services, Inc. (formerly ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc.) FCC Federal Communications Commission FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency FHWA Federal Highway Administration FM Factory Mutual (FM Global) FRPI Fiberglass Reinforced Plastics Institute FS Federal Specification GA Gypsum Association GANA Glass Association of North America HEW United States Department of Health, Education and Welfare HI Hydraulic Institute HMI Hoist Manufacturers Institute HUD United States Department of Housing and Urban Development IBC International Building Code ICC International Code Council ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America IFI Industrial Fasteners Institute IRI Industrial Risk Insurers ISA Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (formerly Instrument Society of America) ISO Insurance Services Office ISO International Organization for Standardization LPI Lightning Protection Institute MIA Marble Institute of America ML/SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association MS Military Specifications City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades References 16 -0033 -UT 01420-6 00992-0232 • • • MSS Manufacturers' Standardization Society MMA Monorail Manufacturers Association NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers NAPF National Association of Pipe Fabricators, Inc. NARUC National Association of Regulatory Utilities Commissioners NBHA National Builders Hardware Association NBS United States Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NEC National Electric Code NELMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NESC National Electrical Safety Code NETA International Electrical Testing Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council NGA National Glass Association NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association NHPMA Northern Hardwood and Pine Manufacturers Association NIST United States Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation NSSGA National Stone, Sand, and Gravel Association NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute PFI Pipe Fabrication Institute PPI Plastics Pipe Institute PGMC Primary Glass Manufacturers Council PS Product Standards Section, United States Department of Commerce RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (part of AISC) RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SCAQMD Southern California Air Quality Management District SCPRF Structural Clay Products Research Foundation SCTE Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers SDI Steel Deck Institute SDI Steel Door Institute City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades References 16 -0033 -UT 01420-7 00992-0232 • SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturing Association SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association SPI Society of the Plastics Industry SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Society for Protective Coatings SWI Steel Window Institute TCNA Tile Council of North America TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic industries Alliance UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. USAB United States Access Board USDOE United States Department of Energy USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency USGBC United States Green Building Council USGS United States Geological Survey USPHS United States Public Health Service WCLUB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association WCMA Wood Component Manufacturers Association WDMA Window and Door Manufacturers Association WWEMA Water and Wastewater Equipment Manufacturers Association WWPA Western Wood Products Association • PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) • PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades References 16 -0033 -UT 01420-8 00992-0232 • • • SECTION 01452 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall employ and pay for services of independent testing laboratory to perform specified services. 2. Inspection, sampling, and testing shall be as specified in the Specifications including but not limited to: a. Section 03300 — Cast in Place Concrete b. Other tests in the Contract Documents that are not specifically assigned to others. 3. CONTRACTOR shall pay for: a. Tests not specifically indicated in the Contract Documents as being CITY's responsibility. b. Tests made for CONTRACTOR's convenience. c. Repeat tests required because of CONTRACTOR's negligence or defective Work, and retesting after failure of test for the same item to comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Testing laboratory is not authorized to approve or accept any portion of the Work or defective Work; rescind, alter, or augment requirements of Contract Documents; and perform duties of CONTRACTOR. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. ASTM E329, Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing. 2. ISO/IEC 17025, General Requirements for the Competence of Testing and Calibration Laboratories. 3. NIST SRM, Standard Reference Materials. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Testing Laboratory: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Testing Laboratory Services 16 -0033 -UT Furnished by Contractor 00992-0232 01452-1 • • • a. Comply with applicable requirements of ASTM E329. b. Testing laboratory shall be licensed to operate in the same state as the Site. Where applicable, laboratory shall be certified by the authority having jurisdiction for the types of testing required. c. Testing equipment used by laboratory shall be calibrated at maximum intervals of twelve months by devices of accuracy traceable to one of the following: NIST SRM, ISO/IEC 17025, certified by state or local bureau of weights and measures, or values of natural physical constants generally accepted in the engineering and scientific community. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Quality Control Submittals and Test Reports: Testing laboratory shall promptly submit to CONTRACTOR results of testing and inspections, including: a. Date issued. b. Project title, number, and name of the Site. c. Testing laboratory name and address. d. Name and signature of inspector or person obtaining samples. e. Date of inspection or sampling. f. Record of temperature and weather. g. Date of test. h. Identification of material or product tested, and associated Specification Section. Location in the Project. j. Type of inspection or test. k. Results of tests and observations regarding compliance with the Contract Documents. 2. Qualifications Statements: a. Testing Laboratory: 1) Qualifications statement indicating experience and facilities for tests required under the Contract Documents. 2) Copy of report of inspection of facilities during most recent NIST inspection tour. Include memorandum of remedies of deficiencies reported during inspection. 3) Copy of certificate of calibration for each instrument or measuring device proposed for use, by accredited calibration agency. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Testing Laboratory Services 16 -0033 -UT Furnished by Contractor 00992-0232 01452-2 • 1.5 TESTING LABORATORY DUTIES A. Testing laboratory shall: 1. Cooperate with CONTRACTOR and provide qualified personnel promptly on notice. 2. Perform required inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and methods of construction; comply with applicable reference standards and the Contract Documents; and ascertain compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Promptly notify CITY and CONTRACTOR of irregularities or deficiencies in the Work that are observed during performance of services. 4. Promptly submit to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of inspections and tests. 5. Perform additional tests and services, as required by CONTRACTOR. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. CONTRACTOR shall: 1. Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel. 2. Provide to testing laboratory preliminary representative samples of materials and products to be tested, in required quantities. 3. Promptly submit to CITY copies of results of tests and inspections received from testing laboratory. 4. Provide to laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed for concrete and other material mixes to be tested by testing laboratory. 5. Provide labor and facilities: a. For access to the Work to be tested, and where required, to Suppliers' operations. b. For obtaining and handling samples at the Site. c. For facilitating inspections and tests. d. For testing laboratory's exclusive use for storing and curing of test samples. e. Forms for preparing concrete test beams and cylinders. 6. Notify laboratory and CITY sufficiently in advance of operations to allow assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. 7. Arrange with laboratory and pay for additional services, sampling, and testing required for CONTRACTOR's convenience. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Testing Laboratory Services 16 -0033 -UT Furnished by Contractor 00992-0232 01452-3 • • SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall provide all temporary utilities required for the Project. 1. Make all arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services and obtain required permits and approvals for temporary utilities. 2. Pay all utility service costs, including cost of electricity, water, fuel, and other utility services required for the Work. 3. Continuously maintain adequate utilities for all purposes during the Project, until removal of temporary utilities and temporary facilities. At minimum, provide and maintain temporary utilities through Substantial Completion and removal of temporary field offices and sheds. 4. Should CITY occupy part of the Project prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, cost of utilities consumed via temporary utilities serving the portion occupied by CITY will be shared proportionately between CITY and CONTRACTOR as mutually agreed to by the parties. 5. Maintain, including cleaning, temporary utilities and continuously provide consumables as required. 6. Temporary utilities and temporary facilities shall be adequate for personnel using the Site and requirements of Project. 7. Provide temporary utilities and temporary facilities in compliance with Laws and Regulations and, when applicable, requirements of utility owners. B. Provide the following temporary utilities: 1. Electricity. 2. Lighting. 3. Telephone and communications. 4. Heating, ventilating, and temporary enclosures. 5. Water. 6. Sanitary facilities. 7. First-aid facilities. 8. Fire protection. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Electrical: 1. Provide temporary electrical service required for the Work and per Specification 01510, including continuous power for temporary field offices and sheds. Provide temporary outlets with circuit breaker protection and ground fault protection. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT IP00992-0232 Temporary Utilities 01510-1 • • B. Lighting. 1. Minimum lighting shall be five foot-candles for open areas and ten foot- candles for stairs and shops. Provide minimum of one, 300 -watt lamp every 15 feet in indoor Work areas. Provide night security lighting of five foot-candles, minimum, within 50 feet of all parts of the Site during hours of darkness, controlled by photocell. C. Telephone and Communications. 1. Provide temporary telephone and communications required for CONTRACTOR's operations at the Site and for summoning emergency medical assistance. D. Heating, Ventilating, and Enclosures. 1. Provide sufficient temporary heating, ventilating, and enclosures to ensure safe working conditions and prevent damage to existing facilities and the Work. 2. Except where otherwise specified, temporary heating shall maintain temperature of the area served between 50 degrees F and maximum design temperature of building or facility and its contents. 3. Maintain temperature of areas occupied by CITY's personnel or electronic equipment, including offices, lunch rooms, locker rooms, toilet rooms, and rooms containing computers, microprocessors, and control equipment, between 65 degrees F and 80 degrees F with relative humidity less than 75 percent. 4. Required temperature range for storage areas and certain elements of the Work, including preparation of materials and surfaces, installation or application, and curing as applicable, shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents for the associated Work and the Supplier's recommended temperature range for storage, application, or installation, as appropriate. 5. Provide temporary ventilation sufficient to prevent accumulation in construction areas and areas occupied by CITY of hazardous and nuisance levels or concentrations of dust and particulates, mist, fumes or vapors, odors, and gases, associated with construction. 6. Provide temporary enclosures and partitions required to maintain required temperature and humidity. E. Water. 1. Provide temporary water facilities including piping, valves, meters if not provided by owner of existing waterline, backflow preventers, pressure 'regulators, and other appurtenances. Provide freeze -protection as required. 2. Provide water for temporary sanitary facilities, field offices, Site maintenance and cleaning and, when applicable, disinfecting and testing of systems. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT • 00992-0232 Temporary Utilities 01510-2 • 3. Continuously maintain adequate water flow and pressure for all purposes during the Project, until removal of temporary water system. F Sanitary Facilities. 1. Provide suitably -enclosed chemical or self-contained toilets for CONTRACTOR's employees and visitors to the Site. Location of temporary toilets shall be acceptable to CITY. 2. Provide supply of potable drinking water and related facilities and consumables for all personnel using the Site. 3. Provide suitable temporary washing facilities for employees and visitors. G. First-aid Facilities. 1. Provide temporary first-aid stations at or immediately adjacent to the Site's major work areas, and inside CONTRACTOR's temporary field office. Locations of first-aid stations shall be determined by CONTRACTOR's safety representative. 2. Provide list of emergency telephone numbers at each hardwired telephone at the Site. List shall be in accordance with the list of emergency contact information required in Section 01301, Pre - Construction Conference. H. Fire Protection. 1. Provide temporary fire protection, including portable fire extinguishers rated not less than 2A or 5B in accordance with NFPA 10, Portable Fire Extinguishers, for each temporary building and for every 3,000 square feet of floor area under construction. 2. Comply with NFPA 241, Safeguarding Building Construction, Alternation, and Demolition Operations, and requirements of fire marshals and authorities having jurisdiction at the Site. 1.3 USE OF CITY'S SYSTEM A. Use of Permanent Utility Systems Provided Under the Project: 1. Permanent electrical, lighting, water, heating, ventilating, and fire protection systems and first-aid facilities may be used to provide temporary utilities and temporary facilities if the following are met: a. Obtain CITY's written permission to use permanent systems. b. Permanent systems to be used for temporary utilities or temporary facilities shall have achieved Substantial Completion, including complete functionality of all controls. c. CONTRACTOR shall pay all costs while using permanent system, including operation, maintenance, replacement of consumables, and provide replacement parts. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Utilities 01510-3 • • 2. Do not use the following permanent facilities: a. Telephone and communication facilities. b. Sanitary facilities. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for temporary systems may be new or used, but shall be adequate for purposes intended and shall not create unsafe conditions, and shall comply with Laws and Regulations. B. Provide required materials, equipment, and facilities, including piping, wiring, and controls. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install temporary facilities in neat, orderly, manner, and make structurally, mechanically, and electrically sound throughout. B. Location of Temporary Utilities and Temporary Facilities: 1. Locate temporary systems for proper function and service. 2. Temporary systems shall not interfere with or provide hazards or nuisances to: the Work under this and other contracts, movement of personnel, traffic areas, materials handling, hoisting systems, storage areas, finishes, and work of utility companies. 3. Do not install temporary utilities on the ground, with the exception of temporary extension cords, hoses, and similar systems in place for short durations. C. Modify and extend temporary systems as required by progress of the Work. 3.2 USE A. Maintain temporary systems to provide safe, continuous service as required. B. Properly supervise operation of temporary systems: 1. Enforce compliance with Laws and Regulations. 2. Enforce safe practices. 3. Prevent abuse of services. 4. Prevent nuisances and hazards caused by temporary systems and their use. 5. Prevent damage to finishes. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT . 00992-0232 Temporary Utilities 01510-4 6. Ensure that temporary systems and equipment do not interrupt continuous progress of construction. C. At end of each work day, check temporary systems and verify that sufficient consumables are available to maintain operation until work is resumed at the Site. Provide additional consumables if the supply on hand is insufficient. 3.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary utilities, facilities, equipment, and materials when no longer required. Repair damage caused by temporary systems and their removal and restore the Site to condition required by the Contract Documents; if restoration of damaged areas is not specified, restore to preconstruction condition. B. Where temporary utilities are disconnected from existing utility, provide suitable, watertight or gastight (as applicable) cap or blind flange, as applicable, on service line, in accordance with requirements of utility owner. C. When permanent utilities and systems that were used for temporary utilities, upon Substantial Completion replace all consumables such as filters and light bulbs and parts used during the Work. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Utilities 01510-5 • • • SECTION 01511 - TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary electrical service during the Project. At minimum, provide temporary electrical service through Substantial Completion of the entire Project and removal of temporary field offices and sheds. B. Cost of electricity used for the Project, including cost of electricity for start-up and testing, shall be paid by CONTRACTOR. C. Source: Electric power for temporary electrical service is available from Duke Energy unless an agreement from the CITY establishes a source from their distribution. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein, the Point of connection to power source shall be determined by Duke or the CITY. D. Limits of Temporary Electric Service: 1. Provide and maintain temporary electric service so that electricity can be obtained at all locations within the Project's work areas using extension of no more than 100 feet. 2. Temporary electric service required beyond limits shown or indicated shall be provided by contractor requiring such power, who shall provide their own portable generator or other means of temporary electric service. 3. Each contractor using temporary electric service shall provide their own extension cords, drop lights, power tools, other small devices, and distribution system. E. Continuously provide electric power to construction field offices and sheds. F. Unless existing equipment is specified as being taken temporarily out of service to accommodate portions of the Project, provide temporary electric power to maintain continuous operation of existing facilities during change over of electrical equipment. G. Restrictions: 1. Existing Systems: Modify and extend existing system for temporary electric service. 2. Obtain OWNER's permission to use electricity from existing system. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Electricity 01511-1 • • PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 TEMPORARY SERVICE REQUIRED A. Materials and equipment used for temporary electric service may be new or used, and shall be in first-class, fully serviceable condition. Temporary electric service shall not create unsafe conditions. Comply with Laws and Regulations and requirements of electric utility. B. Size of Temporary Electric Service: 1. Temporary electric service is required for bypass pumping, lighting, power tools, construction field offices and sheds, and similar usages. Electric space heaters, dewatering pumps and equipment, and large welding machines are not included in required temporary electric service. 2. If needed, a temporary electric system shall be 480 -volt, three-phase, 60 Hertz, with sufficient capacity to provide service for construction use by all trades and with the following minimum facilities: a. 100 ampere frame with 100 ampere trip primary circuit breaker. b. 15 KVA, three-phase transformer with 480 -volt primary and 208/120 -volt secondary, three -pole secondary safety switch, and 208/120 -volt, three-phase, four -wire distribution panel. C. Provide each electrical outlet with circuit breaker protection and comply with ground fault protection per requirements of NEC Article 406, Receptacles, Cord Connectors, and Attachment Plugs, and UL 943, Standard for Ground -Fault Circuit -Interrupters. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install temporary electric service in neat, orderly manner. Temporary electric service shall be structurally and electrically sound throughout. B. Modify temporary electric service and rearrange wiring as Project progress requires. C. Locate all temporary electrical facilities to avoid interfering with the Work, hoisting, materials handling, storage, traffic areas, existing operable facilities, and work under other contracts. D. CONTRACTOR is responsible for and shall return to original condition those portions of permanent electric system used in completing the Work. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT . 00992-0232 Temporary Electricity 01511-2 3.2 USE A. Properly supervise use of temporary electric service. Enforce compliance with • Laws and Regulations and safe practices, and prevent abuse of services. • 3.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove materials and equipment associated with temporary electric service when temporary electric service is no longer required. B. Repair damage caused by temporary electric service and its removal and restore the Site to condition in accordance with the Contract Documents; if restoration of damaged areas is not specified, restore to preconstruction condition. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT III00992-0232 Temporary Electricity 01511-3 • SECTION 01522 - CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OFFICE AND SHEDS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide field office for CONTRACTOR's use with at least the minimum facilities specified. 2. Provide required storage and work sheds. 3. Pay for required permits and utilities. Field offices and sheds shall comply with Laws and Regulations. B. Location: 1. Locate field offices and sheds in accordance with the Contract Documents and in accordance with the Site mobilization discussions at the preconstruction conference. C. Furnish in field office one complete set of the Contract Documents for ready reference by interested parties. In addition to the reference set, comply with Section 01782, Record Documents. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 FIELD OFFICE AND SHEDS, FURNISHINGS, AND EQUIPMENT A. Field Office and Furnishings: 1. Construction: As required by CONTRACTOR.. 2. Furnish and maintain at CONTRACTOR's field office protective helmets for use by visitors to the Site. B. Storage and Work Sheds: 1. Provide storage and work sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate personnel, materials, and equipment involved in the Work, including temporary utility services and facilities required for environmental controls sufficient for personnel, materials, and equipment. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Contractor's Field Office 16 -0033 -UT and Sheds 00992-0232 01522-1 • 1. Install field offices, sheds, and related facilities in accordance with Laws and Regulations. 2. Install materials and equipment, including prefabricated structures, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Maintenance: 1. Clean and maintain field offices and sheds as required. 2. Provide consumables as required. B. Removal: 1. Do not remove field offices and sheds until after Substantial Completion of the entire Work, unless otherwise approved by CITY. 2. Remove field offices and sheds and restore areas prior to final inspection. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Contractor's Field Office 16 -0033 -UT and Sheds 00992-0232 01522-2 • • SECTION 01570 - TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as required to control environmental conditions at the Site and adjacent areas. 2. Maintain controls until no longer required. 3. Temporary controls include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Erosion and sediment controls. b. Noise controls. c. Dust control. d. Pest and rodent control. e. Control of water, including storm water runnoff. f. Pollution control. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following: 1. Florida Department of Environmental Protection. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Plan for construction staging and maintenance of the Site relative to erosion and sediment controls. Indicate on a Site plan approximate areas of planned disturbance of soils and soil cover over time during the Project. For areas not indicated in the Contract Documents as being disturbed and that CONTRACTOR proposes to disturb, Shop Drawing shall include proposed erosion and sediment control measures for the additional area. 2. Product Data: a. Silt fencing materials. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Controls 01570-1 1. Procedural Submittals: • a. Proposed dust control measures, when submittal is requested by CITY. • PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS FOR TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS A. General: 1. Materials utilized for erosion and sediment controls shall be in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements indicated in Article 1.2 of this Section, unless otherwise shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Silt Fencing: 1. Filter Cloth: a. Mirafi Envirofence, or equal. b. Height: Two feet, minimum. c. Securely fasten filter cloth to wire mesh using ties spaced at maximum intervals of two feet on centers at top and mid -height of wire mesh. 2. Wire Mesh: Support filter cloth with wire mesh complying with the following: a. Woven wire mesh, 14 -gauge steel wire, maximum mesh size six-inch by six-inch. b. Height: To match filter cloth height. c. Fasten wire mesh to fence supports with wire ties or staples. 3. Fence Support Posts: a. Length: Three feet, minimum. b. Material: Metal or other acceptable material with "U" or "I" cross section, or minimum 1.25 -inch by 1.25 -inch hardwood. C. Straw Bale Dike. 1. Bales shall be firmly -packed, unrotted straw bound firmly with baling wire. Cross-sectional area on the small end of each bale shall be approximately 12 inches by 12 inches or larger. 2. Posts shall comply with requirements for silt fencing support posts, or may be suitable reinforcing steel. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Controls 01570-2 • • • D. Mulch Materials and Soil Stabilization. 1. Mulch shall be unrolled straw or salt hay. 2. Soil stabilization emulsions, when used, shall be an inert, eco - friendly chemical manufactured for the specific purpose of erosion control and soil stabilization, applied with mulch or stabilization fibers. 3. Wood -fiber or paper -fiber, when used, shall be 100 percent natural and biodegradable. 4. Erosion control mat or netting shall be biodegradable. Acceptable materials include jute, excelsior, straw or coconut fiber, and cotton. E. Protection of Storm Water Drainage Inlets and Catch Basins: 1. Inlet Filter Bag: a. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following for each drainage inlet or catch basin to be protected: 1) Silt Sack, by Atlantic Construction Fabrics (ACF) Environmental 2) Or equal. b. Inlet filter bag permeability shall be not less than 40 gallons per square foot of bag area exposed to the flow. Fabric shall be woven polypropylene with double stitching to prevent bursting. c. Inlet filter bags shall fit inside the drainage inlet or catch basin and shall be secured by the structure's grate or by other acceptable means. d. Inlet filter bags shall have means of removing inlet filter bag and the silt and sediment collected in the bag, without dumping filter bag's contents into the drainage inlet or catch basin. F. Filter Bag on Dewatering Pump Discharge: 1. Provide filter bag on discharge of each dewatering pump drawing from an excavation. Filter bag is not required on pumps associated with dewatering wells. 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. UltraTech Dewatering Bag, by Interstate Products. b. Filter Bag, by US Fabrics. c. Dewatering (Filter) Bag, Indian Valley Industries. d. DirtBag, by Atlantic Construction Fabrics (ACF) Environmental e. Or equal. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Controls 01570-3 3. Size filter bags for maximum flow of the pump. Filter bags shall be specifically fabricated for use as a dewatering pump filter bag. 4. Provide sufficient spare filter bags for continuous dewatering operations. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 NOISE CONTROL A. Noise Control — General: 1. CONTRACTOR's vehicles and equipment shall minimize noise emissions to greatest degree practicable. Provide mufflers, silencers, and sound barriers when necessary. 2. Noise levels shall comply with Laws and Regulations, including OSHA requirements and local ordinances. 3. Noise emissions shall not interfere with the work of CITY or others. 3.2 DUST CONTROL A. Dust Control — General: 1. Control objectionable dust caused by CONTRACTOR's operation of vehicles and equipment, clearing, and other actions. To minimize airborne dust, apply water or use other methods subject to acceptance of CITY and approval of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. CONTRACTOR shall prevent blowing and movement of dust from exposed soil surfaces and access roads to reduce on- and off -Site damage, nuisances, and health hazards associated with dust emissions. Control may be achieved by irrigation in which the Site shall be sprinkled with water until the surface is moist. Apply dust controls as frequently as required without creating nuisances such as excessive mud and ponding of water at the Site. 3. Remove dust from roadways and access roads at maximum intervals of seven days by mechanical brooming or other method acceptable to CITY. 3.3 PEST AND RODENT CONTROL A. Pest and Rodent Control — General: 1. Provide rodent and pest control as required to prevent infestation of the Site and storage areas. 2. Employ methods and use materials that do not adversely affect conditions at the Site or on adjoining properties. 3. In accordance with Laws and Regulations, promptly and properly dispose of pests and rodents trapped or otherwise controlled. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Controls 01570-4 • • • 3.4 WATER CONTROL A. Water Control — General: 1. Provide methods to control surface water and water from excavations and structures to prevent damage to the Work, the Site, and adjoining properties. 2. Control fill, grading, and ditching to direct water away from excavations, pits, tunnels and other construction areas and to direct drainage to proper runoff courses to prevent erosion, damage, or nuisance. B. Equipment and Facilities for Water Control: Provide, operate, and maintain equipment and facilities of adequate size to control surface water. C. Discharge and Disposal: Dispose of drainage water in manner to prevent flooding, erosion, and other damage to any and all parts of the Site and adjoining areas, and that complies with Laws and Regulations. 3.5 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Pollution Control — General: 1. Provide means, methods, and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere caused by discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. 2. Equipment used during construction shall comply with Laws and Regulations. B. Spills and Contamination: 1. Provide equipment and personnel to perform emergency measures required to contain spills and to remove contaminated soils and liquids. 2. Excavate contaminated material and properly dispose of off -Site, and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil. C. Protection of Surface Waters: Implement special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering surface waters. Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals, and other such substances in or adjacent to surface waters and open drainage routes, in sanitary sewers, or in storm sewers. D. Atmospheric Pollutants: 1. Provide systems for controlling atmospheric pollutants related to the Work. 2. Prevent toxic concentrations of chemicals and vapors. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Controls 01570-5 3. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into atmosphere. E. Solid Waste: 1. Provide systems for controlling and managing solid waste related to the Work. 2. Prevent solid waste from becoming airborne, and from discharging to surface waters and drainage routes. 3. Properly handle and dispose of solid waste. 3.6 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. Installation and Maintenance of Erosion and Sediment Controls General: 1. General: a. Provide erosion and sediment controls as shown and indicated on the Drawings and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Provide erosion and sediment controls as the Work progresses into previously undisturbed areas. b. Installation of erosion and sediment controls shall be in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements indicated in Article 1.2 of this Section, unless otherwise shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. c. Use necessary methods to successfully control erosion and sedimentation, including ecology -oriented construction practices, vegetative measures, and mechanical controls. Use best management practices (BMP) in accordance with Laws and Regulations, and regulatory requirements indicated in Article 1.2 of this Section, to control erosion and sedimentation during the Project. d. Plan and execute construction, disturbances of soils and soil cover, and earthwork by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal areas, to prevent erosion and sedimentation. Provide temporary measures for controlling erosion and sedimentation, as indicated in the Contract Documents and as required for the Project. e. Where areas must be cleared for storage of materials or equipment, or for temporary facilities, provisions shall be made for regulating drainage and controlling erosion and sedimentation, subject to the CITY'S approval. f. Provide erosion and sediment controls, including stabilization of soils, at the end of each workday. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Controls 01570-6 • • • 2. Coordination: a. Coordinate temporary erosion and sediment controls with construction of permanent drainage facilities and other Work to the extent necessary for economical, effective, and continuous erosion and sediment control. 3. Before commencing activities that will disturb soil or soil cover at the Site, provide all erosion and sediment control measures required by the Contract Documents for the areas where soil or soil cover will be disturbed. 4. In general, implement construction procedures associated with, or that may affect, erosion and sediment control to ensure minimum damage to the environment during construction. CONTRACTOR shall implement any and all additional measures required to comply with Laws and Regulations. 5. Vegetation Removal: Remove only those shrubs, grasses, and other vegetation that must be removed for construction. Protect remaining vegetation. 6. Access Roads and Parking Areas: When possible, access roads and temporary roads shall be located and constructed to avoid adverse effects on the environment. Provisions shall be made to regulate drainage, avoid erosion and sedimentation, and minimize damage to vegetation. 7. Earthwork and Temporary Controls: a. Perform excavation, fill, and related operations in accordance with Section 02220. b. Control erosion to minimize transport of silt from the Site into existing waterways and surface waters. Such measures shall include, but are not limited to, using berms, silt fencing, baled straw silt barriers, gravel or crushed stone, mulching and soil stabilization, slope drains, and other methods. Apply such temporary measures to erodible materials exposed by activities associated with the construction of the Project. Hold to a minimum the areas of bare soil exposed at one time. Construct fills and waste areas by selectively placing fill and waste materials to eliminate surface silts and clays that will erode. e. In performing earthwork, eliminate depressions that could serve as mosquito pools. f. CONTRACTOR shall provide special care in areas with steep slopes, where disturbance of vegetation shall be minimized to maintain soil stability. c. 8. Inspection and Maintenance: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Controls 01570-7 • a. Periodically inspect areas of earthwork and areas where soil or soil cover are disturbed to detect evidence of the start of erosion and sedimentation; apply corrective measures as required to control erosion and sedimentation. Continue inspections and corrective measures until soils are permanently stabilized and permanent vegetation has been established b. Repair or replace damaged erosion and sediment controls within 24 hours of CONTRACTOR becoming aware of such damage. c. Periodically remove silt and sediment that has accumulated in or behind sediment and erosion controls. Properly dispose of silt and sediment. 9. Duration of Erosion and Sediment Controls: a. Maintain erosion and sediment controls in effective working condition until the associated drainage area has been permanently stabilized. b. Maintain erosion and sediment controls until the Site is restored and site improvements including landscaping, if any, are complete with underlying soils permanently stabilized. 10. Work Stoppage: If the Work is temporarily stopped or suspended for any reason, CONTRACTOR shall provide additional temporary controls necessary to prevent environmental damage to the Site and adjacent areas while the Work is stopped or suspended. 11. Failure to Provide Adequate Controls: In the event CONTRACTOR repeatedly fails to satisfactorily control erosion and siltation, CITY reserves the right to employ outside assistance or to use CITY's own forces for erosion and sediment control. Cost of such work, plus engineering and inspection costs, will be deducted from monies due CONTRACTOR. B. Silt Fencing: 1. Install and maintain silt fencing in a vertical plane. 2. Locations of Silt Fencing: a. Where possible, install silt fencing along contour lines so that each given run fencing is at the same elevation. b. On slopes install silt fencing at intervals that do not exceed the maximum intervals indicated in the following table: " City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Controls 01570-8 Slope (percent) Maximum Length of Slope Above Each Silt Fence (feet) 2 and less 150 2.1 to 5 100 5.1 to 10 50 10.1 to 20 25 20.1 to 25 20 25.1 to 40 15 40.1 to 50 10 c. Provide silt fencing around perimeter of each stockpile of topsoil, general fill material, and excavated material. Install silt fencing before expected precipitation and maintain until stockpile is removed. d. Do not install silt fencing at the following types of locations: 1) Area of concentrated storm water flows such as ditches, swales, or channels. 2) Where rock or rocky soils prevent full and uniform anchoring of silt fencing. 3) Across upstream or discharge ends of storm water piping or culverts. 3. Installation: a. Securely fasten wire mesh to posts, and securely fasten filter cloth to wire mesh. b. When two sections of filter cloth abut each other, fold over edges and overlap by minimum of six inches and securely fasten to wire mesh. c. Embed posts in the ground to the depth necessary for proper controls; embed posts to at least 16 inches below ground. d. Filter cloth and wire mesh shall extend a minimum of eight inches below ground and a minimum of 16 inches above ground. e. Remove sediment accumulated at silt fencing as required. Repair and reinstall silt fencing as required. 4. Maintenance: a. Do not allow formation of concentrated storm water flows on slopes above sift fencing unless so shown or indicated in the Contract Documents. If unauthorized concentrated storm water flows occur, stabilize the slope via earthmoving and other stabilization measures as required to prevent flow of concentrated storm water flows toward silt fencing. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Controls 01570-9 • • • C. Straw Bale Dike. 1. Install straw bale dikes where shown or indicated, including in swales, along contours, and along toe of slopes. 2. Install bales in shallow excavation as wide as the bale and approximately four to six inches below surrounding grade. 3. Ends of bale shall tightly abut ends of adjacent bales. 4. Securely install straw bales using two support posts per bale, driven into the ground a minimum of 1.5 to two feet below bottom of bale. Top of post shall be flush with top of bale. Angle first post for each bale toward the previously -installed bale. 5. Frequently inspect bales and repair or replace as required. Remove accumulated silt and debris from behind straw bales. D. Mulching and Soil Stabilization: 1. Use mulching to temporarily stabilize exposed soil and fill material. a. Immediately following final grading, provide mulch and stabilize with mats or netting, or sprayed soil stabilization emulsion with fiber additive. b. Application of mulching for soil stabilization shall be as follows. 1) Unrotted Straw or Salt Hay: 1.5 to two tons per acre. 2) Soil stabilization emulsions, when used, shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and shall be applied with mulch or stabilization fibers. 3) Wood -fiber or Paper -fiber Application: 1,500 lbs. per acre, installed by hydroseeding. c. Where mats or netting are used: 1) Cover entire area to be stabilized with mats or netting. 2) Provide anchoring trenches at the top and bottom of slopes to receive mats or netting. Bury at least the top and bottom ends of mat or netting, four inches or more wide, at top and bottom of slope. Tamp trench full of soil. Four inches from trench, secure mat or netting with appropriate staples spaced at intervals of 10 inches. 3) Overlap adjacent strips of mat or netting by at least four inches. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Controls 01570-10 • • • E. Protection of Storm Water Drainage Inlets and Catch Basins: 1. Protect each drainage inlet and catch basin that has the potential to receive storm water runoff from exposed soils, and does not discharge into a storm water settlement basin. 2. Install inlet filter bags inside of drainage inlet or catch basin in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Secure inlet filter bag with the structure's grate or by other acceptable means. 3. Inlet filter bags shall not pose any obstruction above the elevation of the drainage inlet or catch basin grate requiring barricades or flashers. 4. When removing silt and sediment from inlet filter bag, do not dumpi filter bag's contents into the drainage inlet or catch basin. 5. Remove silt and sediment from inlet filter bag, or replace inlet filter bag, when inlet filter bag is not more than half full. F. Filter Bag on Dewatering Pump Discharge: 1. Provide dewatering of excavations in compliance with Division 2 Sections on earthmoving, excavation, and fill. 2. Locate filter bags and temporary pump discharge lines to avoid interfering with the public, use of private property, and CITY's operations. Relocate filter bags and appurtenances when required. 3. Filter bag discharge shall be directed to appropriate storm water drainage route. Do not discharge into roadways, driveways, access roads, and overland. When temporary settlement basin is used, locate filter bags to discharge to temporary settlement basin when practicable. 4. Provide filter bag on discharge of each dewatering pump drawing from an excavation. 5. Securely attach filter bag to pump discharge pipe or hose. 6. Maintain, clean out, and replace filter bags as required. 3.7 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Removals — General: 1. Upon completion of the Work, remove temporary controls and restore Site to specified condition; if condition is not specified, restore Site to pre -construction condition. 2. After soils are permanently stabilized, remove from the Site temporary erosion and sediment controls. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Temporary Controls 01570-11 • • • SECTION 01630 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The items listed starting with Article 1.5 of this Section refer to and are the same pay items listed in the Bid Form and constitute all pay items for completing the Work. No direct or separate payment will be made for providing miscellaneous temporary or accessory works, plant services, CONTRACTOR's field offices, layout surveys, Project signs, sanitary requirements, testing, safety provisions and safety devices, submittals and record drawings, water supplies, power and fuel, traffic maintenance, removal of waste, security, coordination with CITY's operations, information technology (including hardware, software, and services) required during construction, bonds, insurance, or other requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, General Requirements, and other requirements of the Contract Documents. Compensation for all services, items, materials, and equipment shall be included in prices stipulated for the unit price pay items listed in this Section and included in the Contract. B. Each unit price shall include an amount considered by the CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 1.2 ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE OF QUANTITIES A. ENGINEER's estimated quantities for items of Unit Price Work, as included in the Contract, are approximate only and are included solely for purpose of comparing Bids and pricing. CITY does not expressly or by implication agree that nature of materials encountered below the ground surface or actual quantities of material encountered or required will correspond with the quantities included in the Contract at the time of award and reserves right to increase or decrease quantities or to eliminate quantities as the CITY may deem necessary. Except as provided in Article 1.3 of this Section, CONTRACTOR or CITY will not be entitled to adjustment in price of Unit Price Work items as a result of change in estimated quantity and agrees to accept the unit prices accepted in the Bid as complete and total compensation for additions caused by changes or alterations in the Unit Price Work directed by CITY. 1.3 ADJUSTMENT OF UNIT PRICES FOR INCREASE OR DECREASE OF ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A. Increases or decreases in the quantity of an item of Unit Price Work will be determined by comparing total payable quantity of Unit Price Work with ENGINEER's estimated quantity indicated in the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Measurement and Payment 01630-1 • B. Notwithstanding other provision of the Contract Documents, if total payable quantity of Unit Price Work for an item with an as -awarded total value of five percent or more of the as -awarded Contract Price, varies from ENGINEER's estimated of quantity by more than 25 percent above or below ENGINEER's estimated quantity, that item's unit price will be subject to review by CITY. If warranted, an equitable adjustment will be made by Change Order to credit CITY with reduction in cost or compensate CONTRACTOR for increased cost resulting from the change in quantity. The unit price adjustment, if any, will be based on cost increase or decrease due solely to variation above 125 percent or below 75 percent of ENGINEER's estimated quantity. C. CITY's review for possible unit price cost adjustment will be at a time CITY deems reasonable and proper. D. Payment for Unit Price Work item that has an as -awarded computed total value of less than five percent of the sum of the as -awarded total Contract Price will be made at the unit price in the Contract, regardless of an increase or decrease in quantity. 1.4 RELATED PROVISIONS A. Payments to CONTRACTOR: Refer to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Agreement. B. Changes in Contract Price: Refer to General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. • C. Schedule of Values: Refer to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Section 01291, Schedule of Values. 1.5 BID ITEMS A. Item 1: Mobilization/Demobilization and General Conditions 1. Measurement of lump sum price for Item 1 shall be based on an allowance for mobilization/demobilization and General Conditions. 2. Payment for mobilization will include costs associated preparatory work and operations including moving of personnel, equipment, facility, and all else necessary to commence Work. The costs of bonds, insurance and pre - construction expenses shall also be included. 3. Payment for demobilization will include costs associated with finalizing work including but not limited to those operations necessary for the removal of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals from the project site. 4. Payment for General Conditions will include costs associated with all of the work necessary to comply with the requirements of the Division 1 specifications, and any other requirements of the Contract Documents not addressed by any other of the following bid items. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 • Measurement and Payment 01630-2 5. Payment shall be in accordance with Section 01291. B. Item 2: Demolition 1. Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be the full compensation for furnishing, but is not limited to: all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to remove equipment, piping, utilities, cable tray, conduit, and all other items needed to be demolished or removed for installation of new facilities. Some of the items included in this Pay Item may include, but may not be limited to: removal of existing piping, conduit, power and signal wire, cable tray, ductbanks, pipe supports, junction boxes, concrete, demolition and removal of existing MCC No. 9, and all appurtenant and ancillary items as indicated on the drawings, specified herein or as otherwise necessary for the completion of the Work associated with this Contract. All costs for disposal of all items needed for this Pay Item shall be included in the Contractor's Base Bid. C. Item 3: Electrical 1. Payment of the applicable pricing shall be the compensation for furnishing; a. MCC b. Cable Tray c. Conduit d. Wire e. HVAC f. Conduit Supports 2. Payment for the installation of; but is not limited to install a complete, tested and fully operational electrical system, including switches, panels, junction boxes, MCC, control panels, duct banks, cable tray, lighting, site lighting, power circuitry conduit, signal wiring conduit; wiring; and all appurtenances as shown on the plans and/or specifications. Unless otherwise specified herein or indicated on the Contract Drawings, this Pay Item shall be inclusive of all electrical or electrical related components required for this Contract. a. MCC b. Cable Tray, conduit and wire c. HVAC d. Conduit Supports 3. ArcFlash study and labeling. D. Item 4: Instrumentation 1. Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be the full compensation for furnishing; City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Measurement and Payment 01630-3 • 110 • a. MCC PLC and all associated hardware as specified or shown on Contract Drawings. 2. Payment for the installation of; but is not limited to installation of a complete, tested and fully operational instrumentation and controls system including installation, set-up, calibrate, integrate, and coordinate a complete control systems package as specified including all SCADA and PLC modifications and programming, operator interface screen creation and modification, software, fiber optic cable, transmitters, interface panels, programming terminal, and all appurtenances as shown on the plans and specifications. Unless otherwise specified herein or indicated on the Contract Drawings, this Pay Item shall be inclusive of all instrumentation and controls or related system required for this Contract. E. Item 5: Start Up and Training 1. Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be the full compensation for furnishing; but is not limited to start up and training on all systems which include two sessions. Training sessions shall be video-taped and video provided to the City. F. Item 6: City's Integrator Allowance for SCADA Integration Only. 1. Payment of the applicable "Not to Exceed Allowance" price shall be for compensation for furnishing services limited to employing the City's System Integrator for SCADA integration and coordination services with sub -contractors and vendors providing SMART MCC, and communication and control equipment for MCC -9 systems. Payment shall consist of invoicing at the City's systems integrator's accepted City billing rate for programming and management, plus the allowable contractor's overhead and profit as defined in the Contract Documents G. Item 7: Miscellaneous Architectural 1. Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be the full compensation for furnishing, but is not limited to: all plant, labor, materials and equipment necessary to painting of interior room, sealing of wall and ceiling joints, staircase and walkway modifications, hurricane impact rated window(s), and provide and install new panic door and closing hardware on single and double door as noted on the Contract Drawings. G. Item 8: Additive Alternate — Motor Disconnects 1. Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be the full compensation for furnishing; but is not limited to install a complete, tested and fully operational set of disconnects, including wire and flexible conduit at the motors, for the Fermentation Tank Mixers, First Anoxic Tank Mixers and Second Anoxic Tank Mixers and all appurtenant and ancillary items as City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Measurement and Payment 01630-4 indicated on the drawings, specified herein or as otherwise necessary for the completion of the Work associated with the Additive Alternate portion of this Contract. Unless otherwise specified herein or indicated on the Contract Drawings, this Pay Item shall be inclusive of all components or related system required for the Additive Alternate portion of this Contract. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 • Measurement and Payment 01630-5 • • • SECTION 01651 - TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING OF PRODUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. This Section includes the general requirements for preparing for shipping, delivering, and handling materials and equipment. 2. CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements for transporting, delivering, and handling of materials and equipment required for prosecution and completion of the Work. 3. When required, move stored materials and equipment without additional compensation and without changes to the Contract Times. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to individual Specification Sections for submittal requirements relative to delivering and handling materials and equipment. 1.3 PREPARING FOR SHIPMENT A. When practical, factory -assemble materials and equipment. Match mark or tag separate parts and assemblies to facilitate field assembly. Cover machined and unpainted parts that may be damaged by the elements with strippable, protective coating. B. Package materials and equipment to facilitate handling, and protect materials and equipment from damage during shipping, handling, and storage. Mark or tag outside of each package or crate to indicate the associated purchase order number, bill of lading number, contents by name, CITY's contract name and number, CONTRACTOR name, equipment number, and approximate weight. Include complete packing lists and bills of materials with each shipment. C. Protect materials and equipment from exposure to the elements and keep thoroughly dry and dust -free at all times. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Lubricate bearings and other items requiring lubrication in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Transportation and 16 -0033 -UT Handling of Products 00992-0232 01651-1 • • • D. Do not ship materials and equipment until: 1. Related Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals have been approved or accepted (as applicable) by CITY, including, but not necessarily limited to, all Action Submittals associated with the materials and equipment being delivered. 2. Manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, and installing the associated materials and equipment have been submitted to and accepted by CITY in accordance with the Specifications. 3. Results of source quality control testing (factory testing), when required by the Contract Documents for the associated materials or equipment, have been reviewed and accepted by CITY. 4. Facilities required for handling materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions are in place and available. 5. Required storage facilities have been provided. 1.4 DELIVERY A. Scheduling and Timing of Deliveries: 1. Arrange deliveries of materials and equipment in accordance with the accepted Progress Schedule and in ample time to facilitate inspection prior to installation. 2. Schedule deliveries to minimize space required for and duration of storage of materials and equipment at the Site or delivery location, as applicable. 3. Coordinate deliveries to avoid conflicting with the Work and conditions at Site, and to accommodate the following: a. Work of other contractors and CITY. b. Storage space limitations. c. Availability of equipment and personnel for handling materials and equipment. d. CITY's use of premises. 4. Deliver materials and equipment to the Site during regular working hours. 5. Deliver materials and equipment to avoid delaying the Work and the Project, including work of other contractors, as applicable. Deliver anchor system materials, including anchor bolts to be embedded in concrete or masonry, in ample time to avoid delaying the Work. B. Deliveries: 1. Shipments shall be delivered with CONTRACTOR's name, Subcontractor's name (if applicable), Site name, Project name, and contract designation (example: "ABC Construction Co., City of City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Transportation and 16 -0033 -UT Handling of Products 00992-0232 01651-2 Somewhere, Idaho, Wastewater Treatment Plant Primary Clarifier Improvements, Contract 25, General Construction") clearly marked. 2. Site may be listed as the "ship to" or "delivery" address; but CITY shall not be listed as recipient of shipment unless otherwise directed in writing by CITY. 3. Provide CONTRACTOR's telephone number to shipper; do not provide CITY's telephone number. 4. Arrange for deliveries while CONTRACTOR's personnel are at the Site. CONTRACTOR shall receive and coordinate shipments upon delivery. Shipments delivered to the Site when CONTRACTOR is not present will be refused by CITY, and CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the associated delays and additional costs, if incurred. C. Containers and Marking: 1. Have materials and equipment delivered in manufacturer's original, unopened, labeled containers. 2. Clearly mark partial deliveries of component parts of materials and equipment to identify materials and equipment, to allow easy accumulation of parts, and to facilitate assembly. D. Inspection of Deliveries: 1. Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipment to verify that: a. Materials and equipment comply with the Contract Documents and approved or accepted (as applicable) submittals. b. Quantities are correct. c. Materials and equipment are undamaged. d. Containers and packages are intact and labels are legible. e. Materials and equipment are properly protected. 2. Promptly remove damaged materials and equipment from the Site and expedite delivery of new, undamaged materials and equipment, and remedy incomplete or lost materials and equipment to furnish materials and equipment in accordance with the Contract. Documents, to avoid delaying progress of the Work. 3. Advise CITY in writing when damaged, incomplete, or defective materials and equipment are delivered, and advise CITY of the associated impact on the Progress Schedule. 1.5 HANDLING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide equipment and personnel necessary to handle materials and equipment, including those furnished by CITY, by methods that prevent soiling or damaging materials and equipment and packaging. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Transportation and 16 -0033 -UT Handling of Products 00992-0232 ,01651-3 • B. Provide additional protection during handling as necessary to prevent scraping, marring and otherwise damaging materials and equipment and surrounding surfaces. C. Handle materials and equipment by methods that prevent bending and overstressing. D. Lift heavy components only at designated lifting points. E. Handle materials and equipment in safe manner and as recommended by the manufacturer to prevent damage. Do not drop, roll, or skid materials and equipment off delivery vehicles or at other times during handling. Hand -carry or use suitable handling equipment. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No, 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Transportation and 16 -0033 -UT Handling of Products 00992-0232 01651-4 • SECTION 01661 - STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF PRODUCTS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section includes general requirements for storing and protecting materials and equipment. 1.2 STORAGE A. Store and protect materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and the Contract Documents. B. CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements and provisions necessary for, and pay all costs for, storing materials and equipment. Excavated materials, construction equipment, and materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be placed to avoid injuring the Work and existing facilities and property, and so that free access is maintained at all times to all parts of the Work and to public utility installations in vicinity of the Work. Store materials and equipment neatly and compactly in locations that cause minimum inconvenience to CITY, other contractors, public travel, and owners, tenants, and occupants of adjoining property. Arrange storage in manner to allow easy access for inspection. C. Areas available at the Site for storing materials and equipment are shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or as approved by CITY. D. Store materials and equipment to become CITY's property to facilitate their inspection and ensure preservation of quality and fitness of the Work, including proper protection against damage by freezing, moisture, and high temperatures with ambient temperatures as high as 100 degrees F. Store in indoor, climate -controlled storage areas all materials and equipment subject to damage by moisture, humidity, heat, cold, and other elements, unless otherwise acceptable to CITY. When placing orders to Suppliers for equipment and controls containing computer chips, electronics, and solid-state devices, CONTRACTOR shall obtain, coordinate, and comply with specific temperature and humidity limitations on materials and equipment, because temperature inside cabinets and components stored in warm temperatures can approach 200 degrees F. E. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for loss or damage (including theft) to stored materials and equipment. F Do not open manufacturer's containers until time of installation, unless recommended by the manufacturer or otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrade Storage and Protection of 16 -0033 -UT Products 00992-0232 01661-1 G Do not store materials or equipment in structures being constructed unless approved by CITY in writing. H. Do not use lawns or other private property for storage without written permission of the owner or other person in possession or control of such premises. 1.3 PROTECTION A. Equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be boxed, crated, or otherwise completely enclosed and protected during shipping, handling, and storage, in accordance with Section 01651, Transportation and Handling of Products. B. Store all materials and equipment off the ground (or floor) on raised supports such as skids or pallets. C. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. Painted equipment surfaces that are damaged or marred shall be repainted in their entirety in accordance with equipment manufacturer and paint manufacturer requirements, to the satisfaction of CITY. D. Protect electrical equipment, controls, and instrumentation against moisture, water damage, heat, cold, and dust. Space heaters provided in equipment shall be connected and operating at all times until equipment is placed in operation and permanently connected. 1.4 UNCOVERED STORAGE A. The following types of materials may be stored outdoors without cover on supports so there is no contact with the ground: 1. Reinforcing steel. 2. Precast concrete materials. 3. Structural steel. 4. Metal stairs. 5. Handrails and railings. 6 Grating. 7. Checker plate. 8. Metal access hatches. 9. Castings. 10. Fiberglass products. 11. Rigid electrical conduit. 12. Piping, except polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or chlorinated PVC (CPVC) pipe. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrade Storage and Protection of 16 -0033 -UT Products 00992-0232 01661-2 • 1.5 COVERED STORAGE A. The following materials and equipment may be stored outdoors on supports and completely covered with covering impervious to water: 1. Grout and mortar materials. 2. Masonry units. 3. Rough lumber. 4. Soil materials and granular materials such as aggregate. 5. PVC and CPVC pipe. 6. Filter media. B. Tie down covers with rope, and slope covering to prevent accumulation of water. C. Store loose granular materials, with covering impervious to water, in well - drained area or on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 1.6 FULLY PROTECTED STORAGE A. Store all material and equipment not named in Articles 1.4 and 1.5 of this Section on supports in buildings or trailers that have concrete or wooden flooring, roof, and fully closed walls on all sides. Covering with visquine plastic sheeting or similar material in space without floor, roof, and walls is not acceptable. Comply with the following: 1. Provide heated storage for materials and equipment that could be damaged by low temperatures or freezing. 2. Provide air-conditioned storage for materials and equipment that could be damaged by high temperatures. 3. Protect mechanical and electrical equipment from being contaminated by dust, dirt, and moisture. 4. Maintain humidity at levels recommended by manufacturers for electrical and electronic equipment. 1.7 HAZARDOUS PRODUCTS A. Prevent contamination of personnel, storage area, and the Site. Comply with Laws and Regulations and manufacturer's instructions. 1.8 MAINTENANCE OF STORAGE A. On scheduled basis, periodically inspect stored materials and equipment to ensure that: 1. Condition and status of storage facilities is adequate to provide required storage conditions. 2. Required environmental conditions are maintained on continuing basis. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrade Storage and Protection of 16 -0033 -UT Products 00992-0232 01661-3 • • 3. Materials and equipment exposed to elements are not adversely affected. B. Mechanical and electrical equipment requiring Tong -term storage shall have complete manufacturer's instructions for servicing each item, with notice of enclosed instructions shown on exterior of container or package. 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions on scheduled basis. 2. Space heaters that are part of electrical equipment shall be connected and operated continuously until equipment is placed in service and permanently connected. 1.9 MICROPROCESSORS, PANELS, AND INSTRUMENTATION STORAGE A. Store panels, microprocessor -based equipment, electronics, and other devices subject to damage or decreased useful life because of temperatures below 40 degrees F or above 100 degrees F, relative humidity above 90 percent, or exposure to rain or exposure to blowing dust in climate -controlled storage space. B. Requirements: 1. Storage shall be coordinated with the CITY, to be located in an existing climate controlled location. 2. CITY has the right to inspect materials and equipment during normal working hours. 3. Placed inside each panel or device a desiccant, volatile corrosion inhibitor blocks (VCI), moisture indicator, and maximum -minimum indicating thermometer. 4. Check panels and equipment at least once per month. Replace desiccant, VCI, and moisture indicator as often as required, or every six months, whichever occurs first. 5. Certified record of daily maximum and minimum temperature and humidity in storage facility shall be available for inspection by CITY. Certified record of monthly inspection, noting maximum and minimum temperature for month, condition of desiccant, VCI, and moisture indicator, shall be available for inspection by CITY. C. Costs for storing climate -sensitive materials and equipment shall be paid by CONTRACTOR. Replace panels and devices damaged during storage, or for which storage temperatures or humidity range has been exceeded, at no additional cost to CITY. Delays resulting from such replacement are causes within CONTRACTOR's control. D. Do not ship panels and equipment to the Site until conditions at the Site are suitable for installation, including slabs and floors, walls, roofs, and environmental controls. Failure to have the Site ready for installation shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from complying with the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrade Storage and Protection of 16 -0033 -UT Products 00992-0232 01661-4 • • 1.10 RECORDS A. Keep up-to-date account of materials and equipment in storage to facilitate preparation of Applications for Payment, if the Contract Documents provide for payment for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrade Storage and Protection of 16 -0033 -UT Products 00992-0232 01661-5 SECTION 01721 - PROTECTION OF THE WORK AND PROPERTY PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for taking all precautions, providing all programs, and taking all actions necessary to protect the Work and all public and private property and facilities from damage, as specified in the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and this Section. 2. To prevent damage, injury, or loss, CONTRACTOR's actions shall include the following: a. Storing apparatus, materials, supplies, and equipment in an orderly, safe manner that does not unduly interfere with progress of the Work or work of other contractors or utility companies. b. Providing suitable storage facilities for materials and equipment subject to damage or degradation by exposure to weather, theft, breakage, or other cause. c. Placing upon the Work or any part thereof only loads consistent with the safety and integrity of that portion of the Work and existing construction. d. Frequently removing and disposing of refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by CONTRACTOR's operations so that, at all times, the Site is safe, orderly, and workmanlike in appearance. e. Providing temporary barricades and guard rails around the following: openings, scaffolding, temporary stairs and ramps, around excavations, for elevated walkways, and other hazardous areas. 3. Do not, except after written consent from proper parties, enter or occupy privately -owned land with personnel, tools, materials or equipment, except on lands and easements provided by CITY. 4. CONTRACTOR has full responsibility for preserving public and private property and facilities on and adjacent to the Site. Direct or indirect damage done by, or on account of, any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct by CONTRACTOR in executing the Work, shall be restored by CONTRACTOR, at his expense to condition equal to that existing before damage was done. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Protection of the Work 16 -0033 -UT and Property 00992-0232 01721-1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 BARRICADES AND WARNING SIGNALS A. Barricades and Warning Signals — General: 1. Where the Work is performed on or adjacent to roadway, access road, right-of-way, or public place: a. Provide barricades, fences, lights, warning signs, danger signals, watchmen, and take other precautionary measures for protecting persons, property, and the Work. b. Paint barricades to be visible at night. c. From sunset to sunrise, furnish and maintain at least one light at each barricade. d. Erect sufficient barricades to keep vehicles from being driven on or into Work under construction. e. Furnish watchmen in sufficient numbers to protect the Work. 2. Provide temporary barricades to protect personnel and property for Work not in or adjacent to vehicular travel areas, including indoor work, in accordance with Laws and Regulations. 3. CONTRACTOR's responsibility for maintaining temporary barricades, signs, lights, and for providing watchmen shall continue until the Work is accepted in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A. Tree and Plant Protection — General: 1. Protect existing trees, shrubs, and plants on or adjacent to the Site, shown or designated to remain in place, against unnecessary cutting, breaking, or skinning of trunk, branches, bark, and roots. 2. Do not store materials or equipment or park construction equipment and vehicles within the foliage drip line. 3. In areas subject to traffic, provide temporary fencing or barricades to protect trees and plants. 4. Fires are not allowed. 5. Within the limits of the Work, water trees and plants that are to remain to maintain their health during construction operations. 6. Cover exposed roots with burlap, which shall be kept continuously wet. Cover exposed roots with earth as soon as possible. Protect root systems from mechanical damage and damage by erosion, flooding, runoff, and noxious materials in solution. 7. If branches or trunks are damaged, prune branches immediately and protect cut or damaged areas with emulsified asphalt City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Protection of the Work 16 -0033 -UT and Property 00992-0232 01721-2 compounded specifically for horticultural use, in manner acceptable to CITY. 8. When directed by CITY, remove and dispose of at location away from the Site damaged trees and plants that die or suffer permanent injury, and replace damaged tree or plant with specimen of equal or better quality. 3.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES A. Underground Facilities: 1. Underground Facilities and Structures known to CITY, except water, gas, sewer, electric, and communications services (Utilities) to individual buildings and properties, are shown on historical/record dwgs. Information shown for Underground Facilities and Structures is the best available to CITY but, in accordance with the General Conditions, is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. 2. CONTRACTOR shall explore ahead of trenching and excavation Work and shall uncover obstructing Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures sufficiently to determine their location, to prevent damage to Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures and to prevent process and service interruption to facilities, building or parcels served by Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures. If CONTRACTOR damages any Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures, CONTRACTOR shall restore it to original condition, in accordance with requirements of the owner of the damaged Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures and the General Conditions. 3. Necessary changes in the location of the Work may be directed by CITY to avoid Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures not shown or indicated on the Contract Documents. 4. If permanent relocation of existing Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures is required and is not otherwise shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR will be directed in writing to perform the Work. When the relocation Work results in a change in the Contract Price, Contract Time, contract modification procedures and payment for such Work shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. Permanent relocation shall not be interpreted as to apply to City approved demolition of abandoned Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures. Such demolition and removal of abandoned Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR without any additional cost to City. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Protection of the Work 16 -0033 -UT and Property 00992-0232 01721-3 • • • B. Surface Structures: 1. Surface structures are existing buildings, structures, and other facilities at or above ground surface, including their foundations or any extension below ground surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to, buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, exposed piping and utilities, poles, exposed wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks, fencing, and other facilities visible at or above ground surface. 2. Existing surface facilities, including but not limited to guard rails, posts, guard cables, signs, poles, markers, curbs, and fencing, that are temporarily removed to facilitate the Work shall be replaced and restored to their original condition at CONTRACTOR's expense. C. Protection of Underground Facilities and Surface Structures: 1. CONTRACTOR shall sustain in their places and protect from direct or indirect injury all Underground Facilities and surface structures located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Such sustaining and supporting shall be done carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure or facility. Before proceeding with the Work of sustaining and supporting such structure or facility, CONTRACTOR shall satisfy CITY that methods and procedures to be used have been approved by party owning same. 2. CONTRACTOR shall bear all risks attending the presence or proximity of all Underground Facilities and surface structures within or adjacent to limits of the Work, in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by his Work to structures and facilities. CONTRACTOR shall repair immediately damage caused by his Work, to the satisfaction of owner of damaged structure or facility. 3.4 PROTECTION OF FLOORS AND ROOFS A. Protection of Floors and Roofs — General: 1. Protect floors and roofs until acceptance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Use proper protective covering when moving heavy equipment, handling materials or other loads, when painting, handling mortar or grout, and when cleaning walls and ceilings. 3. Use metal pans to collect oil and cuttings from pipe, conduit, and rod threading machines, and under metal cutting machines. 4. Do not load concrete floors less than 28 days old without written permission of CITY. Do not load floors, roofs, or slabs in excess of design loading. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Protection of the Work 16 -0033 -UT and Property 00992-0232 01721-4 • r • 5. Do not load roofs without written permission of CITY. 6. Restrict access to roofs, and keep CONTRACTOR personnel off existing roofs, except as required for the Work. 7. If access to roofs is required, roofing, parapets, openings, and all other construction on or adjacent to roof shall be protected with suitable plywood or other acceptable means. 3.5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND LANDSCAPING A. Protect installed materials and equipment to prevent damage from subsequent operations. Remove protection facilities when no longer needed prior to completion of the Work. B. Control traffic to prevent damage to equipment, materials, and surfaces. C. Coverings: 1. Provide coverings to protect materials and equipment from damage. 2. Cover projections, wall corners and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings, in areas used for traffic and for passage of materials and equipment in subsequent work. 3.6 SITE SECURITY A. It is the City's intent to provide access control to the Marshall Street Facility site during the construction of the Work described in these specifications. B. Access — There is one gate located at this site for access during permitted work hours. C. Prior to each day, the Contractor(s) shall provide the City with a list of subcontractors, employees and delivery services expected to access the Site that day. Employees of organizations not on the list will be denied access. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Protection of the Work 16 -0033 -UT and Property 00992-0232 01721-5 • • • SECTION 01724 - CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. This Section includes requirements for connections to existing facilities. Requirements for tie-ins and shutdowns necessary to complete the Work are in Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. 2. CONTRACTOR shall provide labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals shown, specified, and required for connections to existing facilities. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate Work that must be performed with or before the Work specified in this Section. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. D. General: 1. Requirements for temporary electrical and pumping for connections to existing facilities are in Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. 2. To extent possible, materials, equipment, systems, piping, and appurtenances that will be placed into service upon completion of connection to existing facilities shall be checked, successfully tested, and in condition for operation prior to making connections to existing facilities, if valves, gates, or similar watertight and gastight isolation devices are not provided at the connection point. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrade Connections to Existing 16 -0033 -UT Facilities 00992-0232 01724-1 • SECTION 01740 - CLEANING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall execute cleaning during the Project, at completion of the Work, and as required by the General Conditions and this Section. 2. Maintain in a clean manner the Site, the Work, and areas adjacent to or affected by the Work. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. NFPA 241, Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations. 1.3 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean the Site, work areas, and other areas occupied by CONTRACTOR at least weekly. Dispose of materials in accordance with the General Conditions and the following: 1. Comply with NFPA 241 for removing combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold non-combustible materials at the Site more than three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F. When temperature is less than 80 degrees F, dispose of non-combustible materials within seven days of their generation. 3. Provide suitable containers for storage of waste materials and debris. 4. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately. B. Site: 1. Keep outdoor, dust -generating areas wetted down or otherwise control dust emissions. 2. At least weekly, brush -sweep roadways and paved areas at the Site that are used by construction vehicles or otherwise affected by construction activities. C. Work Areas: 1. Clean areas where the Work is in progress to level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Cleaning • 16 -0033 -UT 01740-1 00992-0232 • • 2. Remove liquid spills promptly and immediately report spills to CITY and authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum entire work area, as appropriate. 4. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. D. Installed Work: Keep installed Work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of material or equipment installed, using only cleaning agents and methods specifically recommended by material or equipment manufacturer. If manufacturer does not recommend specific cleaning agents or methods, use cleaning agents and methods that are not hazardous to health and property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration until Substantial Completion. F. Cutting and Patching: 1. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. 2. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. G. Waste Disposal: 1. Properly dispose of waste materials, surplus materials, debris, and rubbish off the Site. 2. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials at the Site. 3. Do not discharge volatile or hazardous substances, such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner, into storm sewers or sanitary sewers. 4. Do not discharge wastes into surface waters or drainage routes. 5. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for complying with Laws and Regulations regarding storing, transporting, and disposing of waste. H. During handling and installation of materials and equipment, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials and equipment already in place. Apply protective covering where required for protection from damage or deterioration, until Substantial Completion. Clean completed construction as frequently as necessary throughout the construction period. 1.4 CLOSEOUT CLEANING A. Complete the following prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Cleaning 16 -0033 -UT 01740-2 00992-0232 1. Clean and remove from the Site rubbish, waste material, debris, and other foreign substances. 2. Sweep paved areas broom -clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. 3. Hose -clean sidewalks and loading areas. 4. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even - textured surface. 5. Leave surface waterways, drainage routes, storm sewers, and gutters open and clean. 6. Repair pavement, roads, sod, and other areas affected by construction operations and restore to specified condition; if condition is not specified, restore to pre -construction condition. 7. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to dirt -free condition, free of spatter, grease, stains, fingerprints, films, and similar foreign substances. 8. Clean, wax, and polish wood, vinyl, and painted floors. 9. Remove debris and surface dust from limited -access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, and similar spaces. 10. In unoccupied spaces, sweep concrete floors broom -clean. 11. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glazing in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision - obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. 12. Remove non -permanent tags and labels. 13. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore chipped, scratched, dented or otherwise marred surfaces to specified finish and match adjacent surfaces. a. Do not paint over "UL" or similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. 14. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint, and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. 15. Clean plumbing fixtures to sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. 16. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. 17. Clean lighting fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace temporary lamps provided in permanent fixtures. Replace existing lighting fixture components that are burned out or noticeably dimmed from use during construction. Replace defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. 18. Leave the Site clean, and in neat, orderly condition, satisfactory to CITY. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Cleaning 16 -0033 -UT 01740-3 00992-0232 • • PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Cleaning 16 -0033 -UT 01740-4 00992-0232 • • • SECTION 01751 - STARTING AND PLACING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall initially start up and place equipment installed under the Contract into successful operation, in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's written instructions and as instructed by Supplier at the Site. 2. Provide all material, labor, tools, and equipment required to complete equipment checkout and start-up. 3. Provide chemicals, lubricants, and other required operating fluids. 4. Provide fuel, electricity, water, filters, and other expendables required for start-up of equipment, unless otherwise specified. 5. General Activities Include: a. Cleaning, as required under other provisions of the Contract Documents. b. Removing temporary protective coatings. c. Flushing and replacing lubricants, where required by manufacturer. d. Lubrication. e. Checking shaft and coupling alignments and resetting where required. f. Checking and setting motor, pump, and other equipment rotation, safety interlocks, and belt tensions. g. Checking and correcting (if necessary) leveling plates, grout, bearing plates, anchorage devices, fasteners, and alignment of piping, conduits, and ducts that may place stress on the connected equipment. h. Sampling and bacteriological testing. All adjustments required. B. Coordination: 1. Coordinate checkout and start-up with other contractors, as necessary. 2. Do not start up system or subsystem for continuous operation until all components of that system or subsystem, including instrumentation and controls, have been tested to the extent practicable and proven to be operable as intended by the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Starting and Placing 16 -0033 -UT Equipment in Operation 00992-0232 01751-1 • 3. CITY will provide sufficient personnel to assist CONTRACTOR in starting up equipment, but responsibility for proper operation is CONTRACTOR's. 4. Supplier shall be present during checkout, start-up, and initial operation, unless otherwise acceptable to CITY. 5. Start-up of heating and air conditioning equipment and systems is dependent upon the time of year. Return to the Site at beginning of next heating or air conditioning season (as applicable) to recheck and start the appropriate systems. 6. Do not start up system, unit process, or equipment without submitting acceptable preliminary operations and maintenance manuals by CONTRACTOR, in accordance with Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data. C. CITY's Assumption of Responsibility for Equipment and Systems: 1. CITY will assume responsibility for the equipment upon Substantial Completion. 2. Prior to turning over to CITY responsibility for operating and maintaining system or equipment: a. Provide training of operations and maintenance personnel. All training sessions will require two (2) identical sessions (morning and afternoon) to accommodate the three (3) shifts. Complete system field quality control testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. Submit acceptable final operations and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data. c. Obtain from CITY final certificate of Substantial Completion for either entire Work or the portion being turned over to CITY. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Certifications: a. Supplier's certification of installation in accordance with Paragraph 3.1.6 of this Section. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Starting and Placing 16 -0033 -UT Equipment in Operation 00992-0232 01751-2 • • • PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 SERVICES OF SUPPLIER A. When specified, furnish services of competent, qualified representatives of material and equipment manufacturers as specified, including supervising installation, adjusting, checkout, start-up, and testing of materials and equipment. B. Certification: 1. When services by Supplier are required at the Site, within 14 days after first test operation of equipment, submit to CITY a letter from Supplier, on Supplier's letterhead, stating that materials and equipment are installed in accordance with Supplier's requirements and installation instructions, and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. In lieu of Supplier letter, submit completed form attached to this Section. 3. Include in the final operations and maintenance manual for the associated equipment a copy of the letter or completed form, as applicable. 3.2 MINIMUM START-UP REQUIREMENTS A. Bearings and Shafting: 1. Inspect for cleanliness, and clean and remove foreign matter. 2. Verify alignment. 3. Replace defective bearings and those that operate in a rough or noisy manner. 4. Grease as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Drives: 1. Adjust tension in V -belt drives and adjust vari-pitch sheaves and drives for proper equipment speed. 2. Adjust drives for alignment of sheaves and V -belts. 3. Clean and remove foreign matter before starting operation. C. Motors: 1. Check each motor for comparison to amperage nameplate value. 2. Correct conditions that produce excessive current flow and conditions that exist due to equipment malfunction. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Starting and Placing 16 -0033 -UT Equipment in Operation 00992-0232 01751-3 • • • Pumps: 1. Check glands and seals for cleanliness and adjustment before running pump. 2. Inspect shaft sleeves for scoring. 3. Inspect mechanical faces, chambers, and seal rings, and replace if defective. 4. Verify that piping system is free of dirt and scale before circulating liquid through pump. E. Valves: 1. Inspect manual and automatic control valves, and clean bonnets and stems. 2. Tighten packing glands to ensure no leakage, but allow valve stems to operate without galling. 3. Replace packing in valves to retain maximum adjustment after system is determined to be complete. 4. Replace packing on valves that continue to leak. 5. Remove and repair bonnets that leak. 6. After cleaning, coat packing gland threads and valve stems with surface preparation of "Molycote" or "Fel-Pro". F. Verify that control valve seats are free of foreign matter and are properly positioned for intended service. G. Tighten flanges and other pipe joints after system has been placed in operation. Replace gaskets that show signs of leakage after tightening. H. Inspect all joints for leakage: 1. Promptly remake each joint that appears to be faulty; do not wait for rust other corrosion to form. 2. Clean threads on both parts, and apply compound and remake joints. After system has been placed in operation, clean strainers, drives, pockets, orifices, valve seats, and headers in fluid system to ensure freedom from foreign matter. J. Open steam traps and air vents, where used, and remove operating elements. Clean thoroughly, replace internal parts, and place back into operation. K. Remove rust, scale, and foreign matter from equipment and renew defaced surfaces. L. Set and calibrate draft gauges of air filters and other equipment. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Starting and Placing 16 -0033 -UT Equipment in Operation 00992-0232 01751-4 M. Inspect fan wheels for clearance and balance. Provide factory -authorized personnel for adjustment when needed. N. Check each electrical control circuit to verify that operation complies with the Contract Documents. O. Inspect each pressure gauge, thermometer, and other instruments for calibration. Replace items that are defaced, broken, or that read incorrectly. P. Repair damaged insulation. Q. Excess Gasses and Fluids: 1. Vent gasses trapped in systems. 2. Verify that liquids are drained from all parts of gas or air systems. 3.3 ATTACHMENTS A. The attachment listed below, following the "End of Section" designation, is a part of this Specification Section. 1. Supplier's Installation Certification Form (one page). END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Starting and Placing 16 -0033 -UT Equipment in Operation 00992-0232 01751-5 • SUPPLIER'S INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION Contract No. and Name: Equipment Specification Section: Equipment Name: Contractor: Manufacturer of Equipment: The undersigned Supplier of the equipment described above hereby certifies that Supplier has checked the equipment installation and that the equipment, as specified in the Contract Documents, has been provided in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the Contract Documents, and that the trial operation of the equipment has been satisfactory. Comments: Date Supplier Name (print) • Signature of Supplier • Date Contractor Name (print) Signature of Contractor City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Starting and Placing 16 -0033 -UT Equipment in Operation 00992-0232 01751-6 • • • SECTION 01772 - CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Scope: 1. Section Includes. a. Substantial Completion. b. Final inspection. c. Request for final payment. 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Procedures for requesting and documenting Substantial Completion are in the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions. 1.3 FINAL INSPECTION A. Procedures for requesting and documenting the final inspection are in the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions. 1.4 REQUEST FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Procedure: 1. Submit request for final payment in accordance with the Agreement and General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, using procedure specified in Section 01297, Progress Payment Procedures. B. Request for final payment shall include: 1. Documents required for progress payments in Section 01297, Progress Payment Procedures. 2. Documents required in the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions. 3. Releases or Waivers of Lien Rights: a. When submitting releases or waivers of Lien rights, provide release or waiver by CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor and Supplier that provided CONTRACTOR with labor, material, or equipment totaling $1,000 or more. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Closeout Requirements 16 -0033 -UT 01772-1 00992-0232 b. Provide list of Subcontractors and Suppliers for which release or waiver of Lien is required. c. Each release or waiver of Lien shall be signed by an authorized representative of the entity submitting release or waiver to CONTRACTOR, and shall include Subcontractor's or Supplier's corporate seal, when applicable. d. Release or waiver of Lien may be conditional upon receipt of final payment. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Closeout Requirements 16 -0033 -UT 01772-2 00992-0232 • • SECTION 01781 - OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Submit operation and maintenance data, in accordance with this Section and in accordance with requirements elsewhere in the Contract Documents, as instructional and reference manuals by operations and maintenance personnel at the Site. 2. Required operation and maintenance data groupings are listed in table(s) in Article 1.2 of this Section. At minimum, submit operation and maintenance data for: a. All equipment and systems. b. Valves, gates, actuators, and related accessories. c. Instrumentation and control devices. d. Electrical gear. 3. For each operation and maintenance manual, submit the following: a. Preliminary Submittal: Printed and bound copy of entire operation and maintenance manual, except for test data, service reports by Supplier, and electronic copies. b. Final Submittal: Printed and bound copy of complete operations and maintenance manual, including test data and service reports by Supplier, with electronic copies. 4. The City will use the bound operating and maintenance manuals and reproductions thereof to train present and future City Water Facilities Operations and Maintenance Personnel. Therefore the contents of the operating and maintenance manuals cannot be proprietary in nature. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for seeking a letter of "Fair Use Exemption" or "License for Reproduction" from the copyright holder for all documents in the operating and maintenance manual that are copyrighted. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Operation and maintenance Data a. Submit the operations and maintenance data indicated in the Contract Documents, grouped into submittals as indicated in Table 01781-A: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Operations and Maintenance Data • 16 -0033 -UT 01781-1 00992-0232 TABLE 01781-A - REQUIRED OPERAT ONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA Name of O&M Manual/Data For Materials or Equipment Specified in Section(s) Surge Protective Devices 16289 Motor Control Centers 16423 B. Quantity Required and Timing of Submittals: 1. Preliminary Submittal: a. Printed Copies: five copies, exclusive of copies required by CONTRACTOR. b. Electronic Copies: three copies. c. Submit to CITY by the earlier of: ninety days following approval of Shop Drawings and product data submittals, or ten days prior to starting training of operations and maintenance personnel, or ten days prior to field quality control testing at the Site. d. Furnish preliminary operation and maintenance data submittal in acceptable form and content, as determined by CITY, before associated materials and equipment will be eligible for payment. 2. Final Submittal: Provide final submittal prior to Substantial Completion, unless submittal is specified as required prior to an interim Milestone. a. Printed Copies: five copies. b. Electronic Copies: three copies. 1.3 FORMAT OF PRINTED COPIES A. Binding and Cover: 1. Bind each operation and maintenance manual in durable, permanent, stiff -cover binder(s), comprising one or more volumes per copy as required. Binders shall be minimum one -inch wide and maximum of two- inch wide. Binders for each copy of each volume shall be identical. 2. Binders shall be locking three-ringl"D"-ring type, or three -post type. Three-ring binders shall be riveted to back cover and include plastic sheet lifter (page guard) at front of each volume. 3. Do not fill binders to more than 75% capacity. 4. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 5. Covers shall be oil-, moisture-, and wear -resistant, including identifying information on cover and spine of each volume. 6. Provide the following information on cover of each volume: a. Title: "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". b. Name or type of material or equipment covered in the manual. c. Volume number, if more than one volume is required, listed as "Volume _ of ", with appropriate volume -designating numbers filled in. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Operations and Maintenance Data 16 -0033 -UT 01781-2 00992-0232 d. Name of Project and, if applicable, Contract name and number. e. Name of building or structure, as applicable. 7. Provide the following information on spine of each volume: a. Title: "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". b. Name or type of material or equipment covered in the manual. c. Volume number, if more than one volume is required, listed as "Volume _ of ", with appropriate volume -designating numbers filled in. d. Project name and building or structure name. B. Pages: 1. Print pages in manual on 30 -pound (minimum) paper, 8.5 inches by 11 inches in size. 2. Reinforce binding holes in each individual sheet with plastic, cloth, or metal. When published, separately -bound booklets or pamphlets are part of the manual, reinforcing of pages within booklet or pamphlet is not required. 3. Provide each page with binding margin at least one inch wide. Punch each page with holes suitable for the associated binding. C. Drawings: 1. Bind into the manual drawings, diagrams, and illustrations up to and including 11 inches by 17 inches in size, with reinforcing specified for pages. 11 inches by 17 inches drawings shall be folded to size of text pages and printed only on one side. 2. Documents larger than 11 inches by 17 inches shall be folded and inserted into clear plastic pockets bound into the manual. Mark pockets with printed text indicating content and drawing numbers. Include no more than three drawing sheets per pocket. D. Copy Quality and Document Clarity: 1. Contents shall be original -quality copies. Documents in the manual shall be either original manufacturer -printed documents or first -generation photocopies indistinguishable from originals. If original is in color, copies shall be in color. Manuals that contain copies that are unclear, not completely legible, off -center, skewed, or where text or drawings are cut by binding holes, are unacceptable. Pages that contain approval or date stamps, comments, or other markings that cover text or drawing are unacceptable. Faxed copies are unacceptable. 2. Clearly mark in ink to indicate all components of materials and equipment on catalog pages for ease of identification. In standard or pre-printed documents, indicate options furnished or cross out inapplicable content. Using highlighters to so indicate options furnished is unacceptable. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Operations and Maintenance Data 16 -0033 -UT 01781-3 00992-0232 • • Organization: 1. Coordinate with CITY to develop comprehensive, practical, and consistent indexing system for operations and maintenance data. CITY will review indexing system before operations and maintenance data is submitted. 2. Table of Contents: a. Provide table of contents in each volume of each operations and maintenance manual. b. In table of contents and at least once in each chapter or section, identify materials and equipment by their functional names. Thereafter, abbreviations and acronyms may be used if their meaning is clearly indicated in a table bound at or near beginning of each volume. Using material or equipment model or catalog designations for identification is unacceptable. 3. Use dividers and indexed tabs between major categories of information, such as operating instructions, preventive maintenance instructions, and other major subdivisions of data in each manual. 4. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating equipment within the tabs. 1.4 FORMAT OF ELECTRONIC COPIES A. Electronic Copies of Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Each electronic copy shall include all information included in the corresponding printed copy. 2. Submit each electronic copy on a separate compact disc (CD), unless another electronic data transfer method or format is acceptable to CITY. 3. File Format: a. Files shall be in "portable document format" (PDF). Files shall be electronically searchable. b. Submit separate file for each separate document in the printed copy. c. Within each file, provide bookmarks for the following: 1) Each chapter and subsection listed in the corresponding printed copy document's table of contents. 2) Each figure. 3) Each table. 4) Each appendix. 4. Also submit drawings and figures in one of the following formats: ".bmp", ".jpg", or ".gif'. Submit files in a separate directory on the CD. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Operations and Maintenance Data 16 -0033 -UT 01781-4 00992-0232 B. Copies of Programming and Configuration Files: 1. Provide on CD copy of all software programming, such as programmable logic controller programs, prepared specifically for the Project. Third - party, licensed, commercially available software is excluded from requirements of this Article; submit copies of commercially -available, licensed, third -party software, where required, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Submit on CD copies of system configuration prepared specifically for the Project, such as plant monitoring system and SCADA display configurations. 3. Submit programming and configuration files together with electronic copies of operation and maintenance data. 1.5 CONTENT A. General: 1. Prepare each operations and maintenance manual specifically for the Project. Include in each manual all pertinent instructions, as -built drawings as applicable, bills of materials, technical bulletins, installation and handling requirements, maintenance and repair instructions, and other information required for complete, accurate, and comprehensive data for safe and proper operation, maintenance, and repair of materials and equipment furnished for the Project. Include in manuals specific information required in the Specification Section for the material or equipment, data required by Laws and Regulations, and data required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Completeness and Accuracy: a. Operation and maintenance manuals that include language stating or implying that the manual's content may be insufficient or stating that the manual's content is not guaranteed to be complete and accurate are unacceptable. b. Operations and maintenance manuals shall be complete and accurate. c. Operation and maintenance manuals shall indicate the specific alternatives and features furnished, and the specific operation and maintenance provisions for the material or equipment furnished. 3. Submit complete, detailed written operating instructions for each material or equipment item including: function; operating characteristics; limiting conditions; operating instructions for start-up, normal and emergency conditions; regulation and control; operational troubleshooting; and shutdown. Also include, as applicable, written descriptions of alarms generated by equipment and proper responses to such alarm conditions. B. Submit written explanations of all safety considerations relating to operation and maintenance procedures. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Operations and Maintenance Data 16 -0033 -UT 01781-5 00992-0232 C. Submit complete, detailed, written preventive maintenance instructions including all information and instructions to keep materials, equipment, and systems properly lubricated, adjusted, and maintained so that materials, equipment, and systems function economically throughout their expected service life. Instructions shall include: 1. Written explanations with illustrations for each preventive maintenance task such as inspection, adjustment, lubrication, calibration, and cleaning. Include pre -startup checklists for each equipment item and maintenance requirements for long-term shutdowns. 2. Recommended schedule for each preventive maintenance task. 3. Lubrication charts indicating recommended types of lubricants, frequency of application or change, and where each lubricant is to be used or applied. 4. Table of alternative lubricants. 5. Troubleshooting instructions. 6. List of required maintenance tools and equipment. D. Submit complete bills of material or parts lists for materials and equipment furnished. Lists or bills of material may be furnished on a per -drawing or per - equipment assembly basis. Bills of material shall indicate: 1. Manufacturer's name, address, telephone number, fax number, and Internet website address. 2. Manufacturer's local service representative's or local parts supplier's name, address, telephone number, fax number, Internet website address, and e-mail addresses, when applicable. 3. Manufacturer's shop order and serial number(s) for materials, equipment or assembly furnished. 4. For each part or piece include the following information: a. Parts cross-reference number. Cross-reference number shall be used to identify the part on assembly drawings, Shop Drawings, or other type of graphic illustration where the part is clearly shown or indicated. b. Part name or description. c. Manufacturer's part number. d. Quantity of each part used in each assembly. E. Submit complete instructions for ordering replaceable parts, including reference numbers (such as shop order number or serial number) that will expedite the ordering process. F. Submit manufacturer's recommended inventory levels for spare parts, extra stock materials, and consumable supplies for the initial two years of operation. Consumable supplies are items consumed or worn by operation of materials or equipment, and items used in maintaining the operation of material or equipment, including items such as lubricants, seals, reagents, and testing chemicals used for calibrating or operating the equipment. Include estimated delivery times, shelf City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Operations and Maintenance Data 16 -0033 -UT 01781-6 00992-0232 life limitations, and special storage requirements. G. Submit manufacturer's installation and operation bulletins, diagrams, schematics, and equipment cutaways. Avoid submitting catalog excerpts unless they are the only document available showing identification or description of particular component of the equipment. Where materials pertain to multiple models or types, mark the literature to indicate specific material or equipment supplied. Marking may be in the form of checking, arrows, or underlining to indicate pertinent information, or by crossing out or other means of obliterating information that does not apply to the materials and equipment furnished. H. Submit original -quality copies of each approved and accepted Shop Drawing, product data, and other submittal, updated to indicate as -installed condition. Reduced drawings are acceptable only if reduction is to not Tess than one-half original size and all lines, dimensions, lettering, and text are completely legible on the reduction. 1. Submit complete electrical schematics and wiring diagrams, including complete point-to-point wiring and wiring numbers or colors between all terminal points. J. Programmable Logic Controllers: If programmable logic controllers are furnished under the Contract: 1. Submit complete logic listings in function block diagram format. 2. Format Requirements: a. For function block diagram, label each function block with understandable tags or descriptive labels. Describe purpose and action of each function block. 3. Submit complete programmable logic controller listing of all input/output address assignments, tag assignments, and pre-set constant values, with functional point descriptions. 4. Submit complete manufacturer's programming manuals. K. Submit copy of warranty bond and service contract as applicable. L. When copyrighted material is used in operations and maintenance manuals, obtain copyright holder's written permission to use such material in the operation and maintenance manual. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Operations and Maintenance Data 16 -0033 -UT 01781-7 00992-0232 • • • SECTION 01782 - RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain and submit to CITY with record documents in accordance with the Specifications, General Conditions, and Special Conditions. B. Maintenance of Record Documents: 1. Maintain in CONTRACTOR's field office, in clean, dry, legible condition, complete sets of the following record documents: Drawings, Specifications, and Addenda; Shop Drawings, Samples, and other CONTRACTOR submittals, including records of test results, approved or accepted as applicable, by CITY; Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, photographic documentation, survey data, and all other documents pertinent to the Work. 2. Provide files and racks for proper storage and easy access to record documents. File record documents in accordance with the edition of the Construction Specification Institute's "MasterFormat" used for organizing the Project Manual, unless otherwise accepted by CITY. 3. Make record documents available for inspection upon request of CITY. 4. Do not use record documents for purpose other than serving as Project record. Do not remove record documents from CONTRACTOR's field office without CITY's approval. C. Submittal of Record Documents: 1. Submit to CITY the following record documents: a. Drawings. b. Project Manual including Specifications and Addenda (bound). 2. Prior to readiness for final payment, submit to CITY one copy of final record documents. Submit complete record documents; do not make partial submittals. 3. Submit record documents with transmittal letter on CONTRACTOR letterhead complying with letter of transmittal requirements in Section 01300, Submittal Procedures. 4. Record documents submittal shall include certification, with original signature of official authorized to execute legal agreements on behalf of CONTRACTOR, reading as follows: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Record Documents 01782-1 • "[Insert Contractor's corporate name] has maintained and submitted record documentation in accordance with the General Conditions and Special Conditions, Section 01782, Record Documents, and other elements of Contract Documents, for the City of Clearwater, Florida, Marshall Street Influent Pump Station Repairs We certify that each record document submitted is complete, accurate, and legible relative to the Work performed under our Contract, and that the record documents comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. [Provide signature, print name, print signing party's corporate title, and date]" 1.2 RECORDING CHANGES A. General: 1. At the start of the Project, label each record document to be submitted as, "PROJECT RECORD" using legible, printed letters. Letters on record copy of the Drawings shall be two inches high. 2. Keep record documents current. Make entries on record documents within two working days of receipt of information required to record the change. 3. Do not permanently conceal the Work until required information has been recorded. 4. Accuracy of record documents shall be such that future searches for items shown on the record documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from CITY -accepted record documents. 5. Marking of Entries: a. Use erasable, colored pencils (not ink or indelible pencil) for marking changes, revisions, additions, and deletions to record documents. b. Clearly describe the change by graphic line and make notations as required. Use straight -edge to mark straight lines. Writing shall be legible and sufficiently dark to allow scanning of record documents into legible electronic files. c. Date all entries on record documents. d. Call attention to changes by drawing a "cloud" around the change(s) indicated. e. Mark initial revisions in red. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for subsequent changes. B. Drawings: 1. Record changes on copy of the Drawings. Submittal of CONTRACTOR -originated or -produced drawings as a substitute for recording changes on the Drawings is unacceptable. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Record Documents 01782-2 2. Record changes on plans, sections, schematics, and details as required for clarity, making reference dimensions and elevations (to Project datum) for complete record documentation. 3. Record actual construction including: a. Depths of various elements of foundation relative to Project datum. b. Horizontal and vertical location of Underground Facilities referenced to permanent surface improvements. For each Underground Facility, including pipe fittings, provide dimensions to at least two permanent, visible surface improvements. c. Location of exposed utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. d. Changes in structural and architectural elements of the Work, including changes in reinforcing. e. Field changes of dimensions, arrangements, and details. f. Changes made in accordance with Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders. g. Changes in details on the Drawings. Submit additional details prepared by CONTRACTOR when required to document changes. 4. Recording Changes for Schematic Layouts: a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items are shown schematically and are not intended to portray physical layout. For such cases, the final physical arrangement shall be determined by CONTRACTOR subject to acceptance by CITY. b. Record on record documents all revisions to schematics on Drawings, including: piping schematics, ducting schematics, process and instrumentation diagrams, control and circuitry diagrams, electrical one -line diagrams, motor control center layouts, and other schematics when included in the Contract. Record actual locations of equipment, lighting fixtures, in-place grounding system, and other pertinent data. c. When dimensioned plans and dimensioned sections on the Drawings show the Work schematically, indicate on the record documents, by dimensions accurate to within one inch in the field, centerline location of items of Work such as conduit, piping, ducts, and similar items 1) Clearly identify the Work item by accurate notations such as "cast iron drain", "rigid electrical conduit", "copper waterline", and similar descriptions. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Record Documents 01782-3 2) Show by symbol or note the vertical location of Work item; for example, "embedded in slab", "under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed", and similar designations. For piping not embedded, also provide elevation dimension relative to Project datum. 3) Descriptions shall be sufficiently detailed to be related to Specifications. d. CITY may furnish written waiver of requirements relative to schematic layouts shown on plans and sections when, in CITY's judgment, dimensioned layouts of Work shown schematically will serve no useful purpose. Do not rely on waiver(s) being issued. 5. Supplemental Drawings: a. In some cases, drawings produced during construction by CITY or CONTRACTOR supplement the Drawings and shall be included with record documents submitted by CONTRACTOR. Supplemental record drawings shall include drawings provided with Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders and that cannot be incorporated into the Drawings due to space limitations. b. Supplemental drawings provided with record drawings shall be integrated with the Drawings and include necessary cross-references between drawings. Supplemental record drawings shall be on sheets the same size as the Drawings. c. When supplemental drawings developed by CONTRACTOR using computer-aided drafting/design (CADD) software are to be included in record drawings, submit electronic files for such drawings in AutoCAD MEP 2011 as part of record drawing submittal. Submit electronic files on compact disc labeled, "Supplemental Record Drawings", together with CONTRACTOR name, Project name, and Contract name and number. C. Specifications and Addenda: 1. Mark each Section to record: a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually provided. b. Changes made by Addendum, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Record Documents 01782-4 1.3 ELECTRONIC FILES FURNISHED BY CITY A. CADD files will be furnished by CITY upon the following conditions: 1. Layering system incorporated in CADD files shall be maintained as transmitted by CITY. CADD files transmitted by CITY containing cross-referenced files shall not be bound by CONTRACTOR. Drawing cross-references and paths shall be maintained. If CONTRACTOR alters layers or cross-reference files, CONTRACTOR shall restore all layers and cross-references prior to submitting record documents to CITY. 2. CONTRACTOR shall submit record drawings to CITY in same CADD format that files were furnished to CONTRACTOR. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Record Documents 01782-5 SECTION 01783 - SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish spare parts data and extra materials for materials and equipment in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. List of Spare Parts and Extra Materials: With the Shop Drawings and product data for each Specification Section, submit a complete list of spare parts, extra stock materials, maintenance supplies, and special tools required for maintenance ("spare parts and extra materials") for two years of operation, with unit prices in current United States funds, and source(s) of supply for each. C. Packaging and Labeling: Furnish spare parts and extra materials in manufacturer's unopened cartons, boxes, crates, or other original, protective covering suitable for preventing corrosion and deterioration for maximum length of storage normally anticipated by manufacturer. Packaging of spare parts and extra materials shall be clearly marked and identified with name of manufacturer, applicable equipment, part number, part description, and part location in the equipment. Protect and package spare parts and extra materials for maximum shelf life normally anticipated by manufacturer. D. Storage Prior to Delivery to CITY: Prior to furnishing spare parts and extra materials to CITY, store spare parts and extra materials in accordance with the Contract Documents and manufacturers' recommendations. E. Delivery Time and Eligibility for Payment: 1. Deliver to CITY spare parts and extra materials prior to date of Substantial Completion for equipment or system associated with the spare parts and extra materials. Do not deliver spare parts and extra materials before commencing start-up for associated equipment or system. 2. Spare parts and extra materials are not eligible for payment until delivered to CITY and CONTRACTOR's receipt of CITY's countersignature on letter of transmittal. F. Procedure for Delivery to CITY: Deliver spare parts and extra materials to CITY's permanent storage rooms at the Site or area(s) at the Site designated by CITY. When spare parts and extra materials are delivered, CONTRACTOR and CITY will mutually inventory the spare parts and extra materials delivered to verify compliance with the Contract Documents regarding quantity and part numbers. Additional procedures City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Spare Parts and Maint. Materials 16 -0033 -UT 01783-1 00992-0232 • • • for delivering spare parts and extra materials to CITY, if required, will be developed by CITY and complied with by CONTRACTOR. G. Transfer Documentation: 1. Furnish on CONTRACTOR letterhead a letter of transmittal for spare parts and extra materials furnished under each Specification Section. Letter of transmittal shall accompany spare parts and extra materials. Do not furnish letter of transmittal separate from associated spare parts and extra materials. 2. Furnish three original, identical, signed letters of transmittal for each Specification Section. Upon delivery of specified quantities and types of spare parts and extra materials to CITY, designated person from CITY will countersign each original letter of transmittal indicating CITY's receipt of spare parts and extra materials. CITY will retain one fully signed original, and CONTRACTOR shall retain one fully signed original for CONTRACTOR's file. 3. Letter of transmittal shall include the following: a. Information required for letters of transmittal in Section 01300, Submittal Procedures. b. Transmittal shall list spare parts and extra materials furnished under each Specification Section. List each individual part or product and quantity furnished. e. Provide space for countersignature by CITY as follows: space for signature, space for printed name, and date. H. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for loss or damage to spare parts and extra materials until spare parts and extra materials are received by CITY. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Spare Parts and Maint. Materials 16 -0033 -UT 01783-2 00992-0232 • SECTION 02050 - DEMOLITION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. This section includes demolition, debris, abandoned in place and items to be salvaged as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. 2. Demolition items include, but shall not be limited to the following: a. Existing MCC No. 9 b. Existing MCC No. 9 cable tray and supports. c. Conduit, electrical and control wiring and ductbanks. d. All other demolition and related items required for the completion of the work; whether or not shown on the Drawings or specified herein. 1.2 SAFETY AND QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accomplish all demolition work so there is no injury to any persons and no damage to adjacent structures or property. All demolition methods shall be in full compliance with municipal, county, state, and federal ordinances. Demolition work shall comply with the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). B. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all municipal, county, state and federal ordinances regarding the disposal of rubble, scrap metal, and refuse. C. Demolition procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed, and coordination with other work in progress. 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to visit the site and inspect the nature and condition of the items to be removed and salvaged before submitting his bid. B. Dust Control: Control the amount of dust resulting from demolition to prevent the spread of dust to occupied portions of buildings and to avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding area. Do not use water when it will result in, or create, hazardous or objectionable conditions such as flooding and pollution. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Demolition 16 -0033 -UT 02050-1 00992-0232 C. Protection of Existing Work: Protect existing work. Work damaged by the CONTRACTOR shall be repaired to match existing work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT MATERIALS A. Materials used in the repair or replacement of existing work to remain shall be the higher cost of: 1) Materials specified or shown in the Contract Documents; or 2) items identical or equal to the materials used in existing work when new. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Work included in this section shall be coordinated in accordance with requirements for project sequencing and phasing, bypass pumping, and maintaining plant operations during demolition and construction. All temporary improvements shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR and included in the price bid for demolition. B. The CONTRACTOR shall cut, repair, reuse, excavate, demolish or otherwise remove parts of the existing structures, pipes or appurtenances, as indicated on the Contract Drawings, herein specified, or as necessary to permit completion of the work under this Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of surplus materials resulting from the above work in an approved manner. The work shall include all necessary cutting and bending of reinforcing steel, structural steel, or miscellaneous metal work found embedded in the existing structures. C. The CONTRACTOR shall dismantle and remove all existing equipment, piping, and other appurtenances required for the completion of the work. Where called for or required, the contractor shall cut existing pipelines to make connections thereto. Anchor bolts for equipment and structural steel removed shall be cut off one inch below the concrete surface. Surface shall be finished as specified in the Contract Documents. D. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, no existing structure, equipment, or appurtenance shall be shifted, cut, removed, or otherwise altered except with the express approval of and to the extent approved by the CITY or ENGINEER. E. When removing materials or portions of existing utility pipelines and/or structures or when making openings in walls and partitions, the CONTRACTOR shall take all precautions and use all necessary barriers and other protective devices so as not to damage the structures beyond the limits necessary for the new work, and not to damage the structures or contents by falling or flying debris. Unless otherwise permitted, line drilling will be required in cutting existing concrete. F. Materials and equipment removed in the course of making alterations and additions shall remain the property of the CITY, except that items not City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Demolition 16 -0033 -UT 02050-2 00992-0232 salvageable, as determined by the CITY, shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR to be disposed of by him off the work site at his expense and his own place of disposal. Operating equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned, lubricated, and greased for protection during prolonged storage. G. All alterations to existing utility pipes and structures shall be done at such time and in such manner as to comply with the approved time schedule. So far as possible before any part of the work is started, all tools, equipment, and materials shall be assembled and made ready so that the work can be completed without delay. H. All workmanship and new materials involved in constructing the alterations shall conform to the General Specifications for the classes of work insofar as such specifications are applicable. I. All cutting of existing concrete or other material to provide suitable bonding to new work shall be done in a manner to meet the requirements of the respective section of these Specifications covering the new work. J. Surfaces of seals visible in the completed work shall be made to match as nearly as possible the adjacent surfaces. K. Non -shrink grout shall be used for setting wall castings, sleeves, leveling pump bases, doweling anchors into existing concrete and elsewhere as shown. L. Care shall be taken not to damage any part of existing buildings or foundations or outside structures. 3.2 EQUIPMENT A. Completely remove equipment which is designated to be removed. B. Remove concrete equipment bases if the existing bases are not to be used for new equipment. C. Completely remove isolated equipment bases. 3.5 PIPING A. Completely remove cable tray, conduit, and wiring in structures and buildings which are to be demolished, partially demolished, and where otherwise designated to be removed as shown on the Drawings. When not indicated on the Drawings, the removal of said piping, conduit and wiring shall be a minimum of 5 -feet from the outside of the structure or building. B. Underground conduit, and wiring which are designated to be abandoned and do not interfere with new work may be left in place, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Plug and seal ends of underground piping to be abandoned. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Demolition 16 -0033 -UT 02050-3 00992-0232 • • • C. Properly disconnect, seal and plug utility services to structures and buildings which are completely demolished. Properly disconnect, seal, and plug utility lines within structures and buildings which are partially demolished. 3.7 DISPOSAL A. Equipment, piping, and materials which are designated to remain the property of the CITY shall be moved to a location within the project site designated by the CITY. B. All removed equipment, piping, and materials not specifically designated to remain the property of the CITY shall become the property of the CONTRACTOR and shall be removed from the site and properly disposed of. C. Do not allow debris and rubbish to accumulate on the site. Remove debris and rubbish from the site. 3.8 CLEAN-UP A. Clean-up in areas where other work is to be done following demolition shall be as specified in the applicable Sections. B. Clean-up the job site in areas where no other work is to be done under this Contract following demolition. Remove all debris and rubbish, temporary facilities, and equipment. Level surface irregularities to eliminate depressions. Leave the work in a neat and presentable condition. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Demolition 16 -0033 -UT 02050-4 • 00992-0232 • SECTION 02220 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FILL AND GRADING FOR STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. Structural excavation shall consist of the removal of material for the construction of foundations for structures and other excavation designated on the drawings or in these specifications. B. Structural excavation and backfill shall consist of furnishing material, if necessary and placing and compacting backfill material around structures to the lines and grades designated on the drawings, as specified or directed by the Engineer. C. Structural excavation and backfill shall include the furnishing of all materials, equipment and other facilities which may be necessary to perform the excavations, place and compact the backfill, install sheeting and bracing, and carry out any necessary dewatering. It shall also include the wasting or disposal of surplus excavated material in a manner and in locations approved by the Owner. D. The Contractor is responsible for the protection of every tree which is scheduled to remain in the project area. This includes trees which may or may not be shown on the plans. Every tree shall be adequately protected in place at no additional cost to the Owner. This includes, but is not limited to, protecting the root systems and adjusting grades as necessary for tree/root protection. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency: 1. In place soil compaction tests shall be performed by a qualified testing laboratory. 2. Compaction tests shall be taken every 500 feet, except in the road crossings or road shoulders. Tests are to be taken according to current FDOT Standards. B. Reference Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. ASTM D1557, Moisture -Density Relations of Soils Using 10 -Ib. (4.5 -kg) Rammer and 18 -in. (457 -mm) Drop. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Excavation, Backfill, Fill and 16 -0033 -UT Grading for Structures 00992-0232 02220-1 • 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain all necessary pumps, discharge lines, well points, etc., in sufficient number and capacity to keep all excavation, bases, pits, etc., free from seepage, standing or running water at all times throughout the period of construction. B. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for the security of the excavation required, employing bracing, lining or other accepted means necessary to accomplish same. C. Excavated areas shall be cleared of all debris, water, slush, muck, clay and soft or loose earth and shall be conditioned to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. D. All excavated material unsuitable for use or which will not be used shall be disposed of in a manner consistent with State and County regulation. E. All unsuitable organic materials, roots, logs, etc., found during excavation shall be removed by the Contractor and the trench shall be refilled with suitable material. F. Subsurface information: The Special Conditions indicate information available relative to subsurface conditions at the Site. Such information and data is not intended as a representation or warranty of continuity of conditions between soil borings or test pits, nor of groundwater levels at dates and times other than date and time when measured, nor that purpose of obtaining the information and data were appropriate for use by CONTRACTOR. CITY will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom by CONTRACTOR. G. Soil borings and other exploratory operations may be made by CONTRACTOR, at no additional cost to CITY. Coordinate CONTRACTOR -performed test borings and other exploratory operations with CITY and utility owners as appropriate. Perform such explorations without disrupting or otherwise adversely affecting operations of CITY or utility owners. Comply with Laws and Regulations relative to required notifications. H. Existing Structures: 1. The Contract Documents show or indicate certain Underground Facilities and Structures in the area of Work. Such information was obtained from existing records and is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. CONTRACTOR shall explore ahead of the excavation to determine the exact location of all existing Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures. Existing Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures shall be supported and protected from damage by CONTRACTOR unless approved by the City as abandoned Underground Facilities, Utilities or Structures. Immediately repair and restore existing Underground Facilities, Utilities and Structures damaged by CONTRACTOR without additional cost to CITY. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Excavation, Backfill, Fill and 16 -0033 -UT Grading for Structures 00992-0232 02220-2 2. Movement or operation of construction equipment over Underground Facilities shall be at CONTRACTOR's sole risk and only after CONTRACTOR has prepared and submitted to CITY and utility owners (as applicable), and received acceptance therefrom, a plan describing CONTRACTOR's analysis of the Toads to be imparted and CONTRACTOR's proposed measures to protect structures and Underground Facilities during the Project. 3. Coordinate with utility owners for shut off of services in active piping and conduits. When required by utility owner, CITY will assist CONTRACTOR with utility owner notifications. Completely remove buried piping and conduits indicated for removal and not otherwise indicated as being abandoned or to remain in place. 4. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by CITY or others, except when such interruption is indicated in the Contract Documents or when allowed in writing by CITY after acceptable temporary utility services are provided by CONTRACTOR for the affected structure or property. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL FOR CONTROLLED FILL A. Composition: Only approved material free from organic matter and lumps of day, shall be used for backfill. Excavated earth free from debris or organic material may be used for backfilling foundations or fill. B. Crushed stone and shell shall meet or exceed current FDOT Standards. 2.2 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL Unsuitable material shall be defined as highly organic soil per ASTM D2487 Group PT. This includes, but is not limited to, such items as topsoil, roots, vegetable matter, trash, debris, and clays that cannot be dried sufficiently to obtain specified compaction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall verify that work preceding the affected work of this Section has been satisfactorily completed. B. Conditions adversely affecting the work of this Section shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.2 REMOVAL OF UNSUITABLE MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall remove unsuitable material from within the limits of the Work. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Excavation, Backfill, Fill and 16 -0033 -UT Grading for Structures 00992-0232 02220-3 • • B. Materials meeting requirements for controlled fill shall be stockpiled as necessary and in such a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. C. All material excavated shall be placed so as to minimize interference with public travel and to permit proper access for inspection of the work. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. When concrete or shell subbase footing is to rest on an excavated surface, care shall be taken not to disturb the natural soil. Final removal and replacement of the foundation material and subbase compaction to grade shall not be made until just before the concrete or masonry is placed. B. When any structural excavation is completed, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer who will make an inspection of the excavation. No concrete or masonry shall be placed until the excavation has been approved by the Engineer. C. The elevations of the footing bottom and the base slab as shown on the Drawings, shall be considered as approximate and the Engineer may order in writing, such changes in dimensions or elevations of the footings and slab base as necessary to secure satisfactory foundations. D. All excavation shall be made within an area bounded by lines five feet outside and parallel to the exterior walls of the structure to allow for correct forming, shoring and inspection of foundation work. Pouring of concrete against earth side walls shall not be permitted. E. If the ground is excavated below the grade called for by the Drawings or becomes unstable due to the Contractor's carelessness or operations, the ground shall be excavated to undisturbed native soil before continuing concreting operations. F. If in the opinion of the Engineer, the material at or below the normal grade of the bottom of the trench is unsuitable for pipe or structure foundation, it shall be removed to the depth directed by the Engineer and if so directed, replaced by crushed stone or washed shell. 3.4 STRUCTURAL BACKFILL A. Structural backfill shall not be placed until the footings or other portions of the structure or facility have been inspected by the Engineer and approved for backfilling. B. A minimum of 1-1/2" layer of lean concrete shall be placed as a working mat for the concrete base slabs and footings if required by the Engineer. C. Fill shall be placed in uniform layers not more than 12" thick and compacted to a minimum of 98 percent of the maximum density determined by ASTM D1557, City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Excavation, Backfill, Fill and 16 -0033 -UT Grading for Structures 00992-0232 02220-4 Method A or C, or as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall securely tamp the backfill with pneumatic rammer around all wall foundations. The method of compaction shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. D. Compaction of structural backfill by ponding and jetting may be permitted when, as determined by the Engineer: the backfill material is of such character that it will be self -draining when compacted; foundation materials will not soften or be otherwise damaged by the applied water; no damage from hydrostatic pressure will result to the structure. Ponding and jetting within two feet below finished subgrade shall not be permitted in roadway areas. At the discretion of the Engineer, ponding and jetting may be permitted with compaction layers not to exceed four feet. E. Surplus material not used on-site shall be removed and disposed of off-site by the Contractor. In no case shall surplus material be deposited on adjacent lands. Fill used for grading shall be placed in layers not to exceed 12 inches in thickness and shall be compacted to a density equal or greater to that of the surrounding natural ground. 3.5 BACKFILLING AROUND STRUCTURES A. Common fill and structural fill are specified for use as backfill against the exterior walls of the structures. Fill shall be placed in layers having a maximum thickness of eight (8) inches in loose state and shall be compacted sufficiently to prevent settlement. If compaction is by rolling or ramming, material shall be wetted down as required. Where material can be suitably compacted by jetting or puddling, the Contractor may use one of these methods. No boulders shall be allowed to roll down the slopes and hit the walls. B. Backfilling shall be carried up evenly on all walls of an individual structure simultaneously. A variation of two (2) feet in elevation will be the maximum allowable. No backfill shall be allowed against walls until the walls and their supporting slabs, if applicable, have attained sufficient strength. Backfilling shall be subjected to approval by the Engineer. C. In locations where pipes pass through building walls, the Contractor shall take the following precautions to consolidate the refill up to an elevation of at least one foot above the bottom of the pipes: 1. Place structural fill in such areas for a distance of not less than three feet either side of the center line of the pipe in level layers not exceeding 6 - inches in depth. 2. Wet each layer to the extent directed and thoroughly compact each layer with a power tamper to the satisfaction of the Engineer. • 3. Structural fill shall be of the quality specified under Part 2 of this Section. D. The surface of filled areas shall be graded to smooth true lines, strictly conforming to grades indicated on the grading plan. No soft spots or uncompacted areas shall be allowed in the work. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Excavation, Backfill, Fill and 16 -0033 -UT Grading for Structures 00992-0232 02220-5 E. Temporary bracing shall be provided as required during construction of all structures to protect partially completed structures against all construction loads, hydraulic pressure and earth pressure. The bracing shall be capable of resisting all loads applied to the walls as a result of backfilling. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The density of soil in place shall be a minimum of 95 percent in accordance with ASTM test 1557-70T, Method A or C. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Excavation, Backfill, Fill and 16 -0033 -UT Grading for Structures 00992-0232 02220-6 SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Code references: a. 2010 Florida Building code. b. ACI 301, "Structural Concrete for Buildings." c. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." d. ACI 350, "Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast -in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following: 1. Non Structural Concrete. 2. Structural Concrete. 3. Structural High Density Concrete. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast -furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Submittals: 1. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 2. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-1 • • C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. 1. Shoring and Reshoring: Indicate proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork, shoring removal, and reshoring installation and removal. E. Construction Joint Layout: Indicate proposed construction joints required to construct the structure. 1. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Engineer. F. Samples: None. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer, manufacturer and testing agency. B. Welding certificates. C. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Form materials and form -release agents. 4. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 5. Waterstops. 6. Curing compounds. 7. Floor and slab treatments. 8. Bonding agents. 9. Adhesives. 10. Vapor retarders. 11. Semi rigid joint filler. 12. Joint -filler strips. 13. Repair materials. D. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with requirements: 1. Aggregates. Include service record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali aggregate reactivity. E. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements indicating compliance with specified tolerances. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-2 F. Field quality -control reports. G. Minutes of pre -installation conference. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI -certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI -certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP -1 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI -certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI -certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. E. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel." F. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete." 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 4. ACI 350, "Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures." 5. ACI 305, "Hot Weather Concreting." 6. ACI 306, "Cold Weather Concreting." G. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-3 • • H. Mockups: None. Pre -installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast -in-place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready -mix concrete manufacturer. d. Concrete subcontractor. e. Special concrete finish subcontractor. 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot - weather concreting procedures, curing procedures, construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint -filler strips, semi rigid joint fillers, forms and form removal limitations, shoring and reshoring procedures, vapor -retarder installation, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances, steel reinforcement installation, floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement, if applicable. B. Waterstops: Store water stops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and other contaminants. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth -Formed Finished Concrete: Form -facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior -grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High-density overlay, Class 1 or better. b. Medium -density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill -release agent treated and edge sealed. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-4 • • • c. Structural 1, B -B or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. d. B -B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. B. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass -fiber - reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. D. Pan -Type Forms: Glass -fiber -reinforced plastic or formed steel, stiffened to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. E. Void Forms: Biodegradable paper surface, treated for moisture resistance, structurally sufficient to support weight of plastic concrete and other superimposed loads. F. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum. G. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form removal. H. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form -release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form -facing materials. I. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, removable or snap -off metal or glass -fiber - reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties for liquid containment structures that have an integral water stop that is tightly welded to the tie. 4. Furnish ties for exposed concrete that are the cone -washer type. The cones shall be made of approved wood or plastic. Common wire will not be allowed for form ties City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-5 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one- • half of pre -consumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. B. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. C. Low -Alloy -Steel Reinforcing Bars: None. D. Galvanized Reinforcing Bars: None. E. Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Bars: None. F. Stainless -Steel Reinforcing Bars: None. G. Steel Bar Mats: None. H. Plain -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M, as drawn. I. Deformed -Steel Wire: ASTM A 496/A 496M. J. Epoxy -Coated Wire: None. K. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. L. Deformed -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: None. • M. Galvanized -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: None. N. Epoxy -Coated Welded Wire Reinforcement: None. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES • A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), plain -steel deformed bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic -protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-6 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same • type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II, gray. Supplement with the following: a. FIy Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F. 1) Use one brand of cement and fly ash trough out the Project. 2) FIy ash will be used either as an admixture or as a partial cement replacement. B. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. 1. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. Use Clean, sharp, natural silica sand free of loam, clay, lumps, and other deleterious substances. Dune sand, bank run sand, and manu- factured sand are not acceptable. 2. Coarse Aggregate: Clean, uncoated, processed aggregate containing no clay, mud, loam, or foreign matter. Coarse aggregate shall comply with the following: 1) Crushed stone, processed from natural rock or stone. 2) Washed gravel, either natural or crushed. Slag, pit gravel, and bank -run gravel are not allowed. 3) Coarse Aggregate Size: ASTM C33/C33M, No. 57 stone, unless otherwise approved by ENGINEER. C. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-7 5. High -Range, Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. 2.6 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible PVC Waterstops: CE CRD -C 572, with factory -installed metal eyelets, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricated corners, intersections, and directional changes. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BoMetals, Inc. b. Greenstreak. c. Vinylex Corp. 2. Profile: Ribbed with center bulb. 3. Dimensions: 6 inches by 3/8 inch thick or 9 inches by 3/8 inch thick; nontapered, as indicated on drawings. B. Self -Expanding Rubber Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, bentonite -free hydrophilic polymer modified chloroprene rubber, for adhesive bonding to concrete, 3/8 by 3/4 inch. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide the following] [provide one of the following] [available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: a. Adeka Ultra Seal/OCM, Inc.; Adeka Ultra Seal. b. Greenstreak; Hydrotite. c. Vinylex Corp.; Swellseal. d. Sika; Sika Swell S-2. 2.7 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class C. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure -sensitive joint tape. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fortifiber Building Systems Group; Moistop Plus. b. Raven Industries Inc.; Vapor Block 6. c. Reef Industries, Inc.; Griffolyn Type -65 or Type -85. d. Stego Industries, LLC; Stego Wrap, 10 mil Class C. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-8 • • • B. Granular Fill: Clean mixture of crushed stone or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448, Size 57, with 100 percent passing a 1 -1/2 -inch (37.5 -mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 (2.36 -mm) sieve. 2.8 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. VOC Content: Liquid floor treatments shall have a VOC content of 200 g/L or Tess when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Clear, chemically reactive, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and densifies concrete surfaces. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ChemMasters; Chemisil Plus. b. ChemTec Intl; ChemTec One. c. Conspec by Dayton Superior; Intraseal. d. Curecrete Distribution Inc.; Ashford Formula. e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day -Chem Sure Hard (J-17). f. Edoco by Dayton Superior; Titan Hard. g. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Euco Diamond Hard. C. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatments for Polished Concrete Finish: Clear, waterborne solution of inorganic silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components; odorless; that penetrates, hardens, and is suitable for polished concrete surfaces. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Advanced Floor Products; Retro -Plate 99. b. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; FGS Hardener Plus. c. QuestMark, a division of CentiMark Corporation; DiamondQuest Densifying Impregnator Application. 2.9 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m) when dry. B. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap - polyethylene sheet. C. Water: Potable. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-9 • • • D. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. Allowed for non -liquid containment structures. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Kure 200. b. ChemMasters; Safe -Cure Clear. c. Conspec by Dayton Superior; W.B. Resin Cure. d. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day -Chem Rez Cure (J -11-W). e. Edoco by Dayton Superior; Res X Cure WB. f. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Kurez W VOX; TAMMSCURE WB 30C. g. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R. h. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100 -CLEAR. SpecChem, LLC; Spec Rez Clear. j. Symons by Dayton Superior; Resi-Chem Clear. 2.10 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation -Joint -Filler Strips: Provide preformed expansion joint filler complying with ASTM D 1752, Type I (spong rubber) or Type 11 (cork). B. Semi rigid Joint Filler: Two -component, semi rigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore durometer hardness of 80 aromatic polyurea with a Type A shore durometer hardness range of 90 to 95 per ASTM D 2240. C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059/C 1059M, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. D. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two -component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 1. Types I and II, non -load bearing and Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. E. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.022 thick, galvanized -steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. F Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot -dip galvanized -steel sheet, not Tess than 0.034 inch thick, with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-10 • • • 2.11 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Underlayment: Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM 5. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 6. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 7. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer. 8. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to AS 9. C 109/C 109M. B. Repair Overlayment: Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch and that can be filled in over a scarified surface to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. TMC 109/C 109M. 2.12 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used. Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 20 percent. C. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.06 percent by weight of cement. D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-11 • 1 Use high -range water -reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water -reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy - use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 4. Use corrosion -inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated. E. Color Pigment: If required by Architectural contract drawings, add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. 2.13 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Non -Structural Concrete:: Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days. 2. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: 470 Ib/cu. Yd. 3. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.5. 4. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 5. Air Content: 4 percent, plus or minus 1 percent at point of delivery. 6. Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel -finished floors to exceed 3 percent. B. Structural Concrete: Proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4500 psi at 28 days. 2. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: 650 Ib/cu. yd. 3. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.4. 4. Slump Limit: 3 inches, 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 1 to 3 inches before adding high -range water -reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. 5. Air Content: 4 percent, plus or minus 1 percent at point of delivery. 2.14 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.15 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT • 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-12 • • PART 2 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction Toads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth -formed finished surfaces. 2. Class B, 1/4 inch for rough -formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 4111 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-13 L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not Tess than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form - removal operations and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. 1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28 -day design compressive strength. 2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form -release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 SHORES AND RESHORES A. Comply with ACI 318 (ACI 318M) and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. 1. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is complete. B. In multistory construction, extend shoring or reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute loads in such a manner that no floor or member will be City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-14 excessively loaded or will induce tensile stress in concrete members without sufficient steel reinforcement. C. Plan sequence of removal of shores and re -shore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. 3.5 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor retarder according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturers recommended tape. Bituminous Vapor Retarders: if applicable. 3.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. 1. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, where indicated. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. F. Epoxy -Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair coating according to ASTM D 3963/D 3963M. Use epoxy -coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy -coated steel reinforcement. G. Zinc -Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged zinc coatings with zinc repair material according to ASTM A 780. Use galvanized steel wire ties to fasten zinc -coated steel reinforcement. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-15 • • • 3.7 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam -girder intersection. 4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 5. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 6. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 7. Use epoxy -bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8 inch wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: After removing formwork, install joint -filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint -filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated. 2. Terminate full -width joint -filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, are indicated. 3. Install joint -filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-16 E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.8 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed water stops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in water stops according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Self -Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions, adhesive bonding, mechanically fastening, and firmly pressing into place. Install in longest lengths practicable. 3.9 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Engineer. C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water -reducing admixtures to mixture. D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-17 • • E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -textured surface plane, before excess bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. F. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. G. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.10 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove • fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 1 -UT 00992-0 0 992-0232232 0 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300-18 • B. Smooth -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view, to receive a rubbed finish, to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete. C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth -formed finished as -cast concrete where indicated: 1. Smooth -Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. 2. Grout -Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of thick paint to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix one part portland cement to one and one-half parts fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. 3. Cork -Floated Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply a stiff grout. Mix one part portland cement and one part fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding agent and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Compress grout into voids by grinding surface. In a swirling motion, finish surface with a cork float. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.11 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, re - straightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull -floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 1/4 inch in one direction. 1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to receive mortar setting beds for bonded cementitious floor finishes. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 41111 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-19 C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Re -straighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and re -straightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish. D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power -driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and re - straighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin -film -finish coating system. 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M), for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 25; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 17; and of levelness, F(L) 15. b. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35; and of levelness, F(L) 25; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs -on -grade. c. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 30; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and of levelness, F(L) 15; for suspended slabs. d. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 45; and of levelness, F(L) 35; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 30; and of levelness, F(L) 24. 3. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled, freestanding, 10 -ft. long straightedge resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed 1/8 inch. 4. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin -set method. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 5. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel -finished floor surfaces. E. Broom Finish: Apply a. broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps,. ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-20 • • 3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: 1. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 12 -inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 3. For supported equipment, install epoxy -coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete substrate. 4. Prior to pouring concrete, place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5. Cast anchor -bolt insert into bases. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3.13 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and ACI 301 for hot -weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 Ib/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-21 • 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water -fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12 -inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture -retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings. b. Moisture cure or use moisture -retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture -retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer. 4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.14 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-22 B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. C. Install semi rigid joint filler full depth in saw -cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry -pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush -coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form -tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-23 • • 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4 -inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Engineer's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Engineer's approval. 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing and Inspecting: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports. C. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Steel reinforcement welding. 3. Headed bolts and studs. 4. Verification of use of required design mixture. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-24 • • 5. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 6. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 7. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs. 8. Water levels for hydraulic structures. D. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive -strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Unit Weight: ASTM C 567, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 6. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/0 31M. a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. b. Cast and field cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 7 Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one set of two laboratory -cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. a. Test one set of two field -cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. b. A compressive -strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-25 8. When strength of field -cured cylinders is Tess than 85 percent of companion laboratory -cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in- place concrete. 9. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive -strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 10. Test results shall be reported in writing to Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive -strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7 - and 28 -day tests. 11. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Engineer but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 12. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Engineer. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by Engineer. 13. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 14. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. E. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M) within 48 hours of finishing. 3.17 PROTECTION OF LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Protect liquid floor treatment from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period. Use protective methods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by liquid floor treatments installer. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03300-26 • • • SECTION 03600 - GROUTING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section includes grouting of equipment bases and such locations as shown on the Drawings and as specified. B. The types of grouting include the following: 1. Portland Cement Grout 2. Non -shrink, Non -expanding Grout 1.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Prevent damage to or contamination of grouting materials during delivery, handling and storage. B. Store all grouting materials in undamaged condition with seals and labels intact as packaged by the manufacturer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Specification 01340 — Shop Drawings, Project Data and Samples. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PREMIXED GROUTS A. Portland Cement Grout B. (For grouting CMU cells and similar items — fc=3000 psi minimum) 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I 2. Sand: ASTM C33, Fine Aggregate 3. Water: Potable 4. Pea Gravel: ASTM C33. Coarse aggregate, graded so that at least 90% passes 3/8 -inch sieve and 90% is retained by a number 4 sieve. C. (Grout Mortar for use as fillets and leveling) 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I 2. Sand: ASTM C33, Fine Aggregate (Marson's sand) 3. Water: Potable 4. Mix 1 -part Portland cement to 3 -parts sand. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Grouting 16 -0033 -UT 03600-1 00992-0232 • • D. Pre -Mixed non -shrink, Non -expanding Grout (Nonmetallic). Non -shrink grout as shown on the Drawings shall be a mixture of selected silica sands, Portland cement, water reducing agents, plasticizing and shrinkage compensating agents. Grout shall be nonmetallic non -corrosive, non -staining and comply with CRD -C- 588, Type D. E. The grout shall be non -shrink in accordance with ASTM C827, ASTM C191, and ASTM C109. The water -grout ratio shall be approximately 8 to 10 quarts of water per cubic foot of grout adjustable for varying job conditions. F. Grout shall not contain calcium chloride or other salt; aluminum or other metals; chemical additives, gypsum or expansive cements. Grout shall not expand after set. G. Grout shall be used and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. H. Subject to compliance with requirements provide from the following: 1. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. — Crystex 2. Grout Corp. - Five Star Non -shrink Grout or equivalent 2.2 NONSHRINK GROUT A. Non -shrink grout shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Manufactured under rigid quality control specifically for grout used in transferring heavy loads. 2. Contain nonmetallic aggregates specially graded to minimize bleeding. 3. Have an initial setting time of approximately one hour at 70°F. 4. Produce no settlement or drying shrinkage at 3 days or later. 5. Have higher strength at all ages than plain cement grout of the same flowability. 6. Resist attack by oil and water and have lower absorption than plain cement grout of the same flowability. 7. Minimum compressive strength, in accordance with ASTM C-109, shall be 2500 psi after 1 day and 7000 psi after 28 days. 2.3 MIXES A. For less than 2 -inch clearance, or where size or shape of space makes grouting difficult, grout mix shall consist of Portland cement, fine aggregate and water. B. For greater than 2 -inch clearances where coarse aggregate will not obstruct free passage of the grout, extend grout by adding 50 pounds of pea gravel per 100 pounds grout material. C. Use minimum amount of water necessary to produce a flowable grout without causing either segregation or bleeding. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Grouting 16 -0033 -UT 03600-2 • 00992-0232 D. Portland cement mortar for raked -out edges of non -shrink grout: one part Portland cement, two parts sand and 0.50 part water by weight. • 2.4 MIXING A. Mix grout in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications. • • B. Mix grouting materials and water in a mechanical mixer for no less than 3 - minutes. C. Mix grout as close to the work area as possible and transport the mixture quickly and in a manner that does not permit segregation of materials. D. After the grout has been mixed, do not add more water for any reason. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROCEDURES A. Installation methods and procedures shall be approved by Engineer and shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications before work is begun. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Surface preparation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications. B. Remove defective concrete, Iaitance, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign material from concrete surfaces by bush -hammering, chipping, or other similar means, until a sound, clean concrete surface is achieved. C. Lightly roughen the concrete, but not enough to interfere with the proper placement of grout. Cover concrete areas with waterproof membrane until ready to grout. Immediately before grouting remove waterproof membranes and clean any contaminated surfaces. D. Remove foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout. Align, level and maintain final positioning of all components to be grouted. E. Saturate concrete surfaces with clean water; remove excess water and leave none standing. 3.3 PLACING A. Placing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed specifications. B. Place non -shrink grouting material quickly and continuously by the most practical means permissible; pouring, pumping or under gravity pressure. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Grouting 16 -0033 -UT 03600-3 00992-0232 • • C. Do not use either pneumatic -pressure or dry packing methods without written permission of the Engineer. D. Apply grout from one side only to avoid entrapping air. E. Final installation shall be thoroughly compacted and free from air pockets. F. Do not vibrate the placed grout mixture or allow it to be placed if the area is being vibrated by nearby equipment. G. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 48 hours after grout has been placed. After shims have been removed, fill voids with plain cement -sand grout. H. After non -shrink grout has reached initial set, rake out exposed edges approximately 1 -inch into the grouted area and paint with Portland cement mortar. 3.4 CURING A. Cure grout for 3 -days after placing by keeping wet and covering with curing paper or by another approved method. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Grouting 16 -0033 -UT 03600-4 • 00992-0232 • • SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel framing and non-ferrous supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 2. Steel framing and non-ferrous supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 3. Miscellaneous steel trim including steel angle corner guards and steel edgings. 4. Metal bollards. 5. Abrasive metal nosings, treads and thresholds. 6. Loose bearing and leveling plates for applications where they are not specified in other Sections. B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following: 1. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted -channel inserts, and wedge -type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. 2. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete for applications where they are not specified in other Sections. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 03300 "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for installing anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted -channel inserts, wedge -type inserts, and other items cast into concrete. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT • 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-1 • r integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Metal nosings and treads. 2. Paint products. 3. Grout. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide Shop Drawings for the following: 1. Steel framing and non-ferrous supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 2. Steel framing and non-ferrous supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 3. Miscellaneous steel trim including steel angle corner guards and steel edgings. 4. Metal bollards. 5. Abrasive metal nosings, treads and thresholds. 6. Loose steel bearing plates. 7. Loose steel lintels. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Mill Certificates: Signed by stainless-steel manufacturers, certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. B. Welding certificates. C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For post -installed anchors, from ICC -ES. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."' 3. AWS D1.6/D1.6M, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel." City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No, 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-2 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction • contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. • • PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. 2.2 METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. B. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one- half of pre -consumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. C. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. Wide Flange Sections: ASTM A 572/ ASTM A 572M. D. Stainless -Steel Sheet, Strip, and Plate: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 316L. E. Stainless -Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 316L. F. Rolled -Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D. G. Rolled -Stainless -Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 793. H. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M, cold -formed steel tubing. I. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated. J. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold -formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4. 1. Size of Channels: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches or As indicated. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-3 2. Material: Galvanized steel, ASTM A 653/A 653M, commercial steel, Type B structural steel, Grade 33 (Grade 230), with G90 (Z275) coating; 0.108 - inch 0.079 -inch 0.064 -inch nominal thickness. K. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M, unless otherwise indicated. L. Aluminum Shapes, Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 6061- T6 or 6063-T6. M. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), Alloy 6061-T6 or 6063-T6. N. Aluminum -Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632/B 632M, Alloy 6061-T6. 0. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, Alloy 443.0-F. 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc -plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941 (ASTM F 1941M), Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 1. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. 2. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel. B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with hex nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M); and flat washers. C. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 325, Type 3 (ASTM A 325M, Type 3); with hex nuts, ASTM A 563, Grade C3 (ASTM A 563M, Class 8S3); and flat washers. D. Stainless -Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head annealed stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593 (ASTM F 738M); with hex nuts, ASTM F 594 (ASTM F 836M); and flat washers; Alloy Group 1 (A1). E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M); and flat washers. 1. Hot -dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. F. Anchors, General: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488/E 488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-4 • G. Cast -in -Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot -dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329. H. Post -Installed Anchors: Torque -controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors. 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon -steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941 (ASTM F 1941M), Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 (A1) stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593 (ASTM F 738M), and nuts, ASTM F 594 (ASTM F 836M). Slotted -Channel Inserts: Cold -formed, hot -dip galvanized -steel box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee -head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc -plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 09900 " Painting and Coatings." B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal • modified -alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc -rich primer. C. Water -Based Primer: Emulsion type, anticorrosive primer for mildly corrosive environments that is resistant to flash rusting when applied to cleaned steel, complying with MPI#107 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Products in accordance with requirements of Section 09900 "Painting and Coatings." D. Epoxy Zinc -Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-5 • • a. Products in accordance with requirements of Section 09900 "Painting and Coatings." E. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc - coated metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated. F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High -zinc -dust -content paint complying with SSPC- Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. G. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M. H. Non -shrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory -packaged, non -staining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Section 03300 "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for normal -weight, air -entrained, concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa) or greater.. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat -head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT • 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-6 G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. J. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6 - inch embedment and 2 -inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. 1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed. C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated. D. Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with primer specified in Section 09900 "Painting and Coatings" where indicated. 2.7 SHELF ANGLES A. Fabricate shelf angles from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to concrete framing. Provide horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4 -inch bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches from ends and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide mitered and welded units at corners. 2. Provide open joints in shelf angles at expansion and control joints. Make open joint approximately 2 inches larger than expansion or control joint. B. For cavity walls, provide vertical channel brackets to support angles from backup masonry and concrete. C. Galvanize and prime shelf angles located in exterior walls. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-7 • • • D. Prime shelf angles located in exterior walls primer specified in Section 09900 "Painting and Coatings" E. Furnish wedge -type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to cast -in-place concrete. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. 1. Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete or masonry construction. C. Prime exterior miscellaneous steel trim with primer specified in Section 09900 "Painting and Coatings" 2.9 METAL BOLLARDS A. Fabricate metal bollards from Schedule 80 steel pipe 1/4 -inch wall -thickness rectangular steel tubing steel shapes, as indicated. 1. Cap bollards with 1/4 -inch thick steel plate. 2. Where bollards are indicated to receive controls for door operators, provide cutouts for controls and holes for wire. 3. Where bollards are indicated to receive light fixtures, provide cutouts for fixtures and holes for wire. B. Fabricate bollards with 3/8 -inch thick steel baseplates for bolting to concrete slab. Drill baseplates at all four corners for 3/4 -inch anchor bolts. 1. Where bollards are to be anchored to sloping concrete slabs, angle baseplates for plumb alignment of bollards. C. Fabricate sleeves for bollard anchorage from steel pipe or tubing with 1/4 -inch thick steel plate welded to bottom of sleeve. Make sleeves not less than 8 inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of bollard. D. Fabricate internal sleeves for removable bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe or 1/4 -inch wall -thickness steel tubing with an OD approximately 1/16 inch less than ID of bollards. Match drill sleeve and bollard for 3/4 -inch steel machine bolt. E. Prime bollards with primer specified in Section 09900 "Painting and Coatings" City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-8 • • 2.10 ABRASIVE METAL NOSINGS, TREADS AND THRESHOLDS A. Cast -Metal Units: Cast [iron] [aluminum] [bronze (leaded red or semi -red brass)] [nickel silver (leaded nickel bronze)], with an integral -abrasive, as -cast finish consisting of aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, or a combination of both. Fabricate units in lengths necessary to accurately fit openings or conditions. 1. Nosings: Cross -hatched units, 4 inches wide with 1/4 -inch or 1 -inch lip, for casting into concrete. 2. Nosings: Cross -hatched units, 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, for casting into concrete. 3. Treads: Cross -hatched units, full depth of tread with 3/4 -by -3/4 -inch nosing, for application over bent plate treads or existing stairs. 4. Thresholds: Fluted -saddle -type units, 5 inches wide by 1/2 inch high, with tapered edges. 5. Thresholds: Fluted -interlocking- (hook -strip-) type units, 5 inches wide by 5/8 inch high, with tapered edge. 6. Thresholds: Plain -stepped- (stop-) type units, 5 inches wide by 1/2 inch high, with 1/2 -inch step. B. Extruded Units: Aluminum or as indicated on drawings, Bronze, with abrasive filler consisting of aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, or a combination of both, in an epoxy -resin binder. Fabricate units in lengths necessary to accurately fit openings or conditions. 1. Provide ribbed units, with abrasive filler strips projecting 1/16 inch above aluminum extrusion. 2. Nosings: Square -back units, 1-7/8 inches wide, for casting into concrete steps. C. Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete, either integral or applied to units, as standard with manufacturer. D. Drill for mechanical anchors and countersink. Locate holes not more than 4 inches from ends and not more than 12 inches o.c., evenly spaced between ends, unless otherwise indicated. Provide closer spacing if recommended by manufacturer. 1. Provide two rows of holes for units more than 5 inches wide, with two holes aligned at ends and intermediate holes staggered. E. Apply bituminous paint to concealed surfaces of cast -metal units. F. Apply clear lacquer to concealed surfaces of extruded units. 2.11 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT • 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-9 • • B. Galvanize plates. C. Prime plates with primer specified in Section 09900 "Painting and Coatings" 2.12 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. Fabricate in single lengths for each opening unless otherwise indicated. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. B. Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to 1/12 of clear span, but not less than 8 inches unless otherwise indicated. C. Galvanize and prime loose steel lintels located in exterior walls. D. Prime loose steel lintels located in exterior walls with primer specified in Section 09900 "Painting and Coatings" 2.13 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete. 2.14 GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS A. Gutters: Form from 0.0179 -inch- thick, aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel sheet pre -painted with coil coating. Fabricate in minimum 96 -inch long sections, sized according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Furnish gutter supports spaced 24 inches o.c., fabricated from same metal as gutters. Provide bronze, copper, or alumi-num wire ball strainers at outlets. Finish gutters to match roof fascia. Join sections with riveted and soldered or lapped and sealed joints. Attach gutters to eaves with gutter hangers spaced not more than 2 feet o.c. using manufacturer's standard fasteners. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. B. Downspouts: Form from 0.0179 -inch- thick, aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating; in 10 -foot- long sections, complete with formed elbows and offsets. Finish downspouts to match walls. Join sections with 1 -1/2 -inch telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 36 inches o.c. in be-tween. Tie downspouts to drainage system indicated. C. Install gutters and downspouts: and other accessories according to manufacturer's writ- ten instructions, with positive anchorage to building and City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT • 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-10 • • • weather tight mounting. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 2.15 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. B. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface. 2.16 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products. 1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion. B. Preparation for Shop Priming Galvanized Items: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic phosphate process. C. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated. 1. Shop prime with primers specified in Section 09900 "Painting and Coatings as indicated. D. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with requirements indicated below: 1. Exterior Items: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc -Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NAGE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 3. Items Indicated to Receive Primers Specified in Section 09900 "Painting and Coatings": SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 4. Other Items: SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." E. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2.17 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. As -Fabricated Finish: AA -M12. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-11 B. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, Class I, AA-M12C22A41. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. D. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with the following: 1. Cast Aluminum: Heavy coat of bituminous paint. 2. Extruded Aluminum: Two coats of clear lacquer. 3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-12 B. Install pipe columns on concrete footings and slabs with grouted baseplates. Position and grout column baseplates as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates" Article. 1. Grout baseplates of columns supporting steel girders after girders are installed and leveled. 3.3 INSTALLING METAL BOLLARDS A. Fill metal -capped bollards solidly with concrete and allow concrete to cure seven days before installing. 1. Do not fill removable bollards with concrete. B. Anchor bollards to existing construction with expansion anchors, anchor bolts or through bolts. Provide four 3/4 -inch bolts at each bollard unless otherwise indicated. 1. Embed anchor bolts at least 4 inches in concrete. C. Anchor bollards in concrete with pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete or in formed or core -drilled holes not Tess than 8 inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of bollard. Fill annular space around bollard solidly with non -shrink grout; mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 1/8 inch toward bollard. D. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Center and align bollards in holes 3 inches above bottom of excavation. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured. E. Anchor internal sleeves for removable bollards in concrete by inserting in pipe sleeves preset into concrete or formed or core -drilled holes not Tess than 8 inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of sleeve. Fill annular space around internal sleeves solidly with non -shrink grout; mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 1/8 inch toward internal sleeve. Anchor internal sleeves for removable bollards in place with concrete footings. Center and align sleeves in holes 3 inches above bottom of excavation. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Support and brace sleeves in position until concrete has cured. Place removable bollards over internal sleeves and secure with 3/4 -inch machine bolts and nuts. After tightening nuts, drill holes in bolts for inserting padlocks. Owner furnishes padlocks. H. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface to shed water. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-13 1. Do not fill removable bollards with concrete. 3.4 INSTALLING NOSINGS, TREADS, AND THRESHOLDS • A. Center nosings on tread widths unless otherwise indicated. B. For nosings embedded in concrete steps or curbs, align nosings flush with riser faces and level with tread surfaces. C. Seal thresholds exposed to exterior with elastomeric sealant complying with Section 07920 "Joint Sealants" to provide a watertight installation. 3.5 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. • • B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with non -shrink grout. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0 -mil dry film thickness. B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Section 09900 "Painting and Coatings" C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Metal Fabrications 05500-14 SECTION 09900 - PAINTING AND SPECIAL COATINGS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work includes furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment required to complete the painting and coatings as indicated on the Drawings and in these specifications. B. Surface preparation, paint and coatings materials, and their application shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer and approved by the CITY'S Representative. The CONTRACTOR shall take all health and safety precautions necessary to prevent accidents during the storage, handling, application, and drying of any of the coatings described. C. Paints and coatings used to furnish the surfaces of structures or vessels which come into contact with potable water shall meet the applicable requirements of the County Health Department and the State Department of Environmental Protection or other regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for a satisfactory paint application which will adhere without peeling, flaking, blistering or discoloration. Before application of any painting materials, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a letter of Certification from the manufacturer of the materials selected for the application proposed. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work are limited to the following: 1. Tnemec Company, Inc. - Basis of Design 2. Rust-Oleum Corporation 3. Porter Coatings - Division of Porter Paint Company 4. Glidden - Durkee Division of SCM Corporation 5. Carboline Company 6. Mobil Chemical Company 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Data Sheets and Color Charts: 1. The full name of each product and descriptive literature shall be submitted along with a list of water and wastewater plants in Florida where the product has been used. 2. Within a minimum of 30 days prior to application of paints and coatings, the CONTRACTOR shall submit six sets of color charts and data sheets City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-1 00992-0232 for selection by the CITY. Before work is commenced, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare samples as required until the color and textures are satisfactory to the CITY. 3. Resubmit samples as requested until required sheen, color and texture is achieved. a. On 12 -inch x 12 -inch hardboard, provide two samples of each color and material, with texture to simulate finish conditions. On actual wood surfaces, provide two 4 -inch x 8 -inch samples for stained wood finish. On concrete Masonry, provide two 4 -inch square samples of masonry for each type of finish and color, defining filler, prime and finish coats. On actual wall surfaces and other building components, duplicate painted finish of acceptable samples, as directed by the CITY'S Representative. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to job site in new, original, and unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name, trade name, and label analysis. Store where directed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. All paint materials used on the job shall be kept in a single place which shall be kept neat and clean. All oily rags, waste or debris shall be removed every night and all precautions taken to avoid the danger of fire. NOTE: Materials may be flammable, and the area should be marked accordingly. Keep coatings out of the weather. B. Extra Stock: At the conclusion of the project, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the CITY with a minimum of one quart from each 50 gallons or fraction thereof for each paint system used on the project. The paint or coating container shall indicate the applicable paint system as indicated in these specifications. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Painting or coating and finishing of interior and exterior items and surfaces, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Paint all new construction and portions of existing facilities disturbed by new construction. 2. Paint all exposed surfaces, except as otherwise indicated, whether or not colors are designated. If not designated, colors will be selected by the CITY'S Representative from standard colors available for the coatings required. 3. Includes field painting of bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), and hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under mechanical and electrical work. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-2 00992-0232 4. Painting shall be done at such times as the CONTRACTOR and CITY'S Representative may agree upon in order that dust -free and neat work is obtained. Painting shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the CITY'S Representative. 5. "Shop" painting as referred to defines the paint coat which shall be applied in the shop or plant immediately after manufacturer, fabrication or assembly and prior to shipment to the site of installation. "Field" painting defines the paint coats to be applied at the project site where the structure or equipment is completed, erected, or installed in place as specified. B. Materials and Application: 1. Obtain painting materials from one manufacturer. Painting materials not obtainable from the prime manufacturer shall be obtained from a second source recommended by the prime manufacturer. All solvents for thinning shall be obtained from the coating manufacturer. Only use solvents as listed on the manufacturer's product literature. 2. There shall be a perceptible difference in shades of successive coats of paint so that the application of successive coats of paint can be properly and uniformly spread and inspected. Pipes, sheet metal ducts and other metal items which are to be installed in inaccessible locations shall be painted prior to installation. 3. Each coat shall be allowed to dry for the period of time recommended by • the manufacturer before the next coat is applied. 4. Proceeding to apply the coatings indicates that the coating contractor has accepted the condition of the existing coating. If questions arise, they should be brought to the attention of the Project Manager and Engineer on-site. Do not proceed until resolved. C. Equipment, Machinery, and Shop Fabricated Items: 1. Pumps, motors, machinery, equipment and other manufactured items shall have surfaces prepared, primed and finish -coated in accordance with the standard practice of the manufacturer. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the CITY'S Representative. Shop -fabricated items and components for field assembly shall have surfaces prepared and shop -primed. Finish coat colors shall be as approved by the CITY'S Representative. Items for submerged service shall be field sandblasted and primed per Paint System B-4. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-3 00992-0232 1 • PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - ALL SYSTEMS A. The film thickness designated and/or the number of coats to be applied shall not be decreased and shall be increased where required to meet other manufacturer's recommendations. B. There shall not be a change from the generic type of coating specified. C. Manufacturer's recommendations as to which finish coat should be used with a particular primer shall be observed. In all cases, the prime coat, intermediate coat, finish coat, and all solvents and thinners shall be from the same manufacturer. All paint shall be mildew resistant. D. Tnemec products are given as examples of painting and coating systems identified in the following paragraphs. The products of other manufacturer's (listed in Paragraph 1.02.8.) may be used as long as they are of the same quality and meet the performance criteria. E. Substitution requests must be considered provided they are submitted ten (10) days prior to bid opening.. 2.2 GROUP A - CONCRETE AND MASONRY (NOT IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER) A. System A-1: For use on above grade interior walls and ceilings and architectural surfaces not subject to high moisture, corrosion, splashing, or fumes. Typical areas would include offices, control rooms, electrical rooms, etc. Surface Preparation: Level protrusions and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces. Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. All surfaces shall be clean and dry before proceeding. 1. Interior Concrete Surfaces Excluding CMU (Non -Immersion): a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 54 Masonry Filler at 80 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 2. Interior CMU or Porous Block (Non -Immersion): a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at approximately 75 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-4 00992-0232 c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. System A-2: For use on above grade - interior walls, ceilings, and non -traffic slabs, and subject to high moisture, physical abuse, mild chemical fumes, splashing and spillage of water or wastewater byproducts, etc. For immersion exposures, see Section J. Typical areas would include filter press building walls, pump room walls, etc. Surface Preparation: Level protrusions and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces. Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. All surfaces shall be clean and dry before proceeding. Pressure washing may assist in removing loose dirt and contamination. 1. Interior Concrete Surfaces Excluding CMU (Non -Immersion): a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at 125 - 150 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build Epoxoline II at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build Epoxoline II at 4.0 - 6.0 dft. 2. Interior CMU or Porous Block (Non -Immersion): a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at approximately 75 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build Epoxoline II at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build Epoxoline II at4.0-6.Odft. 3. Interior CMU or Porous Block For Locker Rooms, Bathrooms: Surface Preparation: Clean and dry, level protrusions, and remove mortar splatter from all surfaces. Allow mortar to cure 14 days before proceeding with coating. a. Prime/Surfacer: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at 75 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 113 H.B. Tneme- Tufcoat at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 113 H.B. at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. C. System A-3: For use on exterior concrete walls above grade to a point 6" below finish grade. Applicable to all buildings. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-5 00992-0232 • • • Surface Preparation: Fill all voids with grout; remove loose mortar, mortar splatter, protrusions, etc. Allow all concrete or grout to cure a minimum 28 days before proceeding. Remove all dirt or contamination before proceeding. 1. Exterior Concrete Buildings: Poured or cast -in-place. a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 3.0 mils dft. b. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 3.0 mils dft. 2. Exterior Concrete Buildings: CMU a. b. c. Enduratone at 2.0 - 1026 Enduratone at Enduratone at 2.0 - Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1254 Epoxoblock WB at a spreading rate of between 75 - 100 sq.ft. per gallon. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1026 Enduratone lightweight or porous concrete. Or, if an elastomer is preferred, use the following: 3. Exterior Concrete Buildings: CMU or PIP - Elastomeric a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro-Crete at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. b. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro-Crete at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. D. System A-4: For use on exterior concrete walls below a point six inches below finish grade. Surface Preparation: Remove all loose dirt and contamination. Clean and dry before proceeding. 1. Exterior Concrete Buildings: Poured or Cast -in -Place a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 46H-413 Tneme-Tar at 8.0 - 10.0 mils dft. b. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 46H-413 Tneme-Tar at 8.0 - 10.0 mils dft. 2.3 • GROUP B - STRUCTURAL STEEL; STEEL TANKS; EQUIPMENT AND PIPING (NOT IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER) A. System B-1: For all new steel or site fabricated steel: Exterior or interior and moderate immersion exposure. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-6 00992-0232 1. Surface Preparation: Non -immersion - For exposed steel, excluding immersion service, abrasive blast per SSPC SP6 to a Commercial Grade finish to obtain a 1.5 mil blast profile. For immersion exposure - abrasive blast per SSPC SP10 to a Near White finish to obtain a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile. 2. Shop or field apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft. As an option, apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 90G-1 k97 Tneme-Zinc at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft. B. System B-2: For use on exterior exposed structural and miscellaneous steel; interior and exterior - non immersion exposure. Typical items include steel piping, exterior of steel tanks, structural support steel, etc. This system can be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere; not in contact with wastewater or where a color finish is desired. 1. Surface Preparation: Remove all grease and dirt per SSPC SP1 before proceeding. Commercial blast clean per SSPC SP -6 to achieve a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile. 2. Shop Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft. 3. Prime Coat: For steel that has been shop primed, clean damaged areas by Power Tool Cleaning SSPC SP3 and spot prime using Tnemec Series 27WB at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft before applying the "Primer". For steel that has not been shop primed, apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft. 4. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. 5. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 750 UVX at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. C. System B-3: For use on bituminous coated cast iron or steel pipe. (In order to avoid having to overcoat shop applied bituminous primer, we recommend ordering all above ground piping be purchased primed with Tnemec Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus.) 1. Surface Preparation for bituminous pipe: Wash to remove all grease and dirt before coating. Sweep blast per SSPC SP7 or Power Tool Clean per SSPC SP -3. 2. Prime: Spot prime all bare and damaged areas with one coat of Tnemec Series 135 Chembuild at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat overall of Tnemec Series 135 Chembuild at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 750 UVX at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. D. System B-4: For use on exterior steel tanks, piping and equipment, submerged in moderate corrosive service, excluding chains, sprockets and similar items. This system shall be used for all materials submerged in wastewater. For use in splash and spillage and where a color stable topcoat is required, use System B- 2. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-7 00992-0232 • • 1. Surface Preparation: For a shop application, see System B-1. For field applications, abrasive blast all steel to a Near White finish per SSPC SP10 to achieve a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile. 2. Prime: All steel shall be primed with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane at 2.5 - 3.5 mils dft, whether shop or field applied. 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU at 6.0 - 8.0 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 446 Perma-Shield MCU at 6.0 - 8.0 mils dft. Use alternating colors between coats. E. System B-5: For all submerged metals in severe wastewater service. Typical areas would include headworks, grit chambers, and other areas of severe H2S exposures. Severe abrasion exposure. 1. Surface Preparation: Field abrasive blast to a White Metal finish per SSPC-SP5 to achieve a minimum 3.0 mil blast profile. Prime the same day as sandblasting and before any rust bloom forms on the surface of the steel. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze at 15.0 - 20.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze at 15.0 - 20.0 mils dft. Alternating colors should be used. F System B-6: For use on hollow metal (steel) doors and frames, steel embedments, and steel lintels: Pre -primed with alkyd primer, shop or unknown primer, or bare metal. Interior or exterior exposure. 1. Surface Preparation: Remove all grease and oil before proceeding by SSPC SP1. Abrade per SSPC-SP3 before proceeding. 2. Prime (touch-up only): Prime bare or damaged areas with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 2.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 750 UVX at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 2.4 GROUP C - GALVANIZED AND NON-FERROUS METALS A. System C-1: For galvanized steel in interior (buildings) or exterior substrates in corrosive areas, non -submerged surfaces, non -potable water applications, including ductwork. 1. Surface Preparation: Remove all grease and oil before proceeding by SSPC SP1. Abrade all exterior surfaces to be coated by Brush -Off blasting per SSP SP7 to achieve a minimum 1.5 mil blast profile. Interior galvanized surfaces: SSPC-SP1 2. Prime: Spot prime all bare or rusted areas with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 2.0 - 4.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 750 UVX at 2.5-3.5 mils dft. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-8 00992-0232 B. System C-2: For use on (in interior dry) all aluminum, including ductwork. 1. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP1 and abrade the surface to provide a mechanical bond. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build Epoxoline at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 740 UVX at 2.5 - 4.0 mils dft. C. System C-3: For use in exterior non -corrosive areas, galvanized steel and aluminum materials, including ductwork. Refer to System C-1 or C-2. 2.5 GROUP D - EXPOSED HOT METAL SURFACES A. System D-1: For use on un -insulated surfaces at temperatures between 250° and 1000°. 1. Surface Preparation: Solvent clean per SSPC-SP1 before proceeding. Abrasive blast all ferrous metal to be coated to an SSPC SP10 Near White Finish with a 1.5 mil blast profile. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Dampney Thurmalox 245 High Heat primer at 1.5 - 2.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Dampney Thurmalox 230 High Heat coating at 1.5 - 2.0 mils dft. For an aluminum finish, use Dampney Thermalox 280 at the same thickness. 2.6 GROUP E - WOOD A. System E-1: For use on interior wood where a natural or stained finish is required. 1. Surface Preparation: Sand smooth, wipe off any excess accumulations of sap, pitch, etc. by SSPC SP1. Fill holes, checks, scratches, etc. with appropriate tinted wood filler. 2. Natural Finish: a. Prime: None required. b. Finish: Apply a pure tung oil with a rag and work into wood grain. Allow to dry over night and repeat. 3. Stained Finish: a. Prime: Apply 1 coat of penetrating wood stain of the color chosen. b. Finish: Apply 2 coats of a water-based clear polyurethane to provide a smooth and UV resistant finish. B. System E-2: For use on interior surfaces not exposed to moisture or corrosive conditions. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-9 00992-0232 1. Surface Preparation: Sand smooth, seal knots with white shellac (fill holes with vinyl putty after prime). 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 10-99W (White) Tnemec Primer at 2.0 - 3.5 mils dft. 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. C. System E-3: For use on interior surfaces exposed to moisture or corrosive conditions, exterior wood, and exterior wood surfaces. 1. Surface Preparation: Remove excess sap or pitch before proceeding. Sand smooth. Prime first before sealing cracks with an acceptable filler. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 10-99W (White) Tnemec Primer at 2.0 - 3.5 mils dft. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. D. System E-4: For use on interior wood paneling and trim. Refer to System E-2. E. System E-5: For use on exterior wood surfaces where a natural finish is desired. 1. Apply two coats of clear sealant, Flood Co. - CWF, or equal, applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2.7 GROUP F - INSULATION A. System F-1: For use on interior building insulation board or foamed material - non -fire protected. 1. Surface Preparation: None 2. Prime: None B. System F-2: For use on rigid pipe insulation. 1. Surface Preparation: None 2.8 GROUP G - GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER (INTERIOR) A. System G-1: For use on interior walls and ceilings of gypsum board or plaster. 1. Surface Preparation: Gypsum wall board - Tape joints, spackle nail head, sand smooth, and wipe with a damp cloth to remove dust. Plaster - Nibs shall be scraped and sanded smooth, cracks spackied smooth, sanded and sealed. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 51 PVA Sealer at 1.0 - 2.0 mils dft. 3. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft per coat. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-10 00992-0232 2.9 GROUP H — PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) A. System H-1: For use on exterior stucco where an elastomeric coating is required. Smooth or texture is available. 1. Surface Preparation: Stucco shall have nibs scraped and sanded smooth. Cracks shall be spackled, smooth sanded, and sealed. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 151 Elasto-Grip FC at 300 - 350 sq.ft. per gallon. 3. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro- Crete at 4.0 - 8.0 mils dft per coat. A minimum of 10 mils dft is required. For a textured finish, use Tnemec Series 157 Enviro-Crete at 6.0-9.0 mils DFT per coat, with a minimum of 14.0 mils total DFT. 2.10 GROUP J — WATER TANKS AND SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER The interior tank paint system shall meet USEPA, National Sanitation Foundation (NSF), and Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) health standards for use in potable water service. A letter of acceptance by the FDEP shall be furnished to the ENGINEER for the system selected prior to paint application. A. System J-1: For poured or cast -in-place concrete in immersion service of potable water requiring an NSF 61 approved lining. All concrete surfaces must be allowed to cure for a minimum of 28 days at 75°F. 1. Surface Preparation: Remove all dirt and debris before proceeding. Abrasive blast the surface per SSPC SP13/NACE 6 to achieve a surface profile ICRI CSP 5 Choose the preference for a liner. Both materials are NSF 61 tested and listed. 2. Immersion Service: Epoxy a. Resurfacer: Surface all walls and underside of roof with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad at a minimum 1/16"" dft. b. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 22 Epoxoline at 20 - 25 mils dft. 3. Immersion Service: Elastomeric flexible liner a. Resurfacer: Surface all walls and underside of roof with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad at a minimum 1/16"" dft. b. Prime: Apply 1 Coat of Tnemec Series 20HS at 6.0-8.0 mils DFT c. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 264 Elasto-Shield at 50 - 60 mils dft. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-11 00992-0232 • • B. System J-2: For steel tanks in immersion service for potable water when the lining is required to meet NSF 61 standards. 1. Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast all surfaces to a minimum Near White Finish in accordance with SSPC SP10 to achieve a minimum 3.0 mil blast profile. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 20HS Pota-Pox Plus at 3.0 - 5.0 mis dft. 3. Intermediate: Stripe by brush all welds, edges, corners, etc. with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 20HS Pota-Pox @ 3.0-5.0 mils DFT. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 22 Epoxoline at 20 - 25 mils dft. 2.11 GROUP K - METAL EXPOSED TO CORROSIVE ATMOSPHERE (EXTERIOR OF NEW STEEL TANKS); EXPOSED INTERIOR OF OPEN TOP STEEL TANKS; STRUCTURAL STEEL, EQUIPMENT AND PIPING A. System K-1: For use on the exterior of new steel tanks and support structures; steel catwalks, and other exposed structural steel, equipment, and piping subject to a corrosive atmosphere. Refer to System B-2. 2.12 GROUP L - CONCRETE TANKS - IMMERSION SERVICE A. System L-1: For use on exterior of concrete tank walls below a point 6 inches below finish grade. Refer to System A-4. B. System L-2: For use on the interior of tanks that are enclosed (anaerobic conditions). Exposed concrete or masonry surfaces in a corrosive immersion environment. Typical areas would include digesters, lift stations, manholes, headworks, grit chambers and areas of high H2S environments. 1. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Verify dryness by testing for moisture with a "plastic firm tape -down test" (reference ASTM D 4263). Should moisture be detected, perform "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" (reference ASTM F 1869). Moisture content not to exceed 3 pounds per 1,000 sq.ft. in a 24-hour period. Abrasive blast the surface per SSPC SP13/NACE 6 to achieve a surface profile equal to ICRI CSP 5. 2. Surfacer: Surface all walls with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad at a minimum 11/16" dft. For floors, Tnemec Series 215 may be used as needed to fill pits and voids. . 3. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 434 Perma-Shield H2S at a minimum 125 mils dft. 4. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze at 15 - 20 mils dft. C. System L-3: For use on the interior of open top concrete tanks. Exposed concrete or masonry surfaces in a corrosive immersion environment. Typical areas would include clarifiers, digesters, etc. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-12 • 00992-0232 1. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Verify dryness by testing for moisture with a "plastic firm tape -down test" (reference ASTM D 4263). Should moisture be detected, perform "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" (reference ASTM F 1869). Moisture content not to exceed 3 pounds per 1,000 sq.ft. in a 24-hour period. Abrasive blast the surface per SSPC SP13/NAGE 6 to achieve a surface profile ICRI CSP 5. 2. Surfacer: Surface all walls with 1 coat of Tnemec Series 218 Mortarclad at a minimum 1/16"" dft. For floors, Tnemec Series 215 shall be used as needed to fill pits and voids. 3. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS-1211 Hi -Built Epoxoline 11 at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. 4. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 446 Perma- Shield MCU at 5.0 - 7.0 mils dft. Alternating colors shall be used. D. System L-4: For use on the exterior of concrete tanks. 1. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure for 14 days. Remove all loose dirt, debris and contamination. Clean and dry. 2. Intermediate and Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 156 Enviro- Crete at 4.0 - 8.0 mils dft. A minimum of 10 mils dft shall be applied. 2.13 GROUP M - SPECIAL COATINGS A. System M-1: For use as barrier between dissimilar materials and metals; i.e., such as aluminum and concrete connections. 1. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry. 2. Prime: None 3. Finish: Apply 2 coats of Tnemec Series 46-465 H.B. Tnemecol at 8.0 - 12.0 mils per coat. B. System M-2: For use as a primer - sealer for coloring asphaltic and tar surfaces. 1. Prime: None. 2. Finish: Vinyl phenolic sealing coat for the prevention of discoloring of the finish coat. Apply at a rate of at least 2.0 mils dry film thickness. C. System M-3: For sealing concrete floors where concrete is shown as natural in the Finish Schedules and on all exposed concrete floors where no finish has been shown. 1. Surface Preparation: Allow new concrete to cure 28 days. Verify dryness by testing for moisture with a "plastic firm tape -down test" (reference ASTM D 4263). Should moisture be detected, perform "Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride" (reference ASTM F 1869). Moisture content not to exceed 3 pounds per 1,000 sq.ft. in a 24-hour City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-13 00992-0232 • period. Sweep abrasive blast or mechanical abrade concrete surfaces to remove laitance, fines, form release oils, curing compounds, and provide a surface profile equal to ICRI CSP 3. Large voids and other cavities should be filled with either Tnemec Series 215 or Tnemec Series 201 mixed with fumed silica. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 287 Enviro-Pox clear at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 295 CRU at 2.0-3.0 mils DFT D. System M-4: For coating of PVC piping, interior or exterior. 1. Surface Preparation: Degrease and clean per SSPC-SP-1 first, then scarify surface. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build Epoxoline at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 740 UVX at 2.5 - 5.0 mils dft. E. System M-5: For coating of FRP piping, interior or exterior. 1. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP-1 first, then abrade the surface to be coated. Remove any dust, dirt or contamination before proceeding. Clean and dry. 2. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 66HS Hi -Build Epoxoline at 2.0 - 3.0 mils dft. 3. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 740 UVX at 2.5 - 4.0 mils dft. 2.14 GROUP N - COATINGS FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE IN WASTEWATER ENVIRONMENTS This section covers the specification for lining ductile iron pipe for wastewater environments, both interior and exterior of pipe. The system shall also be specified for all fittings and flanges. A. System N-1: Exterior coating system for above ground exposed DIP where a color is required. Non -immersion service. Pipe should be ordered as shop primed with Tnemec Series N140-1211 @ 6.0-8.0 mils DFT. 1. Surface Preparation: Ductile iron pipe is cleaned per NAPF Standards 500-03 for Commercial Grade abrasive blast cleaning. 2. Shop Primed: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series N140 Pota-Pox Plus at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. The following is for pipe in the field: a. Power tool clean all bare and damaged areas by SSPC SP3. b. Prime: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. c. Intermediate: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 27WB at 4.0 - 6.0 mils dft. d. Finish: Apply 1 coat of Tnemec Series 740 UVX at 3.0 - 5.0 mils dft. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-14 • 00992-0232 B. System N-2: For the exterior of ductile iron pipe in immersion service or exposed to a severe H2S environment. 1. Surface Preparation: Ductile iron pipe is cleaned per NAPF Standards 500-03 for Commercial Grade abrasive blast cleaning to obtain a 3 mil blast profile. 2. Prime: (shop): Tnemec Series N140-1211 @ 6.0-8.0 mils DFT 3. Finish: Apply Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Shield Glaze at 35.0 - 40.0 mils dft. C. System N-3: Lining ductile iron pipe for severe wastewater environments. Order pipe lined from the factory. This is a SHOP applied system. 1. Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast and grind pipe to SSPC SP5 White Metal Finish with a minimum 3.0 mil blast profile. 2. Finish: Apply Tnemec Series 431 Perma-Shield PL at a nominal 40 mil thickness. 2.15 FINISH COAT OVER EXISTING FINISH A. The required painting shall consist of one coat of the system "Finish Coat" to provide continuity of texture and color over previously painted surface. 2.16 THINNING A. Where thinning is necessary, only the products for the particular purpose and by the manufacturer furnishing the paint shall be allowed. All thinning shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the full knowledge and approval of the CITY'S Representative. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All painting shall be done in strict accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and shall be performed in a manner satisfactory to the CITY/ENGINEER. B. All recommendations of the paint manufacturer in regard to mixing, applying, thinning and curing, as well as the health and safety of the workers, shall be followed. C. Dry film thickness for masonry is approximate for application to a smooth surface. D. Sequence painting to ensure work area is dust free. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-15 00992-0232 • • 3.2 SHOP PAINTING A. All ferrous and non-ferrous surfaces shall be solvent cleaned before priming. Primer shall be applied in the shop to protect surfaces from rust during shipment and storage. B. Apply two coats of paint to surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. 3.3 FIELD PREPARATION A. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in a workmanlike manner with the objective of obtaining a smooth, clean and dry surface. No painting shall be done before the prepared surfaces are approved by the CITY'S Representative. B. Surface preparation for miscellaneous surfaces to be painted, not specifically covered in these specifications, shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the paint selected for use and as approved by the CITY'S Representative. C. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions for each substrate condition. D. Remove hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place and not to be finish -painted, or provide surface -applied protection. Reinstall removed items after painting is completed. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes to masonry walls unless moisture content of surfaces are below 12 percent. 3.4 MIXING A. Exercise care to keep fire hazards to a minimum. Provide an approved hand fire extinguisher near each paint storage and mixing area. No oily waste, rags, or painting equipment shall be left scattered throughout the premises. B. Mix coatings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Colors shall be thoroughly mixed with no streaks or separation of color. Do not add thinners, driers or other additives except as recommended by the coating manufacturer. Do not incorporate in the coating any thinners or solvents used for cleaning brushes or equipment. C. Protect all adjacent areas against damage and leave storage and mixing areas clean at the completion of painting. 3.5 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT SURFACES A. Provide necessary protection for completed work and all adjoining surfaces. Provide temporary closures as required to prevent circulation of dust from adjacent areas where other work is in progress. Where it is necessary to remove existing protection of work of others, such protection shall be fully replaced. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-16 • 00992-0232 B. Locate and protect all existing utilities, structures, or appurtenances. 3.6 APPLICATION A. Mix, prepare, and store painting and finishing materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. B. Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for the material and surfaces to which applied. C. Workmanship for applying paint shall be of professional quality. The painter shall apply each coat at the rate recommended by the manufacturer smoothly without runs, sags, or holidays. If the material has thickened or must be diluted for use with a spray gun, the coating shall be built up to the same thickness as achieved with undiluted materials. In other words, one gallon of paint as originally furnished by the manufacturer shall not cover a great square foot area when applied by spray gun than when applied by brush. Deficiencies in film thickness shall be corrected by the application of additional coat or coats of paint. On masonry, application rates will vary according to the surface texture; however, in no case shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. On porous surfaces, it shall be the painter's responsibility to achieve a protective and decorative finish either by decreasing the coverage rate or by applying additional coats of paint. Before succeeding coats are applied to a surface, the preceding coat shall have been approved by the CITY'S Representative. D. Drying time shall be construed to mean "under normal conditions". Where conditions are other than normal because of the weather or because painting must be done in confined spaces, longer drying times will be necessary. Additional coats of paint shall not be applied, nor shall units be placed in service, until paints are thoroughly dry. 3.7 VENTILATION A. Provide adequate ventilation for safe application and for proper drying of coatings on interior surfaces. Ensure solvent vapors are released during and after application of coatings. Remove vapors by exhausting air from the lowest portions of tanks or enclosed spaces and keep tops open and clear. During coating application in enclosed areas, the capacity of ventilating fans shall be at least 300 cfm per gallon of coating applied per hour. Provide continuous forced ventilation at a rate of at least one complete air change per 4 hours for at least 7 days after coating application is completed. 3.8 CLEAN UP A. At completion of the painting work, clean off all paint spots and other paint materials from surfaces where they are not intended to be. Remove from the premises all rubbish and accumulated material and leave the work in clean orderly condition, acceptable to the ENGINEER and CITY. All cloths and waste City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-17 00992-0232 that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed metal containers or destroyed at the end of each day. Upon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed from the site and/or destroyed in an approved and legal manner. 3.9 DAMAGED COATINGS A. Damaged coatings, pinholes, and holidays shall have edges feathered and repaired in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer, as approved by the ENGINEER. CONTACTOR shall perform spark test on all the repaired arera. B. All finish coats, including touch-up and damage -repair coats, shall be applied in a manner which will present a uniform texture and color -match appearance. 3.10 UNSATISFACTORY APPLICATION A. If the item has an improper finish, color, or insufficient dry film thickness, the surface shall be cleaned and top coated with the specified material to obtain the specified color and coverage. Specific surface preparation information to be secured from the coatings' manufacturer and the ENGINEER. B. All visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power sanded, feathering the edges. The areas shall then be primed and finish coated in accordance with the specifications. C. Work shall be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections. Evidence of these conditions shall be cause for rejection. D. Any defects in the coating system shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR per written recommendations of the coating manufacturer. E. Any repairs made on steel surfaces for immersion service shall be holiday detected in accordance with ASTM G 62 low voltage holiday detection. Areas found to have holidays shall be marked and repaired in accordance with the paint manufacturer's instructions. The ENGINEER shall be notified of time of testing so that he might be present to witness testing. 3.11 GUARANTEE AND ANNIVERSARY INSPECTION A. All work shall be warranted for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the project. B. The CITY will notify the CONTRACTOR at least 30 days prior to the anniversary date and shall establish a date for the inspection. Any defects in the coating system shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the CITY. Should a failure occur to 25% of the painted surface, either interior or exterior, the entire surface shall be cleaned and painted in accordance with these specifications. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Painting and Special Coatings 16 -0033 -UT 09900-18 00992-0232 • • SECTION 13100 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall provide, through the services of a single Control Systems Integrator (CSI), all components, system installation services, as well as all required and specified ancillary services, in connection with the Instrumentation and Control System (ICS). In addition the Contractor shall provide, through the services of the Owner's SCADA System Programmer (SSP), all application software services. The SSP shall be McKim & Creed, Inc. B. The system shall include all materials, labor, tools, fees, and documentation required to furnish, install, test, and place into operation, a complete and operable ICS as shown and/or specified within this section, related ICS specification sections, and subsections within equipment specifications. C. The system shall include all measuring elements, signal converters, transmitters, specialty cables, control panels, digital hardware and software, remote telemetry units (RTU), signal and data transmission systems, interconnecting wiring and such accessories as shown, specified, and/or required to provide the functions indicated, whether specifically mentioned or not. D. The specifications provided within this section shall be applied to all of the Instrumentation and Control specifications, Sections 13100 through 13199, as well as additional specifications sections as referenced. The ICS shall be provided as a single and complete system as specified herein and as specified within the following ICS specifications: 1. Section 13110 - Instrumentation & Control, Control Enclosures 2. Section 13120 - Instrumentation and Control, SCADA Hardware E. For the purposes of these specifications the Control Systems Integrator shall be referred to as the CSI. Where references are made to the SCADA System Programmer or the SSP, it shall be understood that all application software services will be provided by the SSP. Although the SSP will provide programming services within this Contract, that in no way relieves the CSI from providing all materials, labor, documentation, etc., including coordination, programming, startup, and testing services, as necessary to ensure the complete system is fully capable of providing all specified functions, whether provided by the CSI or programmed by the SSP. Additional clarifications of responsibilities are provided herein and within related ICS specifications, as it pertains to the relationship between the CSI and the SSP. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-1 • • F. The Contractor shall be ultimately responsible for installation of the ICS. However, the CSI will include installation within the scope of his subcontract to provide for installation of the complete system as specified. The CSI shall also coordinate this work with the Contractor to ensure that the proper type, size, and number of wires with their conduits are provided and installed. This coordination will also ensure that proper electrical power circuits are provided for all components and systems. G. The Contractor's responsibilities, in addition to the CSI's responsibilities, shall be to provide all additional materials and work necessary to supplement the materials and work provided by the CSI; thereby satisfying all requirements that are within ICS specification sections. H. The Contractor shall coordinate structural work, penetrations, painting, etc., as required for installation of a complete ICS. In-line or integrally mounted items (such as flow elements, level sensors, etc.) shall be installed under the supervision of the CSI. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating interfaces between ICS equipment provided under the ICS specification sections and the equipment provided under other sections of the specifications. The Contractor shall verify and coordinate space requirements, process equipment power supply and voltage, process equipment control power supply and voltage, compatibility of control signals, details of equipment installation and interconnection. Coordination shall include distribution of approved shop drawings to all vendors, subcontractors, etc., involved in the control interface. Likewise, the Contractor shall ensure that instrumentation and control devices provided under other sections of the specifications are compatible and of the same quality and characteristics as similar devices specified under the ICS specification sections. 1.2 SCOPE A. The scope listed within this subsection pertains to major items of supply. Refer to the complete Contract Documents for all requirements. B. As part of this scope the City of Clearwater is replacing the Motor Control Center (MCC) at the MCC -9 building. Contractor to review drawings and Bill of Materials and update component list as necessary. C. All instrumentation and equipment noted in the contract drawings will be provided as part of this project. This includes Ethernet switches, Power supplies, electronic overload devices and CAT6 cables connected to the motor control center. D. The Contractor, working in conjunction with the CSI, shall be responsible to provide a complete and operational system in full compliance with the specifications and contract drawings. The CSI shall be responsible for the detailed design, field verification, installation, technical oversight, testing, quality assurance and documentation of all technical details involving instrumentation City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-2 and control for this project. The CSI shall furnish trained personnel on site during any activities requiring installation, calibration, testing or startup of any controls or communications. E. The following items will be provided outside of the CSI contract. This in no way relieves the Contractor or CSI from incorporating these items and providing a complete and functional ICS. The Contractor shall retain the services of McKim & Creed to perform the following for the contract Allowance. 1. PLC programming of control logic functions. This includes control applications for the monitoring and control of the existing fermentation mixers, first anoxic mixers, second anoxic mixers, and internal recycle pumps. This does not include electronic overload device protection's configuration, initial PLC configuration or any test programs to be provided by the CSI as part of the system installation and startup to satisfy testing requirements. 2. SCADA and Historian Server application programming 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Division 16 - Electrical 1. Where electrical subcomponents are to be provided as part of ICS equipment, but for which there is no specification, provide in accordance with Division 16 - Electrical. These subcomponents shall be compatible and of the same quality and characteristics as similar devices specified under Division 16 - Electrical. If possible the same make and/or model supplied under Division 16 shall be provided. 2. The following work shall be provided under Division 16 — Electrical: a. Conduit, raceways, and installation of wire and cable for all instrumentation and control system signal wiring, grounding systems, special cables and network cables except as noted. b. Instrumentation and control system communication field wire. c. Grounding systems for all ICS equipment. d. Mounting of ICS electrical enclosures (i.e. control panels, TVSS boxes, electronic instrumentation, etc.) with exclusion of final measuring elements of instrumentation (i.e. flow tubes, sensors in process piping, etc.) which shall be as coordinated by the Contractor. e. Mount Ethernet switches inside the new MCC to connect all the electronic overload devices using CAT6 Ethernet cable as indicated on the electrical interconnect diagram drawing. f. Provide CAT6 Ethernet cables from the exiting PLC control panel to the new MCC for the new PLC controller, UPS and Power monitor devices as indicated on the electrical interconnect diagram drawing. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-3 g. Provide CAT6 Ethernet cable from the inside MCC interconnect network switches to the new PLC controller device as indicated on the electrical interconnect diagram drawing. h. Coordination with City/Engineer for Ethernet IP list for configuration of the electronic overload devices and power monitor device. The Contractor to provide the electronics devices configuration and data table to SSP for SCADA configuration. Provide one spare of each size/type of electronic overload device. j. Provide a programmable keypad device for configuring and operating the electronics overload device. 1.4 CODES AND STANDARDS A. The ICS shall comply with the National Electric Code, National Electric Safety Code, OSHA, and with all applicable federal, state, county, municipal, and electrical utility codes and regulations, as well as the Contract Documents. In the event of any conflict between these codes, regulations, and Contract Documents, the most restrictive shall apply. B. The Instrumentation and Control System shall comply with the following codes and standards as well as any others within the specifications and drawings. In the event of any conflict between these codes, regulations, standards, and Contract Documents, the most restrictive shall apply. 1. Applicable state, county, and municipal code requirements. 2. Applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a. National Electrical Code (NEC). 3. Applicable standards of the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) a. UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment b. UL 508A Industrial Control Panels 4. Applicable standards of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 5. Applicable standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) a. NEMA 250 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V Maximum) b. NEMA ICS 1 Industrial Control and Systems: General Requirements c. NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Control and Systems 6. Applicable standards of the Instrument Society of America (ISA) a. S5.1 Instrumentation Symbols and Identification b. S5.4 Instrument Loop Diagrams City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-4 c. S20 Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments, Primary Elements, and Control Valves d. TR20.00.01 Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be provided in accordance with the requirements set forth in the General Conditions, Section 01300 — Submittals, and as specified herein. B. Every submittal shall have a separate section entitled "Requested Deviations from ICS Specifications" which shall clearly define and clearly explain all requested deviations and exceptions of the Instrumentation and Control System to this Specification. Only those deviations requests listed in this section will be reviewed. C. After all changes or corrections resulting from the review of the system supplier's drawings have been made, panels may be built and instrumentation devices may be supplied in accordance with the approved drawings. One set of "as shipped" prints shall be included in the panels when shipped from the system supplier's wiring and assembly shop. D. The following major list of submittals shall be provided as a minimum. Major submittals are generally listed in the order they are to be provided. Refer to related ICS specification sections and equipment subsections for additional submittals and submittal requirements. 1. PLC Control Panel and Modifications Submittal 2. Preliminary Operation and Maintenance Manuals 3. Testing Submittal 4. Site Installation Submittal 5. Installation Progress Report Submittal 6. Final Operation and Maintenance Manuals E. PLC Control Panel and Modification Submittal The PLC Control Panel and Modification submittal shall contain a complete system Input/Output (I/O) and termination list for the local control PLC panel. The list shall be sorted first by ISA tag name and second by I/O type (i.e. Al, AO, D1, DO, PI, PO. etc.). The list shall contain as a minimum the following for each active point and spare point: a. Full ISA instrument tag (or "SPARE"). b. Type of I/O (i.e., DI, DO, Al or AO). c. I/O terminal point physical location (panel name, rack, slot, point, etc.). d. I/O point address. e. Point name. f. Terminal Strip and Number City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-5 2. Provide detailed Drawings covering control panels consoles and/or enclosures which shall include: a. Cabinet assembly and layout Drawings to scale. These shall include both front and interior layouts. b. Material, fabrication, and painting specifications. c. Color selection samples for selection by the Engineer. d. Panel wiring diagrams showing all power connections to equipment within and on the panel, combined panel power draw requirements (volts, amps), breaker sizes, fuse sizes, and grounding. This wiring diagram shall be in ladder logic format and shall reference the appropriate loop drawing for continuations or details where required. Show all wire numbers, and terminal block designations 3. Provide detailed loop diagrams on a single 11 -in x 17 -in or 8.5 -In x 11 -in sheet for each monitoring or control loop. The loop diagram shall show all components of the loop both analog, digital, and discrete including all relays, switches, dropping resistors, etc. which are being provided for proper operation. Loop numbers used shall correspond to the loop numbers indicated in the Contract Documents. The format shall be the Instrument Society of America, Standard for Instrument Loop Diagrams, ISA -S5.4 plus the following requirements: a. On each diagram, present a tabular summary of (1) the output capability of the transmitting instrument, (2) the input impedance of each receiving instrument, (3) an estimate of the loop wiring impedance based on wire sizes and approximate length used, (4) the total loop impedance, (5) reserve output capacity. b. Show all interconnecting wiring between equipment, panels, terminal junction boxes and field mounted components. The diagrams shall show all components and panel terminal board identification numbers and all wire numbers. This diagram shall include all intermediate terminations between field elements and panels (e.g. terminal junction boxes). The diagrams shall be coordinated with the electrical contractor and shall bear his mark showing this has been done. c. Show location of all devices. d. Show instrument description showing type, manufacturer, model number, range, set points, and operation (e.g. fail open, open on energize, normally closed, etc.) as applicable. e. Show all instrument loop power or instrument air requirements back to termination on terminal block or bulkhead, fuse block (including fuse size), etc., as applicable.' 4. This submittal shall provide complete documentation of the proposed hardware (PLCs, communications equipment, peripherals, etc.) including: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-6 a. A system block diagram(s) showing in schematic form, the interconnections between major hardware components such as: control centers, panels, consoles, computer and peripheral devices, telemetry equipment, local digital processors and like equipment. The block diagram shall reflect the total integration of all digital devices in the system and shall reflect any man/machine interface locations. All components shall be clearly identified with appropriate cross references to the location of each. The diagram shall reference all interconnecting cabling requirements for digital components of the system including any data communication links. b. Data sheet for each hardware component, listing all model numbers, optional, auxiliary, and ancillary devices that are being provided. The data sheets shall be provided with an index and proper identification and cross referencing. They shall include but not be limited to the following information. 1) Equipment Number and ISA tag number per the Loop Diagrams (as applicable). 2) Product (item) name used herein and on the Contract Drawings. 3) Manufacturers complete model number. 4) Location of the device. 5) Input - output characteristics. 6) Range, size, and graduations. 7) Physical size with dimensions, enclosure NEMA classification and mounting details. 8) Materials of construction of all components. 9) Power supply device sizing calculations where applicable. c. Equipment specification sheets which shall fully describe the device, the intended function, how it operates and its physical environmental and performance characteristics. Each data sheet shall have appropriate cross references to loop or equipment identification tags. As a minimum the specification sheets shall include the following: 1) Dimensions and working clearances. 2) Mounting or installation details. 3) Connection diagrams. 4) Electrical power requirements (volts, amps). 5) Materials of construction. 6) Environmental characteristics. 7) Performance characteristics. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-7 • • • d. The submittal shall also contain all planning information, site preparation instructions, grounding and bonding procedures, cabling diagrams, plug identifications, safety precautions or guards, and equipment layouts in order to enable the Contractor to proceed with the detailed site preparation for all equipment. F. Testing Submittals 1. The test plan shall be submitted after all equipment submittals have been approved by the Owner and/or Engineer. 2. The test plan shall demonstrate that the CSI has designed and configured a system that meets the design specifications. The documents for the test plan shall be structured so that it is easily understood what the inputs are, what the predicted outputs should be, and what the actual outputs are. The test plan should have sign -off and date block for the CSI, the Contractor, and the Owner. 3. The complete test plan should include but not be limited to the following: a. Test assumptions and methods b. Test Equipment List c. Test Personnel Staffing and Qualifications d. Test Schedule with time allotted for each task e. System hardware and software summary. f. Communications test to the various PLCs for Discrete and Analog I/O data transfer. g. 100 percent I/O point test including all spare points based upon the previously submitted System I/O list. h. Functional and Control strategy tests. 4. Test Procedures: Submit the procedures proposed to be followed during the test. Procedures shall include test descriptions, forms, and checklists to be used to control and document the required tests. Testing may not be started until all Testing Submittals have been approved. 5. Test Documentation: Submit a copy of the signed off test procedures upon completion of each required test. G. Operational and Maintenance Manuals 1. Prior to installation of any equipment onsite, preliminary O&M manuals shall have been submitted and approved. No installation of equipment shall be permitted without the Contractor maintaining an updated version of these preliminary O&M manuals onsite for the Owner's and Engineer's use. 2. After all field changes or corrections made during installation and field check out have been completed, then all system supplier documentation, including drawings, shall be revised to reflect the "as installed, corrected and accepted" condition of the system and final record copies of O&M manuals for the system shall be provided to the Owner and Engineer for approval. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-8 • • • 3. Final system documentation shall be provided in 3 -hole type binders of archival quality (e.g. slant D or elliptical binding, vinyl with metal hinge or extra heavy weight vinyl, etc.) with a binding no larger than three (3) inches. Materials shall be printed on 8.5" x 11" or 11" x 17" tear resistant paper or ring reinforced paper where tear resistant is not available. Drawings shall be either folded to fit within an 8.5" x 11" binder or in an 11" x 17" 3 -hole binder. Each binder shall include fifteen percent (15%) spare space for the addition of future material. Tear resistant paper shall be Xerox Never Tear or equal. 4. Final documentation shall also be provided in an electronic format. Electronic documentation shall be organized and provided on CD which shall include all CAD drawings, manuals and word processing documents. Electronic documentation format shall be primarily Adobe .pdf with additional documents provided in AutoCAD, Microsoft Office, HTML or as approved by the Engineer or Owner. Organization of the electronic documentation shall be such as to allow point and click navigation from a table of contents to the particular documents with the ability to return to the table of contents from any location with one mouse click. 5. AutoCAD drawings files shall include all supporting files, symbol libraries and print configurations needed to support future modifications and properly print additional drawing copies. 6. All electronic media (i.e. software, electronic documentation, configuration files/reports, device backups, etc.) shall be provided with two (2) backup copies, each organized into a separate binder. Media storage binders shall include but not be limited to the following: a. Table of contents b. Archival media holders (e.g. CD, DVD, floppy, tape disk, etc.) c. Support contacts (i.e. company, phone, Internet link, etc.) d. Software system requirements and installation instructions 7. Laminated or water/tear resistant copies of all applicable instrumentation and control system drawings shall be supplied in drawing pocket of each control enclosure after "as installed, corrected, and accepted" revisions have been made to the enclosure. 8. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall include but not be limited to the following: a. Manufacturer standard O&M manuals for all equipment and software furnished. b. Custom O&M information describing the specific configuration of equipment and software, and the operation and maintenance requirements for this particular project. c. The manuals shall contain all illustrations, detailed drawings, wiring diagrams and instructions necessary for installing, operating and maintaining the equipment. d. All modifications to manufacturer standard equipment and/or components shall be clearly identified and shown on the drawings City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-9 1 and schematics. All information contained therein shall apply specifically to the equipment fumished and shall only include instructions that are applicable. e. A functional description of the entire system, with references to drawings and instructions. f. A complete "as built" set of all approved shop drawings, which shall reflect all work required to achieve final system acceptance. g. A complete list of the equipment supplied, including serial numbers, ranges, configuration parameters and other pertinent data. h. Full specifications on each item. Detailed service, maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied. Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be clearly defined, along with special calibration and test procedures. k. Complete parts lists with stock numbers and name, address and telephone number of the local supplier. References to manufacturers' standard literature where applicable. m. Warning notes shall be located throughout the manual where such notes are required to prevent accidents or inadvertent misuse of equipment. n. The operating instructions shall clearly describe the step by step procedures that must be followed to implement all phases of all operating modes. The instructions shall be in terms understandable and usable by operating personnel and maintenance crews and shall be useful in the training of such personnel. o. The maintenance instructions shall describe the detailed preventive and corrective procedures required, including environmental requirements during equipment storage and system operation, to keep the System in good operating condition. All hardware maintenance documentation shall make reference to appropriate diagnostics, where applicable, and all necessary wiring diagrams, component drawings and PCB schematic drawings shall be included. J• 1.6 MEETINGS A. The Contractor shall be required to give the Owner and their representatives, at least two weeks notice prior to any scheduled meetings. The notice may be shortened by consent. B. Preliminary Site Testing Meeting: A preliminary site testing meeting shall be conducted by the Contractor for the Owner and Engineer, to insure site readiness, testing strategies and proper coordination between parties related or involved in testing the ICS. The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging the on-site meeting after the Site Testing Plan has been approved and no earlier than 3 weeks prior to testing. The Engineer must be satisfied that the site is City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements • 00992-0232 13100-10 ready and that the testing will be performed to their satisfaction prior to any documented ICS testing being performed. The Contractor shall arrange for detailed meeting minutes to be recorded, approved, and distributed to meeting attendees. Additional meetings may be required at the discretion of the Owner and Engineer to resolve specific action items not addressed in the preliminary site testing meeting. Two weeks prior to the meeting the Contractor shall submit the following for approval. 1. A proposed list of meeting attendees including organization and phone number. 2. A proposed meeting agenda. 3. A list of personnel to be involved in the testing including their responsibilities, qualifications, and phone numbers. 4. A list of tasks requiring Owner, Engineer or outside party involvement in testing. 5. A testing schedule that coordinates the ICS testing with the operability of the specific equipment being tested. C. Additional meetings may be required at the discretion of the Owner and Engineer, to resolve specific action items not addressed in the preliminary design review or preliminary site testing meeting. 1.7 CONTROL SYSTEM INTEGRATOR A. The Control System Integrator shall be regularly engaged in the detailed design, fabrication, installation and startup of instrumentation and control systems for water and wastewater treatment facilities in the state of Florida. Any CSI that has been subject to litigation or the assessment of liquidated damages for nonperformance on any project within the last five calendar years shall not be acceptable. B. Where specific manufacturers and/or models of major hardware or software products (PLC, software, Network Equipment, Wireless Equipment, etc.) are specified to be used on this project, the CSI shall have completed at least one project using that specified hardware or software. As used herein, the term "completed" shall mean that a project has been brought to final completion and final payment has been made. C. Control System Integrators shall meeting the following minimum qualifications: 1. A minimum of 7 years' experience with at least 5 years in water / wastewater projects 2. References for 3 completed projects of like size and application to the project specified herein 3. Project bonding capacity of $2 million 4. UL 508 certified panel shop 5. Electrical contractors license in the project site's state. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements • 00992-0232 13100-11 6. On staff licensed professional engineer capable of being registered in the state of the project and registered in that state, if required to perform engineering services as specified to implement this project. D. The listing of acceptable Control System Integrators in this specification in no way relieves the Control System Integrator from meeting the qualifications specified herein. Acceptable Control System Integrators shall be as follows: 1. Rocha Controls: 5025 W. Rio Vista Ave., Tampa, FL 33634; (813)-628- 5584; www.rochacontrols.com 2. Revere Control Systems: 2240 Rocky Ridge Road, Birmingham, AL, 35216; (205) 824-0004; www.reverecontrol.com E. The Owner shall have the right of access to the CSI's facilities and the facilities of their equipment suppliers to inspect materials and parts, witness inspections, tests and work in progress, and examine applicable design documents, records and certifications during any stage of design, fabrication and tests. The CSI and their equipment suppliers shall furnish office space, supplies and services required for these surveillance activities. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The listing of specific products in this specification in no way relieves the Contractor of furnishing equipment which shall meet the performance and quality criteria specified herein. B. All equipment and materials shall be new and the products of reputable recognized suppliers having adequate experience in the manufacture of these particular items. C. For uniformity, only one manufacturer will be accepted for each type of product. D. All equipment shall be designed for the service intended and shall be of rugged construction, of ample strength for all stresses that may occur during fabrication, transportation, and erection as well as during continuous or intermittent operation. They shall be adequately stayed, braced and anchored and shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Appearance and safety, as well as utility, shall be given consideration in the design of details. E. All components and devices installed shall be standard items of industrial grade, unless otherwise noted, which shall be of sturdy and durable construction and be suitable for long, trouble free service. F. Electronic equipment shall be suitable for the specified environmental conditions. G. Optional or substituted equipment or both requiring changes in details or dimensions required to maintain all structural, mechanical, electrical, control, operating, maintenance or design features incorporated in these specifications and drawings, shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. In the event that the changes are City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-12 necessary, calculations and drawings showing the proposed revisions shall be submitted for approval. The Contractor shall coordinate all changes with other affected trades and contracts and pay all additional charges incurred. 1.9 DEFINITIONS AND ABREVIATIONS A. The following definitions and abbreviations are used throughout the specifications and drawings when referring to instrumentation and control equipment, functions, and service. Definitions and abbreviations are not listed for those used in common industry practice except where to provide explicit meaning. Refer to ISA, IEEE, and other industry standard references for those not listed herein. CSI Control System Integrator ICS Instrumentation and Control System OIT Operator Interface Terminal OWS Operator WorkStation PID Proportional -Integral -Derivative Control SCADA Supervisor Control and Data Acquisition SSP SCADA System Programmer TVSS Transient Voltage Surge Suppression RTU Remote Telemetry Unit PLC Programmable Logic Controller PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All materials, equipment, and devices shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of UL, where UL Standards are established for those items, and the requirements of NFPA-70. All control panels shall comply with the requirements of UL 508A for Industrial Control Panels. All items shall be new and unused unless specified or indicated otherwise. B. Properly store, adequately protect, and carefully handle equipment and materials to prevent damage before and during installation. Handle, store, and protect equipment and materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Replace damaged or defective items. C. All equipment shall be the latest and proven design. Specifications and drawings call attention to certain features, but do not purport to cover all details entering into design. of the instrumentation system. The completed system shall be compatible with functions required and the equipment furnished by the Contractor. D. All electrical components of the system shall operate on 120 volt, single phase, 60 Hz power source, except as otherwise noted in the Specifications. Drawings and City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements III00992-0232 13100-13 specifications indicate the energy sources that will be provided. Any other devices necessary to obtain proper operation of the instrumentation and control system from these energy sources shall be furnished with the system. E. All necessary fuses or switches required by the instrumentation manufacturer for equipment shall be provided with the equipment. All instruments requiring internal power supply shall have internal on-off switches. F. The mechanical, process, and electrical drawings indicate the approximate locations of field instruments, control panels, systems and equipment as well as field mounted equipment provided by others. The instrumentation subcontractor shall examine the mechanical, process and electrical drawings to determine actual size and locations of process connections and wiring requirements for instrumentation and controls furnished under this Contract. The CSI shall inspect all equipment, panels, instrumentation, controls and appurtenances either existing or furnished under other Divisions of the Specifications to determine all requirements to interface same with the ICS. The Contractor shall coordinate the completion of any required modifications with the associated supplier of the item furnished. G. Instrumentation equipment and enclosures shall be suitable for ambient conditions specified. All system elements shall operate properly in the presence of telephone lines, power lines, and electrical equipment. H. Inside control rooms and climate -controlled electrical rooms, the temperature will normally be 20 to 25 degrees C; relative humidity 40 to 80 percent without condensation and the air will be essentially free of corrosive contaminants and moisture. Appropriate air filtering shall be provided to meet environmental conditions (i.e., for dust). Other indoor areas may not be air conditioned/heated; temperatures may range between 0 and 40 degrees C with relative humidity between 40 and 95 percent. J. Field equipment, including instrumentation and panels, may be subjected to wind, rain, lightning, and corrosives in the environment, with ambient temperatures from - 20 to 40 degrees C and relative humidity from 10 to 100 percent. All supports, brackets and interconnecting hardware shall be aluminum, 316 stainless steel, or as shown on the installation detail drawings. 2.2 TOOLS, SUPPLIES, AND SPARE PARTS A. Provide special tools, other than those normally found in an electronic technician's tool box, required to test, diagnose, calibrate, install, wire, connect, disconnect, assemble and disassemble any digital equipment, instrument, panel, rack, cabinet or console mounted equipment for service and maintenance (i.e., connector pin insertion and removal tools, wire crimping tool, special wrenches, special instrument calibrators, indicator lamp insertion and removal tools, etc.). City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-14 B. Provide tools and test equipment together with items such as instruction manuals, carrying/storage cases, unit battery charger where applicable, special tools, calibration fixtures, cord extenders, patch cords and test leads, which are not specified but are necessary for checking field operation of equipment supplied under this Section. C. The CSI shall provide supplies as needed or as required by the Owner during the specified warranty period. All fuses consumed during installation, testing, start-up, the system availability demonstration, and the warranty period shall be replaced by the Contractor. D. Provide spare parts for items of ICS equipment as recommended by the manufacturer and in accordance with the Contract Documents. E. Furnish all spares in moisture -proof boxes designed to provide ample protection for their contents. Label all boxes to clearly identify contents and purpose. F. Refer to individual product specifications for additional requirements specific to those devices. 2.3 SIGNAL TRANSMISSION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing a signal transmission system free from electrical interference that would be detrimental to the proper functioning of the ICS equipment. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating signal types and transmission requirements between the various parties providing equipment under this Contract. This shall include, but not be limited to, distribution of appropriate shop drawings among the equipment suppliers and subcontractors. C. The CSI shall provide 24 VDC power supplies for signals and instruments where applicable and as required inside panels, controls, etc. Where two -wire instruments transmit directly to the instrumentation and control system, the CSI shall provide power supplies at the PLC -equipped control panels for those instruments. Where four -wire instruments with on -board loop power supplies transmit directly to the instrumentation and control system, the CSI shall provide necessary signal isolators or shall otherwise isolate the input from the ICS loop power supply. Similar provisions shall be made when a third element such as a recorder, indicator or single loop controller with integral loop power supply is included in the loop. D. Analog signal transmission between electric or electronic instruments, controllers, and all equipment and control devices shall be individually isolated, linear 4-20 mA and shall operate at 24 VDC. Signal output from all transmitters and controllers shall be current regulated and shall not be affected by changes in load resistance within the unit's rating. All cable shields shall be grounded at one end only, at the control panel, with terminals bonded to the panel ground bus. Analog signal City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-15 isolation and/or conversion shall be provided where necessary to interface with instrumentation, equipment controls, panels and appurtenances. E. Non-standard analog transmission systems such as pulse duration, pulse rate, and voltage regulated shall not be permitted except where specifically noted in the Contract Documents. Where transmitters with nonstandard outputs do occur, their outputs shall be converted to an isolated, linear, 4-20 mA signal. F. All discrete inputs to equipment and PLC's, from field devices, starters, panels, etc., shall be dry contacts in the field device or equipment, powered from the PLCs, unless specified otherwise. Sensing power (wetting voltage) supplied by the PLC shall be 24 VDC. G. All discrete outputs from local control panels and Control and Information System PLCs, to field devices, starters, panels, etc., shall be 120 VAC / 28 VDC 5A dry contacts. Output contacts may be powered from the field equipment, or powered from 24 VDC / 120 VAC sourced from PLCs cabinet power system, as required to interface with field equipment. Outputs to solenoid valves, horns, and strobe lights shall be 120 VAC, powered from the PLC or control panel unless specified or shown otherwise. H. Discrete signals between starters, panels, etc. where 120 VAC is utilized shall be clearly identified in the starter, panel, etc. as being powered from a different power supply, than other starter/panel components. Where applicable, warning signs shall be affixed inside the starter, panel, etc., stating that the panel is energized from multiple sources. Output contacts in the starter, panel, etc. which are powered from other locations shall be provided with special tags and/or color coding. Disconnecting terminal strips shall be provided for such contacts. The above requirements shall apply to all starters and panels, regardless of supplier. 2.4 NAMEPLATES A. All items of equipment listed in the instrument schedule, control panels, and all items of digital hardware shall be identified with nameplates. Each nameplate shall be located so that it is readable from the normal observation position and is clearly associated with the device or devices it identifies. Nameplates shall be positioned so that removal of the device for maintenance and repair shall not disturb the nameplate. Nameplates shall include the equipment identification number and description. Abbreviations of the description shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. B. Nameplates shall be made of 1/16 inch thick machine engraved laminated phenolic plastic having white numbers and letters not less than 3/16 inch high on a black background. Nameplates shall be attached to metal equipment by stainless steel screws and to other surfaces by an epoxy based adhesive that is resistant to oil and moisture. In City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements • 00992-0232 13100-16 cases where the label cannot be attached by the above methods, it shall be drilled and attached to the associated device by means of stainless steel wire. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The CSI shall provide the Contractor a periodic written report detailing progress of start-up. This report shall include specific tabulations of devices on which start-up has been completed. B. Equipment shall be located so that it is accessible for operation and maintenance. The CSI shall examine the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for various items of equipment in order to determine the best arrangement for the work as a whole, and shall supervise the installation of ICS equipment. C. Instrumentation and Control System equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The locations of equipment, transmitters, alarms and similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be as approved by the Engineer during construction. Obtain in the field, all information relevant to the placing of process control work and in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Engineer and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. D. The CSI shall investigate each space in the building through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. If necessary, the CSI shall be required to ship his material in sections sized to permit passing through restricted areas in the building. The CSI shall also investigate, and make any field modifications to the allocated space for each cabinet, enclosure and panel, to assure proper space and access (front, rear, side). E. Two complete sets of approved shop drawings shall be kept at the job site during all on-site construction. Both sets shall be identically marked up to reflect any modifications made during field installation or start-up. All markings shall be verified and initialed by the Engineer or his designated representative. Following completion of installation and the operational readiness test, one set of the marked up drawings shall be provided to the Engineer, the other retained by the CSI for incorporation of the mark-ups into final as -built documentation. F. All work shall be in strict accordance with codes and local rulings, should any work be performed contrary to said rulings, ordinances and regulations, the Contractor shall bear full responsibility for such violations and assume all costs arising there from. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements • 00992-0232 13100-17 G. Brackets and hangers required for mounting of equipment shall be provided. They shall be installed in a workmanlike manner and not interfere with any other equipment. H. The Contractor shall take steps to keep electrical and control enclosures clean and free of contaminants throughout installation. Cleaning after installation is not acceptable. Under no circumstances are electrical and control enclosures to be cleaned using compressed air to blow out dust, causing contaminants to be forced into sensitive electronics. Provisions shall be made to completely capture filings (metal, etc.) when drilling into enclosures, to prevent contamination of electrical equipment. J. Upon completion of the instrumentation and control work, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all soiled surfaces of installed equipment and materials and remove all surplus materials, rubbish, and debris that has accumulated during the construction work. The entire area shall be left neat, clean, and acceptable to the Owner. 3.2 WIRING AND GROUNDING A. The following wiring practice guidelines shall be used in order to minimize ground loops, to minimize electromagnetic interference/radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI) to this equipment, and to provide maximum practical immunity from damage resulting from lightning -induced transients. B. Common wires or conductors shall not be utilized (either within panels or external to panels or for grounding of field devices) for both signal shield or signal grounding and for safety grounds. C. Exposed wire lengths extending from within shielded signal cables shall be minimized to reduce pick-up of EMI/RFI by signal circuits. Exposed lengths of less than one inch are preferred, and a maximum exposed length of two inches may be permitted where necessary. No splicing of signal wires is permitted. D. All signal wiring shall be shielded, both within panels and external to panels. Unless otherwise specified, all signal wiring shall be No. 16 AWG stranded tinned two - conductor twisted pair, with 100 percent coverage aluminized Mylar or aluminized polyester shield and tinned copper drain wire. E. Signal wiring within outdoor or indoor field device enclosures shall conform to the same requirements as panel wiring. F. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from source to destination, and grounded at one end only. In general, grounding of signal cable shields shall be done at the control panel end. The signal cable for no signal shall share a common cable shield grounding wire with the signal cable shield for any other signal, and shall not share a common grounding wire with any other circuit. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements • 00992-0232 13100-18 The length of no signal cable shield grounding wire shall not exceed two inches, with less than one -inch maximum length preferred. G. All outdoor instruments and all outdoor enclosures shall be grounded using the practice defined in Section 800.40 of the National Electric Code. 3.3 TESTING, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The CSI shall test all equipment hardware and software at the factory prior to shipment. As a minimum, testing shall include the following: 1. Factory Acceptance Testing (FAT) 2. Operational Readiness Testing (ORT). 3. System Acceptance Testing (SAT). B. Each test shall be in the cause and effect format. The person conducting the test shall initiate an input (cause) and, upon the system's or subsystem's producing the correct result (effect), the specific test requirement will have been satisfied. C. All tests shall be conducted in accordance with prior Engineer approved procedures, forms, and check lists. Each specific test to be performed shall be described and a space provided after it for sign off by the appropriate party after its satisfactory completion. D. Copies of these sign off test procedures, forms, and check lists will constitute the required test documentation. E. Provide all special testing materials and equipment. Wherever possible, perform tests using actual process variables, equipment, and data. Where it is not practical to test with real process variables, equipment, and data; provide suitable means of simulation. Define these simulation techniques in the test procedures. F. The Contractor shall require the CSI to coordinate all of his testing with him, all affected Subcontractors, and the Owner. G. The Engineer reserves the right to test or retest all specified functions whether or not explicitly stated in the prior approved test procedures. H. The Engineer's decision shall be final regarding the acceptability and completeness of all testing. The CSI shall furnish the services of servicemen, all special calibration and test equipment, and labor to perform the field tests. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-19 • • 3.4 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTING (FAT) A. The entire system except for primary elements, final control elements, and field mounted transmitters, shall be interconnected and tested to ensure the system will operate as specified. All analog and discrete input/output points not interconnected at this time shall be simulated to ensure proper operation of all alarms, monitoring devices/functions, and control devices/functions. B. All panels and assemblies shall be inspected and tested to verify that they are in conformance with related submittals, specifications, and Contract Drawings. C. Factory acceptance testing shall take place over a contiguous time period after all factory fabrication has been completed. D. The test shall verify the functionality, performance, and stability of the hardware and configuration. The system must operate continually for 24 hours without failure before the test shall be judged successful. All deficiencies identified during testing shall be corrected and retested prior to the beginning this continuous operation test. E. Successful completion of this test, as determined by the ENGINEER, shall be the basis for approval of the system to be shipped to the site. No equipment shall be shipped until the ENGINEER has reviewed all test results, and approved the system as ready for shipment. F The ENGINEER and the OWNER reserve the right to attend the factory acceptance testing in its entirety. Two weeks notice shall be given prior to the start of testing. 3.5 OPERATIONAL READINESS TESTING (ORT) A. The entire system shall be certified (inspected, calibrated, tested, and documented) that it is ready for operation. Each specified function shall be verified on a paragraph -by -paragraph, loop -by -loop and site -by -site basis. B. The Owner and/or Engineer reserves the right to witness any test, inspection, calibration, or start-up activity. Acceptance by the Engineer of any plan, report, or documentation relating to any testing or commissioning activity specified herein, shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for meeting all specified requirements. C. The CSI shall provide the services of factory trained technicians, tools and equipment to field calibrate, test, inspect and adjust each instrument to its specified performance requirement in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and instructions. Any instrument which fails to meet any contract requirements, or any published manufacturer performance specification for functional and operational parameters, shall be repaired or replaced, at the discretion of the Engineer, at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall bear all costs and provide all personnel, equipment and materials necessary to City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements • 00992-0232 13100-20 implement all installation tests and inspection activities for equipment specified herein. D. Each instrument shall be calibrated at 0, 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent of span using test instruments to simulate inputs and read outputs. Test instruments shall be rated to an accuracy of at least five (5) times greater than the specified accuracy of the instrument being calibrated. Where applicable, such test instruments shall have accuracies as set forth by the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST). E. The CSI shall provide a written calibration sheet to the Engineer for each instrument, certifying that it has been calibrated to its published specified accuracy. The Contractor shall submit proposed calibration sheets for various types of instruments for Engineer approval prior to the start of calibration. This sheet shall include but not be limited to date, instrument tag numbers, calibration data for the various procedures described herein, name of person performing the calibration, a listing of the published specified accuracy, permissible tolerance at each point of calibration, calibration reading as finally adjusted within tolerance, defect noted, corrective action required and corrections made. F. If doubt exists as to the correct method for calibrating or checking the calibration of an instrument, the manufacturer's printed recommendations shall be used as an acceptable standard, subject to the approval of the Engineer. G. Upon completion of calibration, devices calibrated hereunder shall not be subjected to sudden movements, accelerations, or shocks, and shall be installed in permanent protected positions not subject to moisture, dirt, and excessive temperature variations. Caution shall be exercised to prevent such devices from being subjected to over -voltage, incorrect voltages, overpressure or incorrect air. Damaged equipment shall be replaced and recalibrated at no cost to the Owner. H. After completion of instrumentation installation and calibration, the CSI shall perform a loop check. The Contractor shall submit final loop test results with all instruments listed in the loop. Loop test results shall be signed by all representatives involved for each loop test. Loop/Component Inspections and Tests: The entire system shall be checked for proper installation, calibrated, and adjusted on a loop -by -loop and component -by -component basis to ensure that it is in conformance with related submittals and the Contract Documents. 1. The Loop/Component Inspections and Tests shall be implemented using Engineer approved forms and check lists. 2. The Contractor shall require the CSI to maintain the Loop Status Reports and Components Calibration sheets at the job -site and make them available to the Engineer/Owner at any time. 3. These inspections and tests do not require witnessing. However, the Engineer will review and initial all Loop Status Sheets and Component City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-21 Calibration Sheets and spot-check their entries periodically and upon completion of the Operational Readiness Tests. Any deficiencies found shall be corrected. 3.6 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE TEST (SAT) A. Successful completion of the operational readiness test, as determined by the Owner and/or Engineer, shall be the basis for starting the witnessed system acceptance test. The Engineer shall approve the ORT test results and the Engineer and Owner shall be given two weeks notice prior to the start of the System Acceptance Test. B. The system acceptance test shall repeat loop and functional testing done during the operational readiness test in order to demonstrate to the Owner and Engineer that the system has been started up, is operating, and is in compliance with these Specifications. Each specified function shall be demonstrated on a paragraph -by -paragraph, loop -by -loop and site -by -site basis. C. The following documentation shall be made available to the Engineer during the test: 1. All Contract Drawings and Specifications, addenda, and change orders. 2. Master copy of the test procedure. 3. One copy of all O&M Manuals shall be made available to the Engineer at the job -site both before and during testing. D. Any malfunction during the tests shall be analyzed, and corrections made by the CSI. The Engineer and/or Owner will determine whether any such malfunctions are sufficiently serious to warrant a repeat of this test. E. After all functions have been tested and all corrections made, the system shall operate continuously for 15 days without failure before this test will be considered successful. F The total availability of the system shall be greater than 99.5 percent during this test period. Availability shall be defined as "Avail. = (Total Time -Down Time,) / Total Time x 100%". Down times due to power outages or other factors outside the normal protection devices or back-up power supplies provided, shall not contribute to the availability test times above. 3.7 TRAINING A. The CSI shall provide project specific classroom training at the Owners site or designated location. Training shall be provided for the operation and maintenance of all equipment provided, as well as site specific installation configuration training for the system as a whole. B. Each student shall be provided with training materials. All training materials shall be provided in hardcopy as well as on a training CD, with all materials in Microsoft City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements • 00992-0232 13100-22 Office or Adobe pdf file format. All training CD's shall be updated with final configuration information and resubmitted for approval. Final CD media shall be archival quality. C. The owner reserves the right to video tape any and all training sessions for the purposes of future or refresher training. D. To facilitate the Owner's operations staff scheduling, training shall be conducted in two (2) four-hour sessions, a morning session and an afternoon session. Morning and afternoon sessions will cover the same material on a given day. The training shall consist of one (1) day minimum with (2) sessions per day. E. Maintenance training shall be provided to designated maintenance personnel, so that each component may be maintained without the assistance of outside organizations. The training shall be extensive so that after training, personnel shall be able to identify component malfunctions and repair components to the board/module replacement level. Training shall cover the entire system including controls and field equipment. F. Maintenance training shall be conducted in one (1) session, with a minimum of 8 hours of instruction. G. Under the scope of this project, the System Integrator will not be responsible for providing PLC and HMI control programming and logic. Specific training should therefore include, but not be limited to: system architecture and interconnection, wiring, field instrumentation and PLC hardware including maintenance and trouble -shooting. H. Refer to related specification sections for additional training requirements. Training sessions shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Owner before final acceptance will be provided. All training sessions will require two (2) identical sessions (morning and afternoon) to accommodate the three (3) shifts. 3.7 WARRANTY A. The warranty for the ICS shall be provided as specified in the City of Clearwater Section III — 6.12 — Contractors General Warranty and Guarantee, and as specified herein. The warranty period for this system shall be for one year and shall begin upon acceptance of the complete system by the Owner. During this warranty period, the CSI shall provide, at no additional cost to the Owner, the services of a trained, competent, field service engineer who shall arrive on site within 36 hours of notification by the Owner or Engineer, to repair and/or replace any faulty device or equipment supplied by the system supplier as part of this Instrumentation and Control System. All preventive and corrective activities shall be documented with service reports, which shall identify the equipment being serviced, state the condition of the equipment, describe all work performed, and City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-23 • • list materials used. A copy of all service reports shall be delivered to the Owner on or before the next business day. B. The CSI shall be capable of providing, after the warranty period for this system expires, a 1 -year renewable service contract whereby a trained, competent field service engineer shall arrive on site within 36 hours of notification by the Owner. Information relative to charges for such service and availability of such service shall be submitted to the Owner and the Engineer. C. Components shall be furnished to the manufacturer's standard for service intended, unless otherwise indicated in the Specifications or on the Contract Drawings. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT General Requirements 00992-0232 13100-24 SECTION 13110 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL, CONTROL ENCLOSURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish, modify, test, install and place into satisfactory operation all control enclosures (i.e. field panels, control panels, cabinets, consoles, boxes, etc.) required to provide a complete and operable Instrumentation and Control System (ICS) as specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings, even if each needed item is not specifically specified or shown. B. The Contractor shall also be responsible to provide modifications to existing control panels as described herein. Modifications to existing control panels shall also conform to the requirements of these specifications. C. New control enclosures and/or subpanels shall be assembled, wired and tested in the CSI's own facilities, unless specified otherwise. D. All components and all necessary accessories (e.g. mounting hardware, conditioning equipment, TVSS, fuses, circuit breakers, terminals, ground bars, relays, contactors, starters, indicators, control operators, power supplies, signal conditioning, connectors, digital hardware, etc.) that may be required to complete the system, shall be provided. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, the requirements of specification Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements and the sections referenced therein shall be applied. B. Instrumentation and Controls Schedules. Refer to Instrumentation Schedule and PLC Input/Output Schedule Attachments for a listing of major equipment, enclosure construction and signal monitoring requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Specification 01340 — Shop Drawings, Project Data and Samples and as specified in Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. All enclosures shall fit within the allocated space shown on the drawings where applicable. The Contractor shall examine plans and/or field inspect new and existing structures as required to determine installation requirements and shall City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT Control Enclosures . 00992-0232 13110-1 coordinate the installation of all enclosures with the Owner and all affected contractors. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with installation of enclosures, including repair of damage to structures (incidental, accidental or unavoidable). B. A minimum estimated size is shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall furnish enclosures of the size and quantity required to house the manufacturers' equipment supplied and all other electrical components installed in the enclosure. In addition, provide useful space and power supply capacity as spare for future expandability to a minimum of one (1) item per item type installed or twenty percent (20%) of quantity of each type item installed, whichever yields the greater spare space. C. Enclosures (cabinets, panels, boxes, etc.) shall be formed or welded construction, reinforced with Unistrut, Powerstrut or equal to facilitate mounting of internal components or equipment. Sufficient access plates and doors shall be provided to facilitate maintenance and testing of the supplier's equipment. Doors shall be removable. Enclosures with any dimension thirty-six (36) inches or greater shall be provided with removable lifting lugs designed to facilitate safe moving and lifting of the panel during installation. No screws or bolts shall protrude through from the interior enclosure. D. All enclosures shall be free from dirt, grease and burrs, and shall be treated with a phosphatizing metal conditioner (phosphate conversion coating) before painting. All surfaces shall be filled, sanded, and finish coated by spraying a 1-2 mil epoxy prime coat and smooth, level, high, grade texture finish between flat and semi -gloss shine. The colors shall be selected by the Owner from a minimum of six (6) color samples provided. All stainless steel enclosures shall be polished to a No. 4 finish. E. Enclosures shall be prefabricated cabinets and panels by Hoffman, Rittal or Vynkier. The contractor may optionally provide enclosures custom fabricated by a reputable panel fabrication shop acceptable by the Engineer. F. Each panel shall incorporate a removable back panel on with control components shall be mounted. Back panels shall be secured to the enclosures with collar studs. All components shall be of the highest industrial quality and securely mounted to the removable back panels with screw and lock washers. Back panels shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self -tapping screws shall not be used to mount any component. G. All enclosures with any dimension twenty-four (24) inches or larger shall be provided with drawing pockets for as -built panel drawings. One (1) laminated copy of the appropriate panel as -built drawings shall be furnished and left in the pocket of each panel. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT Control Enclosures 00992-0232 13110-2 H. All metallic enclosures with door mounted equipment shall have the door grounded by means of flexible ground strap. The enclosure and all interior and exterior equipment shall be identified with nameplates. The equipment shall be mounted such that service can occur without removal of other equipment. Panel mounted equipment shall be flush or semi -flush mounted with flat black escutcheons. All equipment shall be accessible such that adjustments can be made while the equipment is in service and operating. All enclosures shall fit within the allocated space as shown on the Contract Drawings. J. Enclosures shall provide mounting for UPS, power supplies, control equipment, input / output subsystems, panel mounted equipment and appurtenances. Ample space shall be provided between equipment to facilitate servicing and cooling. Enclosures shall be sized to adequately dissipate heat generated by equipment mounted inside the panel. Louvered openings fitted with dust filters near the bottom and top of the cabinet shall be provided for NEMA 12 enclosures. If required, cabinets shall be provided with filtered fans, heat exchangers or air conditioners. Only closed loop cooling systems shall be provided for NEMA 4X cabinets. Cooling systems shall be by the cabinet fabricator, McLean Midwest, Noren Products, or approved equal. K. Enclosures shall be provided with a main circuit breaker and a circuit breaker on each individual branch circuit distributed from the panel. Main breaker and branch breaker sizes shall be coordinated such that an overload in a branch circuit will trip only the branch breaker but not the main breaker. Circuit breakers shall be provided for the following internal branch circuits distributed within the panel: 1. Receptacles and power strips 2. Lighting 3. UPS 4. HVAC equipment L. Enclosures shall be provided with 120 volt duplex receptacles for service equipment and fluorescent service lights. Loads not requiring transient voltage surge suppression (i.e. receptacles, lighting, HVAC, branch circuits to remote equipment, etc.) shall be connected ahead of the enclosure TVSS device. M. Locate equipment, devices, hardware, power supplies, instrumentation and controls, electrical equipment and wiring to be installed inside the enclosures and/or as facial features on the enclosures, so that connections can be easily made and so that there is ample room for servicing each item. Every component in and on the enclosures shall be able to be removed individually without affecting the other components and without the need to move other components. Support and restrain all internally, as well as panel mounted components to prevent any movement. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT Control Enclosures 00992-0232 13110-3 N. All cabinets and/or enclosures shall be NEMA rated for the environment in which it is to be installed and as noted in the Drawings. O. Materials and equipment used shall be U.L. approved wherever such approved equipment and materials are available. P Control panels shall be built in accordance with UL508A Industrial Control Panels and NEC Article 409 Industrial Control Panels. Control panels for areas classified as Hazardous shall be built in accordance with UL698 Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous Locations. Control panels shall be UL508A and/or UL698 labeled and marked as defined in NEC 409.110 with the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and contact information (i.e. address, phone, website, email, etc.). 2. Supply voltage, phase, frequency and full -load current. 3. Short-circuit current rating of the industrial panel based on one of the following: 4. Short-circuit current rating of a listed and labeled assembly 5. Short-circuit current rating established utilizing an approved method 6. Electrical wiring diagram numbers or the index sheet to the electrical wiring diagrams. 7. The enclosure type number (i.e. NEMA 1A, 3R, 12, 4X, 7, 9, etc.) 8. If the industrial control panel is intended as service equipment, it shall be marked to identify it as being suitable for use as service equipment. Q. All work shall be performed in a professional manner and in consideration of allowing ease of future troubleshooting and maintenance. All equipment should be mounted so as to minimize crowding within the panel. All devices shall be mounted and wired in a neat and workmanlike manner. Each component shall be prominently identified with the use of permanent engraved legend plates. R. Grounding: All suppressors shall be grounded per the suppressor manufacturer's recommendations. Furnish control panels with an integral copper grounding bus for connection of suppressors and other required instrumentation. Provide single -point connection of all grounds to grounding bus using the shortest possible path. Each grounded object shall have a separate connection to the ground bus. Do not connect cable shields to suppressor ground terminal or daisy -chain ground connections. Provide 1 -inch wide by 1/8 -inch thick copper ground bus as a minimum. 2.2 TOOLS, SUPPLIES, AND SPARE PARTS A. Tools, supplies, and spare parts shall be provided as specified in Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements and as specified for each equipment item. In addition, the following items shall be provided. 1. One (1) of each type of panel mounted equipment (i.e., indicators, signal converters, etc.) provided under this Contract. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT Control Enclosures 00992-0232 13110-4 2. Three (3) of each type of interposing relay provided under this Contract. 3. One (1) of each type of power TVSS device used 4. Five (5) of each type of signal TVSS device used 5. Two (2) of each type of communication TVSS device used. B. Outdoor Enclosures 1. All outdoor enclosures shall be rated NEMA 4X, constructed of 316 stainless steel with a white powder epoxy coating finish unless specified otherwise. Outdoor enclosures shall have a hinged and gasketed door. Door latches shall be all stainless steel, fast operating clamp assemblies (quick release), which do not require bolts or screws to secure. Gaskets shall be polyurethane. 2. Outdoor panels shall be fitted with pad -lockable latch kits. 3. Outdoor enclosures with internal digital electronics, exterior indicators, or exterior indicator lights shall have external sun shields or sun shades, constructed of the same materials as the associated enclosure, unless otherwise specified. 4. Outdoor enclosures shall be designed for ambient conditions of -15 to 50°C and twenty to ninety-five percent (20% - 95%) relative humidity, unless otherwise specified. Outdoor enclosures shall be provided with thermostatically controlled space heaters to provide condensation protection. C. Indoor Enclosures 1. Indoor enclosures located in the same area (i.e. room, etc.) as open process tanks, open process channels, closed process piping or process equipment containing wet liquids or possible airborne powders, shall be rated NEMA 4X, constructed of 316 stainless steel, fiberglass, fiberglass reinforced polyester, or polycarbonate, unless specified otherwise. Enclosures shall have a hinged and gasketed door. Door latches shall be all stainless steel, fast operating clamp assemblies (quick release) which do not require bolts or screws to secure. Gaskets shall be polyurethane. 2. Indoor enclosures located in a dry or environmentally controlled area (Le. electrical room, etc.) shall be NEMA 12 steel, unless specified otherwise. Enclosures shall have a hinged and gasketed door. Door latches shall be 3 point door latch with handle for all enclosures with a dimension of 24 inches or larger, or otherwise shall be fast operating clamp assemblies which do not require bolts or screws to secure. Gaskets shall be polyurethane. 3. Indoor enclosures in a non -air conditioned space shall be designed for ambient conditions of 0 to 40°C and twenty to ninety-five percent (20% - 95%) relative humidity, unless otherwise specified. Indoor enclosures in an air conditioned space shall be designed for ambient conditions of 20 to 30°C and twenty to eighty-five percent (20% - 85%) relative humidity, unless otherwise specified. D. Terminals 1. Terminal blocks shall be assembled on non-current carrying galvanized steel DIN mounting rails, securely bolted to the cabinet sub -panel. Terminals shall be of the screw down pressure plate type as manufactured City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT Control Enclosures 00992-0232 13110-5 • • by Allen Bradley, Phoenix Contact, Wieland, Square D, or equal. Power terminal blocks shall be single tier with a minimum rating of 600 volts, 30 amps. Signal terminal blocks shall be single tier with a minimum rating of 600 volts, 20 amps. 2. Fused terminal blocks or miniature thermal circuit breaker terminal blocks shall be supplied for protection and isolation of enclosed equipment, or as specified in the Contract documents. Blown fuse indicators shall be provided and/or tripped breaker status shall be clearly visible. Fused or miniature thermal circuit breaker terminal blocks shall be provided for, but not limited to each of the following: a. Each PLC module requiring external power b. Each piece of equipment provided with a power supply (integral, internal or external) with the exception of devices with internal fusing plugged into a receptacle. c. Terminals shall be marked with a black waterproof, permanent, continuous marking strip. One side of each terminal shall be reserved exclusively for field incoming conductors. Common connections and jumpers required for internal wiring shall not be made on the field side of the terminal. E. Wiring 1. All wiring shall be bundled and run open or enclosed in vented plastic wireway, as required. All conductors run open shall be bundled and bound with nylon cable ties, at regular intervals, with intervals not to exceed 12 inches. Adequately support and restrain all wiring runs to prevent sagging or other movement. Care shall be taken to separate communication, network, electronic signal, AC discrete signal, DC discrete signal and power wiring. Wiring to equipment mounted on doors or where movement of the equipment will take place, shall be installed in nylon spiral wrapping sheaths. 2. Wires shall be color coded as follows: a. Equipment Ground - GREEN b. 120 VAC Power Distribution - BLACK c. 120 VAC Power Neutral - WHITE d. 120 VAC Control (Internally Powered) - RED e. 120 VAC Control (Externally Powered) - YELLOW f. 24 VAC Control - ORANGE g. DC Power (+) - BLUE h. DC Power (-) — BLUE/WHITE DC Control - BLUE j. Analog Signal (+) - BLACK k. Analog Signal (-) — WHITE 3. All wiring shall comply with accepted standard instrumentation and electrical practices. Field wiring for power, control and signal wires shall comply with Division 16 of the specifications. For each pair of parallel terminal blocks, the field wiring shall be between the blocks. 4. Internal panel wiring shall be as follows: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT Control Enclosures • 00992-0232 13110-6 a. AC power wiring: 14 AWG minimum, stranded copper conductors, THHN/THHW wire rated for 600 volts and 90 °C. For wiring carrying more than 15 amps, use sizes required by NEC. b. AC control and dc power and control wiring: 16 AWG minimum, stranded copper conductors, THHN/THHW wire rated for 600 volts and 90 °C. c. Instrument signal wiring: 18 AWG stranded conductors, tinned copper, twisted pair or triad, overall one hundred percent (100%) aluminum foil shield with 20 AWG stranded drain wire, plenum rated 300V 60°C FEP insulated wire with FEP jacket, equal to Belden 88760. d. All stranded wire shall have a minimum of sixteen (16) strands, except for drain wires. F. Identification 1. Provide a laminated black nameplate with beveled edges and 1/2 inch white letters to identify each console, panel or cabinet on the front of the enclosure. 2. Provide laminated, beveled edge, plastic legend plates and nameplates, with 1/4 inch letters, for each front panel mounted device as shown on the Drawings. Legend plates and nameplates shall be the size as shown on the Drawings. Color shall be black lettering on white background except caution/warning nameplates which shall be white lettering on a red background. Attach front panel nameplates with both a permanent adhesive and stainless steel machine screws into tapped holes. 3. Tag all interior instruments and other components with engraved, laminated plastic nameplates with 1/8 inch, minimum, lettering. Legends shall be consistent with wiring and layout drawings. Nameplates shall be attached with permanent adhesive to the panel, near the device or on the device itself or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. 4. Number and Zabel each wire in the systems. Every unique wiring node shall have its own individual unique number. Numbers shall be shown on all submitted drawings. All wires shall be labeled at each termination and junction of the wire and at 30 inch intervals along the wire. All multi - conductor cables shall be labeled at each end and at 30 -inch intervals with CBL -XXX and also label each conductor at both ends. Labeling shall be self laminating white/transparent self extinguishing vinyl strips (Brady DAT 7 292 or equal) with clear heat shrink tubing over the markers. Length shall be sufficient to provide at least two and one-half (2 %) wraps. All labels shall be machine -printed with wire and/or cable numbers. G. Accessories 1. Control operators such as pushbuttons (PB), selector switches (SS), and pilot lights (PL) shall be Allen Bradley 800H, Square D Company Type SK or equal. Control operators shall be 30.5 mm, round, heavy-duty, oil tight NEMA 4X corrosion resistant. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT Control Enclosures 00992-0232 13110-7 • • 2. Pushbuttons and selector switches shall be non -illuminated, spring release type. Pushbuttons shall include a full guard. Panic stop/alarm pushbuttons shall be red mushroom type with manual -pull release. Pilot lights shall be of the proper control voltage, LED type (indoor) and lamp type (outdoor). 3. Control operators shall have legend plates as specified herein, indicated on the Contract Drawings, or otherwise directed by the Engineer. Legend plates shall be plastic, white field (background) with black lettering. Engraved nameplates shall be securely fastened above each control operator. If adequate space is not available, the nameplate shall be mounted below the operator. 4. Control operators for all equipment shall be as specified herein and of the same type and manufacturer unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Contract Drawings. Modifications to existing panels using control operators and indicators of the same type and manufacturer shall be allowed with Engineer's approval. 5. Where required to interface between motor control centers, equipment controls, and control panels, interposing relays and associated control wiring circuitry shall be furnished and installed to provide the monitoring and/or control functions specified herein. Interposing relays shall be miniature type with DPDT contacts rated a minimum 10 amp @ 120 VAC, push -to -test button, and status indicator. Relay coils shall be 120/240 VAC or 24 VDC as required. Relays shall be as manufactured by Idec, Square D, Omron, Allen-Bradley or approved equal. 6. Digital Indicators shall be provided to indicate rates and readings in digital format and true engineering units. Indicators shall accept a 4-20 mA input signal and shall be programmable through the front panel to provide scaling, calibration, options and accessories. Units shall be 4 digit minimum with red LED indication, 120 VAC power. Digital Indicators shall be Precision Digital, Red Lion or approved equal. H. Power Supplies 1. Each control panel shall be provided with a minimum of one 24 VDC power supply. Power supplies shall be enclosed and sized per the guidelines of UL508 and UL508A. Power supplies shall be Phoenix Contact, Model Quint -PS -X, or approved equal. 2. External PLC power supplies provided for loop and/or PLC power shall be redundant and alarm to the PLC upon failure. Transient Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS) 1. Transient voltage surge suppressors shall be provided at the following minimum locations: a. At any connections between AC power and electrical and electronic equipment, including panels, assemblies and field mounted instruments. b. At both ends of all analog signal circuits that have any portion of the circuit extending outside of a protecting building. c. At both ends of all copper -based communications cables that extend outside of a building. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT Control Enclosures 411) 00992-0232 13110-8 d. At all specified spare analog inputs and outputs in PLCs and RTUs. 1. These protective devices shall be external to and installed in addition to any protective devices built into the equipment. Power and signal protection shall be installed in either in a NEMA 4X enclosure or in the enclosure that houses the equipment to be protected. 2. All surge arrestors shall be mounted and wired per the manufacturer's recommendations including local grounding for surge energy dissipation. For surge suppressors use No. 8 cable for ground connection or install suppressor directly on ground bus using grounding screw. Provide 1 -inch wide by 1/8 -inch thick copper ground bus as a minimum. 3. Panel -mounted power circuit protectors shall be provided in all enclosures powered by 120 VAC. The protector shall be a 3 -stage hybrid, solid-state power line protector with noise filtering, common mode and normal mode suppression and nanosecond reaction time. The unit shall include a replaceable fuse to remove the load (protected equipment) from the line if the unit is either overloaded or the internal protection fails. TVSS devices shall be DEHN 952 210 (DG M TN 150). 4. Panel -mounted signal circuit protectors shall be made for mounting on a terminal block rail. Each TVSS shall include a moveable grounding Zink to allow each signal cable shield to be individually grounded to the panel via the mounting rail through the TVSS for that cable without the use of any additional grounding wire or to be isolated from ground at the TVSS. Each mounting rail shall be grounded to the panel by the use of rail mounting screws at approximately one -foot intervals. Protection shall be from line to line and from each line to ground. Protection shall also be from shield to ground where the shield is not grounded at the protector. Each TVSS shall have the ability to protect against surge currents greater than 10,000 amperes. Each TVSS shall add no more than 22 ohms per signal wire to the total signal loop resistance of the analog signal loop in which it is installed. TVSSs shall not introduce error -producing ground loop currents into the instrumentation signal circuits. TVSS devices shall be 919 921 (DCO RK ME 24). 5. Signal circuit TVSS for 2 -wire field instruments shall be a conduit connected/pipe nipple type and shall have characteristics equal to the panel mounted devices. Units shall be mounted to a transmitter conduit entry point where available. When not available or practical, then these devices shall be mounted in NEMA 4X enclosures located at the field devices. TVSS devices shall be 929 921(DPI ME 24 N A2G) 6. Signal circuit TVSS for 4 -wire field instruments shall be a separate enclosure unit capable of providing protection on both the power and signal side. The unit shall contain the characteristics of the line power protector and signal circuit protectors discussed above. Units shall be enclosed in a manufacturer assembled NEMA 4X polycarbonate enclosure with a clear polycarbonate cover. TVSS devices shall be EDCO SLAC -12036, Phoenix Contact or approved equal. 7. TVSS devices antenna cable signal protection shall be an in-line panel mount type unit rated for 50 Ohms and with dc blocking. Unit shall be rated for the appropriate frequency range and have an insertion loss of 0.1 dB. TVSS device shall be a DEHN 929 045 (DGA AG N). City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT Control Enclosures 00992-0232 13110-9 8. TVSS device specifications and ratings for signal or communications types not defined herein shall be as specified elsewhere or of a type recommended by the manufacturer of the device being protected. TVSS devices shall be DEHN, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REQUIREMENTS: A. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, refer to Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements. B. Floor mounted enclosures shall be installed on 1/4 inch thick rubber type pads. These pads shall completely cover the area of the base that is against the floor. C. Keep enclosures clean at all times. Keep enclosures doors closed except when actually working in the enclosure. Protect all equipment during installation, including hole punching for conduit connection. Remove all filings and thread cuttings from enclosures. Careful attention must be paid to provide installations which are both functional and esthetically acceptable. D. All conduits used in conjunction with control panels or instrumentation of any kind shall be sealed using a suitable duct -sealing compound to minimize the possible damage caused by vapors or wetness. It shall be the responsibility of the CSI to verify that this is accomplished early in the project, so that corrosion damage does not occur during the time of construction. E. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a periodic written report detailing construction progress. This report shall include specific tabulations of equipment on which construction/installation has been completed. F. Equipment shall be located so that it is accessible for operation and maintenance. The CSI shall examine the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings for various items of equipment in order to determine the best arrangement for the work as a whole and shall supervise the installation of all equipment. 3.2 WIRING AND GROUNDING A. The following wiring practice guidelines shall be used in order to minimize ground loops, minimize the effects of electromagnetic interference/radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI) and to provide maximum practical immunity from damage resulting from lightning -induced transients. B. Common wires or conductors shall not be utilized (either within panels or external to panels, or for grounding of field devices) for signal shielding, signal grounding, or safety grounds. C. Exposed wire lengths extending from within shielded signal cables shall be minimized to reduce pick-up of EMI/RFI by signal circuits. Exposed lengths of less than one inch is preferred with a maximum exposed length of two inches only permitted where necessary. No splicing of signal wires shall be permitted. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT Control Enclosures 00992-0232 13110-10 D. All signal wiring shall be shielded, both within panels and external to panels. Unless otherwise specified, all signal wiring shall be No. 16 AWG stranded tinned two -conductor twisted pair with 100 percent coverage of aluminized Mylar or aluminized polyester shield and tinned copper drain wire. E. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from source to destination, and grounded at one end only. In general, grounding of signal cable shields shall be done at the control panel end. No signal cable shall share a common cable shield grounding wire with any other signal cable or other circuit. The exposed length of cable shield grounding wires shall not exceed two inches prior to termination with less than one -inch maximum length preferred. F. All outdoor instruments and all outdoor enclosures shall be grounded using the practice defined in Section 800.40 of the National Electric Code. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT Control Enclosures 00992-0232 13110-11 SECTION ' 13120 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL, SCADA HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish, test, install and place in satisfactory operation all equipment required to provide a complete and operable Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system, as specified herein and as shown on the Contract Drawings, even if each needed item is not specifically specified or shown. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, the requirements of specification Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements and the sections referenced therein shall be applied. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall be in accordance with Specification 01300 — Shop Drawings, Project Data and Samples and as specified in Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The SCADA hardware configuration as specified herein, as specified in related sections and as shown on the contract drawings depicts overall system configuration requirements. Unless otherwise specified, designs which vary from this concept will be rejected. B. All discrete and analog data acquisition, pre-processing, storage and process control functions shall be performed at the PLC level. C. PLC -to -PLC communication protocols shall be Ethernet based. D. Coordination of the subpanel dimension with the Motor Control Center shall be required before manufacturing. 2.2 TOOLS, SUPPLIES, AND SPARE PARTS A. Tools, supplies and spare parts shall be provided as specified in Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Control, General Requirements, and as specified for each equipment item. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT SCADA Hardware 00992-0232 13120-1 2.3 SURGE SUPPRESION DEVICES (SPD) A. Refer to specification section 13110 — Instrumentation and Control, Control 1111 Enclosures for SPD requirements. • 2.4 UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS), CONTROL PANEL A. UPS units shall be line interactive units provided for new PLC control panels as specified herein or shown elsewhere within the Contract Documents. B. UPS units for locations without Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS) and generators shall be sized to provide a minimum of two (2) hours backup time for all connected equipment. At sites with ATS and generators, UPS units shall be sized for a minimum of twenty (20) minute backup for all connected equipment. Each UPS shall consist of a UPS module and battery modules as required to meet backup run time requirements. C. UPS units provided for PLC cabinets shall be provided with a dry contact output to alarm on UPS trouble or failure. This fail output shall be wired into the PLC I/O to represent UPS status. D. Where located in a control or PLC enclosure, the UPS shall be located at the bottom of the enclosure but mounted on a raised shelf or platform. E. Provide network interface for network management support and power management. Allen Bradley 1609-ENET F Each UPS shall be sized to match the maximum power requirements of the associated digital equipment, control panel power supplies and accessories plus twenty (20) percent spare capacity. Upon Toss of the AC supply, the inverter shall continue to supply normal power to the device, drawing DC from the batteries. G. Each UPS shall meet the following requirements: 1. Input voltage shall be 120 VAC, single phase, 60 Hz. 2. Operating temperature range shall be 0 to 40 degree C. 3. Voltage regulation shall be plus or minus five percent (+/-5%) for line and load changes. 4. The output frequency shall be phase -locked to the input AC line on AC operation and shall be 60 hertz (+/-0.5%) when on battery operation. 5. The batteries shall be of the sealed, lead acid or lead calcium gelled electrolyte type, suitable for high temperatures. 6. Sound absorbing enclosure. 7. EMI/RF noise filtering. 8. Surge protection shall be provided on the AC input circuit, which shall have a UL TVSS clamping voltage rating of 400 V with a <5 ns response time. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT SCADA Hardware 00992-0232 13120-2 9. Adjustment allowed to prevent UPS from going offline when on a standby generator supplied power source. H. UPS systems shall be equal to Allen Bradley 1609-D1000N. 2.5 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS (PLC), GENERAL A. The CSI shall furnish programmable controllers (PLCs) equipment as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. PLCs shall be provided complete with rack, power supply, Input/Output (I/O) modules, special function cards, instructions, memory, input/output capacity and appurtenances to provide all features and functions as described herein. PLC I/O cards may be supplied by third party vendors if approved by the PLC manufacturer and the Owner. No substitutions will be permitted. B. All components of the PLC system shall be of the same manufacturer; who shall have fully tested units similar to those being furnished, in an industrial environment with associated electrical noise. The PLC system shall have been tested to meet the requirements of NEMA Standard ICS 2-230 (Arc Test) and IEEE C37.90.1 (SWC). The processing unit shall perform the operations functionally described herein, based on the program stored in memory and the status of the inputs and outputs. C. The programmable controller shall be designed to operate in an industrial environment. The PLC shall operate in an ambient temperature range of 0°-60°C and a relative humidity of five to ninety-five percent (5% - 95%), non -condensing. The PLC shall operate on supply voltages of 90-132 VAC at 47-63 Hz, or 24 VDC if provided with a battery backup system. Overcurrent and undervoltage protection shall be provided on the power supply. D. System configuration shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings. PLC types and modules shall be designated on the system block diagram and correspond to the specifications herein. Only a single type of processor shall be supplied for all PLCs of a designated type. Memory, processor and PLC type shall be adequate for all control functions specified. Memory backup shall be provided during loss of power for the configuration, logic program and current operating parameters/addresses. E. The processor and its associated memory shall be enclosed in a modular enclosure. A multiple -position selector switch or equivalent shall be used to select processor operating mode. LED -type indicating lights shall be provided to indicate processor, memory and battery status. Errors in memory shall be recognized, and shall activate the memory error indicating lights. The PLC processor shall monitor the internal operation of the PLC for failure, and provide an alarm. Memory shall consist of battery -backed RAM or EEPROM, which shall retain the control program for at least one (1)'year, in the event of power loss. Visual indication shall be provided if battery charge is insufficient to maintain the program in RAM memory for at least two (2) weeks. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT SCADA Hardware 00992-0232 13120-3 • • • F. The instruction set for the PLC shall include the following, as a minimum. 1. Relay type instructions 2. Counter and timer instructions 3. Comparison instructions (equal, greater than, limit tests, etc.) 4. Integer, long integer and floating point mathematical instructions 5. Advanced math and trigonometric functions 6. Matrix and array instructions 7. Logical instructions (and, not, or, etc.) 8. Bit modification, moving and shift instructions 9. Diagnostic instructions 10. Sequencer instructions 11. Program control instructions (jump, goto, subroutine, etc.) 12. PID control loops 13. Block read and write capability 14. Master and slave communications capabilities 15. Immediate I/O and communications update instructions 16. Real-time clock and date G. In addition to a port for communications as shown on the Contract Documents, additional communication ports shall be provided for any other devices as required (i.e., operator interface unit, connection to a notebook computer for programming and configuration.) 2.6 PLC — MOTOR CONTROL CENTER (PLC -MCC) A. The new Motor Control Center PLC shall meet but not be limited to the following requirements: 1. One (1) Built-in USB port. 2. One (1) Built-in 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet IP Port 3. ControlLogix Chassis module 4 -slot rack 1756-A4. 4. One (1) Ethernet module, Allen Bradley 1756-ENT2 5. Network connections shall be a minimum of 100 nodes. 6. Other communications options available include Ethernet/IP. ControlNet, DerviceNet, and third party process and device networks. 7. One power supply for the chassis shall be provided. 8. Empty spaces shall be filled with 1756-N2 fillers. 9. I/O modules shall be of a dedicated type, i.e. Al, AO, DI, DO. No mixed I/O modules shall be acceptable. 10. Three (3) MB of Memory with 2GB SD memory card for memory backup. B. Power supply shall be compatible with the Allen-Bradley ComtrolLogix PLC. Input shall be 120VAC and shall supply power to the PLC, Communication and I/O Modules. Power supply shall be Allen-Bradley 1756-PA72. C. PLC shall be Allen Bradley ControlLogix 1756-L81 series. No equal except by named manufacturer. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT SCADA Hardware 00992-0232 13120-4 • 2.7 STANDARD UNMANAGED ETHERNET SWITCH A. Industrial Ethernet switches for use within the motor control center for communications on the facility SCADA network. Refer to the design drawings for specific instances of utilization. B. The switch shall be a copper Ethernet network unit. C. The switch shall include sixteen (16) twisted pair RJ -45 ports with 10/100 MBps auto -negotiation capability. D. Switches shall use 24 VDC power with redundant power terminals available. E. Unit shall be: N-Tron, model 116TX or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REQUIREMENTS: 1. Ethernet switches COM -X shall be installed in each section of the motor control center as indicated on the electrical interconnect diagram drawing. 2. CAT6 cables shall be installed in one section from one designated termination point to the next and away from any AC electrical power circuit. 3. Cables shall be tested under actual loading conditions. Any significant noise interference shall be cause for a failed test. 4. A written report shall be prepared for each test, troubleshooting or maintenance event. The report shall identify the failure, describe the results of the testing and provide conclusions. The report shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. 5. In addition to the requirements specified in this section, refer to Section 13100 - Instrumentation and Controls, General Requirements. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Instrumentation and Control 16 -0033 -UT SCADA Hardware 00992-0232 13120-5 SECTION 16075 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals shown, specified, and required to furnish and install identification for electrical apparatus and electrical Work. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: 1. NEC Article 110, Requirements for Electrical Installation. 2. NEC Article 210, Branch Circuits. 3. NEC Article 215, Feeders. 4. NEC Article 504, Intrinsically Safe Systems. 5. NEC Article 700, Emergency Systems. 6. NEC Article 701, Legally Required Standby Systems. 7. NEC Article 702, Optional Standby Systems. 8. 40 CFR 1910.145 (OSHA) — Specification for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags. 9. NFPA 70E, Electrical Safety in the Workplace. • 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: Submit the following: • a. Complete description and listing of proposed electrical identification and electrical identification devices for associated equipment or systems. b. Conduit and wire identification numbering system and equipment signage. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's literature, cut sheets, specifications, dimensions and technical data for all products proposed under this Section. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Identification for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16075-1 00992-0232 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS • A. Engraved Identification Devices (Nameplates and Legend Plates): 1. Nameplates: • a. Laminated thermoset plastic, 1/16 -inch thick, engraved condensed block black lettering on white background, square corners, and beveled front edges, or match existing. b. Size: As required. c. Letter Size: Minimum 3/16 -inch. d. Nameplates one -inch or less in height shall have one mounting hole at each end. Nameplates greater than one -inch in height shall have mounting holes in the four corners. 2. Legend Plates: a. Legend plates for pushbuttons, pilot lights, selector switches, and other panel -mounted devices shall be large size with dimensions of approximately 2-7/16 inches wide by 2-13/32 inches tall (Allen Bradley large automotive size), plastic, custom engraved with black letters on white background. 1) Provide standard -size legend plates where devices are mounted on motor control centers and spacing of devices precludes using automotive -size legend plates. b. Lettering size and line weight shall be the same for all legend plates on the same panel or enclosure. Maximum size shall be 1/4 -inch and minimum size shall be 1/8 -inch. B. Safety Signs and Voltage Markers: 1. Provide high voltage signs for equipment operating over 600 volts. 2. High -Voltage Safety Signs for Outdoor Applications: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B-120-45471 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Unless otherwise shown or indicated, high voltage safety signs shall be not less than 10 inches high by 14 inches wide, of fiberglass reinforced plastic, and shall comply with 40 CFR 1910.145. Signs shall resist fading from exposure to temperature extremes, ultraviolet light, abrasive, and corrosive environments, and shall read, "DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT" City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Identification for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16075-2 00992-0232 • w • c. Mounting hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 3. High -Voltage Safety Signs for Indoor Applications: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B-302-84084 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. High voltage safety signs for installation on indoor equipment shall be either pressure -sensitive acrylic or vinyl, and shall be not Tess than 10 inches high by 14 inches wide, shall comply with 40 CFR 1910.145, and shall read, "DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT". 4. Cable Tray Safety Signs: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B-302-86139 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Cable tray safety signs shall be pressure -sensitive vinyl conforming to 40 CFR 1910.145, 5 inches by 3.5 inches in size, and shall read, "DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE" 5. Low -Voltage Safety Signs: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B-302-86060 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Low voltage safety signs shall be pressure -sensitive vinyl complying with 40 CFR 1910.145, five inches by 3.5 inches in size, and shall read, "DANGER — 480 VOLTS". 6. Low -Voltage Markers: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) CV442xx by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Low voltage markers shall be either pressure -sensitive vinyl or vinyl cloth with black lettering on orange background and shall read, "120 VOLTS", "208 VOLTS", "120/208 VOLTS", or "240 VOLTS" as required. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Identification for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16075-3 00992-0232 • • C. Arc -flash Safety Signs: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Brady. b. Or approved equal. 2. Warning signs shall be adhesive -backed polyester. 3. Warning signs shall read, "Warning — Arc Flash and Shock Hazard. Appropriate PPE Required. Arc flash warning signs shall indicate the flash protection boundary, incident energy in calories per square centimeter, hazard level, description of required protective clothing, shock hazard, limited approach boundary, restricted approach boundary, prohibited approach boundary, and equipment name. D. Voltage System Identification Directories: 1. General: a. Directories shall be laminated thermoset plastic, 1/16 -inch thick, engraved block black letters on white background, square corners, and beveled front edges. b. Directories shall identify all voltage systems within building or structure. c. Directories shall list the colors that identify ungrounded and grounded conductors of each system. d. Example Directory Text: Voltage System Identification System A, B, C Neutral 277/480 Brown, Orange, Yellow Gray 120/208 Black, Blue, Red White 2. Large directories for rooms shall have text height not Tess than 1/2 -inch. 3. Small directories for equipment shall have text height of not less than 1/4 - inch. E. Conduit Labels: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. B-915-xxxxx by Brady. b. Or approved equal. 2. Shall be pre -tensioned acrylic/vinyl construction coiled to completely encircle conduit for conduit up through five -inch diameter, or pre -molded to conform to circumference of conduit six-inch diameter and larger. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Identification for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16075-4 • 00992-0232 • 3. Attach strap -on style for six-inch diameter conduit with stainless steel springs. 4. Shall be blank for use with custom printed labels. 5. Custom Labels: a. Shall have black lettering on yellow background. b. Shall not contain abbreviations in legend. c. Shall be custom printed on continuous tape with permanent adhesive using thermal printer specified below. F. Wire Identification: 1. Heat Shrinkable Wire and Cable Labeling System: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) B-341 PS-xxx-2W by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. White heat -shrinkable irradiated polyolefin shrink -on sleeves. Labels shall be thermal printed. Labels shall be not less than two inches wide. 2. Wrap -Around Wire and Cable Labeling System: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) THT-XX-427 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Self -laminating white/transparent self extinguishing vinyl strips. Length shall be sufficient to provide at least 2.5 wraps. Labels shall be thermally printed and not Tess than two inches wide. G. Detectable Underground Warning Tape: 1. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Indentoline by Brady. b. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Polyethylene or polyester with detectable metal core and polyester underlaminate. 3. Width: Two inches. 4. Color and Labeling: Yellow or red with permanently imprinted black letters: "CAUTION — Buried Electric Line", repeated continuously over full length of tape. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Identification for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16075-5 00992-0232 H. Thermal Printing System: 1. Utilize thermal transfer process to provide non -smearing labels and markers. 2. Wire and Cable Markers: a. Portable, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) TLS2200 by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Desktop, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) 200M by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. 3. Cable Markers: a. Portable, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1) Handimark by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. b. Desktop, Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: • 1) Labelizer PLUS by Brady. 2) Or approved equal. Generator System Warning Signs: 1. Generator warning signs shall be labeled in accordance with NEC Article 700, NEC Article 701, or NEC Article 702. 2. Material, Colors, Letters: Plastic with white letters on red background. Letters shall be not Tess than 3/8 -inch high. 3. Attachment: Use stainless steel self -tapping screws. 4. Location warning sign shall read, "WARNING — THIS SITE EQUIPPED WITH A DIESEL DRIVEN STAND-BY GENERATOR LOCATED IN AN ADJACENT ROOM". 5. Generator ground warning sign shall read, "WARNING — GENERATOR GROUNDED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR IS CONNECTED TO THE GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR IN THIS ENCLOSURE. DO NOT OPERATE GENERATOR WHILE EITHER CONDUCTOR IS DISCONNECTED TO AVOID SEVERE SHOCK HAZARD AND POSSIBLE EQUIPMENT DAMAGE." City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Identification for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16075-6 00992-0232 • • 2.2 FABRICATION A. Engraved Identification Devices (Nameplates and Legend Plates): 1. Nameplate and legend plate text is preliminary and subject to change pending final review and approval of nomenclature by ENGINEER after start-up and testing. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide electrical identification in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and as required for proper identification of equipment and materials. B. Engraved Identification Devices (Nameplates and Legend Plates): 1. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, attach permanent nameplates with permanent adhesive and with 3/16 -inch diameter, round head, stainless steel machine screws into drilled and tapped holes. 2. Provide nameplate with 1.5 -inch high letters to identify each console, cabinet, panel, or enclosure as shown or indicated. 3. Provide nameplates for field -mounted motor starters, disconnect switches, manual starter switches, pushbutton stations, and similar equipment operating components, which shall describe motor or equipment function and circuit number. 4. Provide nameplates with 1/2 -inch high letters to identify each junction and terminal box shown or indicated. 5. On switchgear, provide nameplates for each main and feeder circuit including control fuses, and for each indicating light and instrument. a. Provide nameplate with 1.5 -inch high letters giving switchgear designation, voltage rating, ampere rating, short circuit rating, manufacturer's name, general order number, and item number. b. Identify individual door for each compartment with nameplate giving item designation and circuit number. 6. Motor Control Centers: a. Provide nameplate with 1.5 -inch letters with motor control center designation. b. Identify individual door for each unit compartment with nameplate identifying controlled equipment. 7 Except conduit, all electrical appurtenances including lighting panels, convenience outlets, fixtures, and lighting switches, shall be provided with nameplates indicating appropriate circuit breaker number(s). City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Identification for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16075-7 00992-0232 • • 8. Push Buttons: a. Provide legend plates for identification of functions. b. Provide nameplates for identification of controlled equipment. c. Provide red buttons for stop function. d. Provide black buttons for other functions. 9. Pilot Lights: a. Provide legend plates for identification of functions. b. Provide nameplates for identification of controlled equipment. c. Shall have Tens colors as shown or indicated. Where no color is indicated, provide the following lens colors: Color Legend Green Stopped, Closed Red Running, Open Amber Alarm Blue Status or Reverse White Power 10. Selector Switches: a. Provide legend plates for identification of functions. b. Provide nameplates for identification of controlled equipment. 11. Panel Mounted Instruments: a. Provide nameplates for identification of function. 12. Interiors of Cabinets, Consoles, Panels, Terminal Boxes, and Other Enclosures: a. Provide nameplates for identification. b. Provide each item inside cabinet, console, panel, terminal box, or enclosure with laminated plastic nameplate as shown on approved Shop Drawings and CONTRACTOR"s other submittals. Install nameplates with adhesive. c. Interior items requiring nameplates include: 1) Terminal blocks and strips. 2) Bus bars. 3) Relays. 4) Rear of face -mounted items. 5) Rear of door -mounted items. 6) Interior mounted items that require identification when mounted externally. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Identification for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16075-8 00992-0232 • • d. Circuit Breaker Directory: 1) Provide engraved laminated plastic directory listing function and load controlled for each circuit breaker within panel used for power distribution. 13. Re -label existing equipment whose designation have changed. C. Safety Signs and Voltage Markers: 1. Provide safety signs and voltage markers on and around electrical equipment as shown or indicated. a. b. Install rigid safety signs using stainless steel fasteners. Clean surfaces before applying pressure -sensitive signs and markers. Install high voltage safety signs on all equipment doors providing access to uninsulated conductors, including terminal devices, greater than 600 volts. 3. Provide cable tray safety signs on both sides of cable trays at maximum intervals of 20 feet. Install signs on side rails of tray as acceptable to ENGINEER. a. b. c. d. e. Label cable trays that contain conductors greater than 600 volts with cable tray safety signs. Cable trays that contain conductors greater than 208 volts and less than 600 volts shall be labeled with low voltage safety signs. Cable trays that contain conductors of 120/208 volts shall be labeled with low voltage markers. Do not label cable trays that contain only instrument signal cables. Label cable trays that contain intrinsically safe wiring or cables in accordance with NEC Article 504. 4. Install low voltage safety signs on equipment doors that provide access to uninsulated 480 -volt conductors, including terminal devices. 5. Install low voltage markers on each terminal box, safety disconnect switch, and panelboard installed, modified, or relocated as part of the Work and containing 120/208 volt conductors. D. Voltage System Identification Directories 1. Provide voltage system identification directories as required by NEC Article 210 and NEC Article 215. 2. Provide in each electrical room voltage system identification directory mounted on wall or door at each entrance to room. 3. For panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, and other branch circuit or feeder distribution equipment that are not located in electrical City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Identification for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16075-9 00992-0232 rooms, provide voltage system identification directory mounted on equipment. a. Directories shall be affixed using epoxy glue. Screws or bolts shall not penetrate equipment enclosures. b. Directories shall be readily visible and not obscure labels and other markings on equipment. E. Arc -flash Safety Signs: 1. Provide arc -flash safety signs as required by NEC Article 110. 2. Provide signs for switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, and industrial control panels. Provide signs for control panels that contain 480 volt equipment. Provide arc flash warning signs on other equipment where the incident energy is greater than 1.2 calories per square centimeter. F. Conduit Labels: 1. Provide conduits with conduit labels unless otherwise shown or indicated. 2. Do not label flexible conduit. 3. Do not label exposed single conduit runs of Tess than 25 feet between local disconnect switches and their associated equipment. 4. Conduit labels shall indicate the following information: a. Contract Number: Alphanumeric, three or four digits, as applicable. b. Conduit Number: Alphanumeric as shown on the Drawings, as assigned by CONTRACTOR for unlabelled conduits, and in accordance with approved submittals. 5. Conduits that contain intrinsically safe wiring shall have an additional pipe marker provided that has blue letters on white background and reads, "INTRINSICALLY SAFE WIRING". a. Install intrinsically safe pipe markers in accordance with NEC Article 504 along entire installation. Spacing between labels shall not exceed 25 feet. 6. Provide conduit labels at the following locations: a. Where each conduit enters and exits walls, ceilings, floors, or slabs. b. Where conduit enters or exits boxes, cabinets, consoles, panels, or enclosures, except pull boxes and conduit bodies used for pull boxes. c. At maximum intervals of 50 feet along length of conduit. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Identification for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16075-10 00992-0232 • • • 7. Orient conduit labels to be readable. G. Wire and Cable Identification: 1. Color -coding of insulated conductors shall comply with Section 16100, 2. Use heat -shrinkable wire labels where wire or cable is terminated. Use wrap-around labels where wire or cable is to be labeled but is not terminated. 3. Do not provide labels for the following: a. Bare (uninsulated) conductors, unless otherwise shown or indicated as labeled. 4. Provide wire and cable labels for the following: a. New, rerouted, or revised wire or cable. b. Insulated conductors. d. Wire and cable terminations: 1) Wire labels shall be applied between 112 -inch and one inch of completed termination 2) Apply cable labels between 1/2 -inch and one inch of cable breakout into individual conductors. a) Label individual conductors in a cable after breakout as specified for wires. e. Wire or cable exiting cabinets, consoles, panels, terminal boxes, and enclosures. 1) Label wires or cables within two inches of entrance to conduit. f. Wire or cable in junction boxes and pull boxes 1) Label wires or cables within two inches of entrance to conduit. g. Wire and cable installed in cable tray. 1) Wire and cable shall have labels at maximum intervals of 20 feet. h. Wire and cable installed without termination in electrical manholes. 1) Wire and cable shall have wrap-around labels applied within one foot of exiting manhole. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Identification for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16075-11 00992-0232 • • 5. Wire and Cable Identification System: a. Wire and cable labels shall be imprinted with an identifying designator. 1) Wire and cable extending between two devices or items and that does not undergo a change of function shall be identified by a single unique designator as specified below. b. Field Wiring: 1) Wire or cable designator shall consist of a) Three left-most characters shall consist of the Contract number under which wiring or cable was installed. b) Fourth character from the left shall be an asterisk (*), a plus sign (+) or a hyphen (-). Do not use other punctuation symbols in a wire designator. c) Remaining characters shall be alphanumeric and make wire designator unique. d) Numbering shall reflect actual designations used in the Work and shall be documented in record documents. c. Cabinet, Console, Panel, and Enclosure Wiring, Internal: 1) New Cabinets, Consoles, Panels, and Enclosures: a) Wire and cable inside cabinets, consoles, panels, and enclosures shall have designators as specified. 6. Modified Cabinets, Consoles, Panels, and Enclosures: a. New or rerouted wire or cable in existing cabinets, consoles, panels, and enclosures shall be labeled as shown on the Drawings or be assigned a ten -character designator equivalent to field wire designator. H. Terminal Strip Labeling: 1. Label panel side of terminal to match panel wire number. 2. Label field side of terminal to match field wire number. Terminal number shall not include the Contract number. Generator System Warning Signs: 1. Provide warning signs for generator systems as required by NEC. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Identification for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16075-12 00992-0232 2. Install generator location warning sign on or immediately adjacent to service equipment, or to "normal" source disconnecting means when generator is located out of sight of service equipment or disconnecting means. 3. Install generator grounding warning sign on enclosure or immediately adjacent to point where generator neutral is connected to grounding electrode system if connection is made remote from generator. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Identification for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16075-13 00992-0232 SECTION 16100 - ELECTRICAL WORK (SMALL SCOPE PROJECTS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to complete the Electrical Work. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the installation of items that must be installed with the formwork, walls, partitions, ceilings and panels. C. Intent: 1. Drawings show the principal elements of the electrical installation. They are not intended as detailed working drawings for the electrical Work but as a complement to the Specifications to clarify the principal features of the electrical systems. 2. It is the intent of this Section that all equipment and devices, furnished and installed under this and other Sections, be properly connected and interconnected with other equipment so as to render the installations complete for successful operation, regardless of whether all the connections and interconnections are specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown. D. Grounding: Ground all equipment in conformance with the National Electrical Code and as specified in contract documents. E. Temporary Power: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary Tight and power for construction purposes to be utilized by all trades on the project. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Permits: Obtain all permits required to commence work and, upon completion of the Work, obtain and deliver to ENGINEER a Certificate of Inspection and Approval from the State Board of Fire Underwriters or other authority having jurisdiction. 2. Codes: Material and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the current standards and recommendations of the National City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-1 Electrical Code, Nation Fire Protection Agency and the National Electrical Safety Code and with local codes which apply. Where discrepancies arise between codes, the most restrictive regulation shall apply. 3. Tests by Independent Regulatory Agencies: Electrical material and equipment shall be new and shall bear the label of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or other nationally -recognized, independent testing laboratory, wherever standards have been established and label service regularly applies. 4. Utilities: a. Power Company: Work in connection with the electric service and utility metering shall be done in strict conformance with the requirements of the Power Company. b. Telephone Company: Work in connection with the telephone lines for the telephone service shall be done in strict conformance with the requirements of the Telephone Company. B. Reference Standards: Electrical material and equipment shall conform in all respects to the latest approved standards of the following: 1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 2. The American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 3. The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 4. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 5. National Electrical Code (NEC). 6. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). 7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 8. Instrumentation Society of America (ISA). 9. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: 1. Manufacturer's name and product designation or catalog number. 2. Electrical ratings. 3. Dimensioned plan, section, and elevations showing means for mounting, conduit connection, and grounding. 4. Materials and finish specification, including paints. 5. List of components including manufacturer's names and catalog numbers. 6. Internal wiring diagrams indicating aII connections to components and numbered terminals for external connections. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-2 • • 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS This project is in an existing wastewater treatment facility and plant operation disturbances must be kept to a minimum. Provide 24 hours' notice of individual equipment shutdowns and 72 hours' notice for entire system shutdown. Provide any temporary power necessary to keep plant systems powered. A. Existing Conditions: 1. CONTRACTOR shall examine the site and existing facilities in order to compare them with the Drawings and Specifications with respect to the conditions of the premises, location of and connection to existing facilities and any obstructions which may be encountered. 2. CONTRACTOR is cautioned to perform his work with due regard to safety and in a manner that will not interfere with the existing equipment or in any way cause interruption of any of the functions of the plant. 1.5 AREA CLASSIFICATIONS A. Wet Locations: The following areas shall be considered wet locations: 1. All outdoor areas. 2. All indoor areas below grade unless otherwise specified. 3. Indoor areas above grade where designated and shown. 4. Materials, equipment and incidentals in areas identified as wet locations shall meet NEC and NEMA requirements for wet loca- tions. Enclosures shall meet NEMA 4X 316 stainless steel requirements as a minimum. Conduits shall be terminated at enclosures with watertight, threaded hubs. B. Corrosive Locations: The following areas shall be considered corrosive locations: all outdoor areas. 1. Materials, equipment and incidentals in areas identified as corrosive shall meet NEC and NEMA requirements for corrosive locations. Conduit systems shall be rigid aluminum and enclosures shall meet NEMA 4X requirements. Conduits shall be terminated at enclosures with watertight, threaded hubs. Indepen- dent supports shall be rigid aluminum or 316 stainless steel. C. Hazardous Locations: The following areas shall be considered hazardous locations: 1. Materials, equipment and incidentals in areas identified as hazardous locations shall meet NEC & NFPA 820 requirements for the Class and Division designated. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-3 2. Areas below 18 inches from top of concrete deck and 10 feet in the horizontal direction, on Fermentation and Anoxic Basins are deemed Class 1 Div. 2 areas. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAY SYSTEMS A. General: 1. The types of raceways required include the following: a. Rigid Aluminum for all exposed indoor & outdoor conduit runs. c. PVC coated rigid steel or Schedule 80 PVC (with 2" concrete cap) for individual conduit runs direct buried in earth. d. Schedule 40 PVC for conduit runs embedded in structural concrete slabs and steel reinforced concrete ductbank. e. Water tight flexible conduit for connections to motors and equipment. Adhere to area classifications for fitting type. 2. Coordination: a. Conduit runs shown are diagrammatic. b. Coordinate conduit installation with piping, ductwork, lighting fixtures and other systems and equipment and locate so as to avoid interferences. B. Rigid Steel Conduit, Elbows and Couplings: NOT USED. C. PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit, Elbows and Couplings: 1. Material: Rigid, heavy wall, mild steel, hot dip galvanized, smooth interior, tapered threads, carefully reamed ends, 3/4 -inch NPS minimum size with a factory coating of 40 mil thick polyvinyl chloride. 2. Color: Color of coating shall be the same on all conduit and fittings. 3. Manufacturer: Provide PVC coated rigid steel conduit and fittings of one of the following: a. Robroy Industries. b. Perma-Cote Industries. c. OCAL, Inc. d. Or approved equal. D. Aluminum Conduit, Elbows, and Couplings: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-4 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Allied Tube and Conduit. b. Wheatland Tube Company. c. Or approved equal. 2. Material: Rigid, heavy -wall aluminum, smooth interior, tapered threads and carefully reamed ends; 3/4 -inch NPS minimum size. E. Metallic Conduit Fittings and Outlet Bodies: 1. Material and Construction: Match conduit material. Outdoor units to be gasketed and watertight. Gaskets to be of an approved type designed for the purpose. Improvised gaskets not acceptable. All units to be threaded type with five full threads. Material to conform to ANSI standards and be listed by UL. Fittings and bodies in or on PVC coated conduit runs to have a factory -applied coating of 40 mil thick polyvinyl chloride. The use of "LB" fittings shall be avoided and type "FM7" or equal fittings applied wherever the use of fittings is unavoidable. 2. Manufacturer: Provide metallic conduit fittings and outlet bodies of one of the following: a. Thomas & Betts b. Crouse -Hinds Company. c. Appleton Electric Company. d. Or approved equal. F. PVC Conduit: 1. Material: Schedule 40 or 80 PVC plastic, NEMA Type EPC -40 -PVC or NEMA Type EPC -80 -PVC, 90 C rated, conforming to UL No. 651. 2. Fittings: Form elbows, bodies, terminations, expansions and fasteners of same material and manufacturer as base conduit. Provide cement by same manufacturer as base conduit. 3. Manufacturer: Provide PVC conduit of one of the following: a. Allied Tube and Conduit. b. Carlon, Division of Indian Head, Incorporated. c. Or approved equal. G. Conduit Hubs: 1. Material: Threaded conduit hub, vibration proof, weather proof with captive 0 -ring seal, zinc metal with insulated throat. Hubs used on PVC coated conduit systems shall have a factory applied PVC coating. 2. Use: Provide for all conduit terminations to boxes, cabinets and other enclosures located in areas designated as wet locations. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-5 • • • 3. Manufacturer: Provide material manufactured by Myers Electrical Products Company or approved equal. H. Flexible Conduit: 1. Material: Flexible galvanized steel core with smooth, abrasion - resistant, liquid -tight, polyvinyl chloride cover. Continuous copper ground built in for sizes 3/4 -inch through 1-1/4 inch. Material shall be UL listed. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Sealtite UA, as manufactured by Anaconda Metal Hose Division, Anaconda American Brass Company. b. Liquatite Type L.A., as manufactured by Electric -Flex Company. c. Or approved equal. Flexible Conduit Fittings: 1. Material and Construction: Aluminium Die Cast Zinc finish. Fittings shall adapt the conduit to standard threaded connections, shall have an inside diameter not less than that of the corresponding standard conduit size and shall be UL listed. 2. Manufacturer: Provide flexible conduit fittings of one of the following: a. Thomas & Betts b. Crouse -Hinds Company. c. Appleton Electric Company. d. Or approved equal. J. Pull and Junction Boxes: 1. Material and Construction: a. 316 Stainless steel bodies and covers. b. Neoprene gaskets. Gaskets to be of an approved type designed for the purpose. Improvised gaskets not accept- able. c. Stainless steel cover screws. d. External mounting lugs. e. Drilled and tapped conduit holes. f. Boxes where conduits enter a building below grade shall have 1/4 -inch drain hole. g. NEMA 4X rated for all outdoor areas. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-6 2. Manufacturer: Provide pull and junction boxes of one of the following: a. Crouse Hinds Company. b. Appleton Electric Company. c. Or approved equal. 3. Boxes for installation in areas classified as hazardous locations shall be explosion proof and shall comply with UL886. K. Sealing Fittings: 1. Materials and Construction: a. Match conduit material. b. Ample opening with threaded closure for access to conduit hub for making dam. 2. Sealing fiber for forming the dam within the hub and the sealing compound shall be approved for use with the fittings furnished. 3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Series EYS, as manufactured by Crouse Hinds Company. b. EYS, as manufactured by Appleton Electric Company. c. Or approved equal. L. Cord and Armored Cable Glands 1. Materials and Construction: a. Match conduit material. b. Liquid Tight 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Thomas & Betts b. Crouse -Hinds Company. c. Appleton Electric Company. d. Or approved equal. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-7 • • • 2.2 WIRE AND CABLE A. 600 Volt Cable: 1. Insulated Cable In Raceways: a. Material: Single conductor copper cable conforming to ASTM B 3 and B 8 with flame-retardant, moisture and heat resistant cross-linked polyethylene or thermoplastic insulation rated 90 C in dry locations and 75 C in wet locations and listed by UL as Type XHHW-2 or THWN-2. b. Application: Use XHHW-2 for #4 and larger and /THWN-2 or XHHW-2 for #6 and smaller. c. Wire Sizes: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG for power and lighting and No. 14 AWG for 120 volt control circuits. d. Stranding: All 600 volt cable shall be stranded except that solid cable, size 10 and smaller may be used for lighting circuits. e. Manufacturer: Provide cable of one of the following: 1) Southwire. 2) The Okonite Company. 3) American Insulated Wire 4) General Cable 5) Or approved equal. 2. Cable Connectors, Solderless Type: a. For wire sizes up to #6 AWG, use compression type. b. For sizes #4 AWG and above, use either compression type or bolted type with silver-plated contact faces. c. For sizes #250 MCM and larger, use connectors with at least 2 cable clamping elements or compression indents and provision for at least 2 bolts for joining to apparatus terminal. d. Properly size connectors to fit fastening device and wire size. B. Cable for Installation in Trays: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Southwire. b. The Okonite Company. c. Prysmian Cables & Systems. d. General Cable. e. Or equal. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-8 • • • 2. Material: Factory -assembled single- or multi -conductor control, signal, or power cable that bears UL label Type TC and are specifically approved for installation in cable trays. Overall jacket shall be sunlight -resistant PVC. Cable shall be rated for 90 degrees C wet or dry, complying with UL 44 and UL 1277. C. Instrumentation Cable: 1. Single Shielded Pair: a. Tinned copper, stranded conductors, #18 AWG minimum, twisted with aluminum -polyester shield, stranded tinned 20 AWG copper drain wire and overall chrome vinyl jacket. Rated for 300 volts minimum. 2. Multipaired Shielded: a. Tinned copper, 7 strand XLPE insulated conductors, #18 AWG minimum, twisted in pairs with aluminum-mylar shield over each pair, silicone rubber fiberglass fire barrier tape, tinned copper drain wire, aluminum mylar overall shield, Hypalon outer jacket. 3. Manufacturer: Provide shielded cable of one of the following: 1) Okonite Company. 2) Belden Company. 3) Dekoron Wire and Cable Company. 4) Or approved equal. 2.3 WIRING DEVICES A. Outlet Boxes: 1. Material: Cast gray iron alloy, or cast malleable iron, with zinc electroplate finish in damp, wet or exterior locations and zinc -coated sheet steel in dry locations. 2. Device Cover Plates: a. Stainless steel Type 302 alloy for indoor finished areas. b. Gasketed spring door type for devices designated as weatherproof. c. Integral with device for hazardous locations. d. Stainless steel screws and hardware. 3. Manufacturer: Provide device boxes of one of the following: a. Crouse -Hinds Company. b. Appleton Electric Company. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) .00992-0232 16100-9 c. Or approved equal. B. Snap Switches: 1. Switches for Non -Hazardous Locations: a. Single pole AC toggle switch, quiet type, 120/277 volt AC, 20 ampere, Ivory, specification grade. 1) Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a) Cat. #1221-I, as manufactured by Harvey Hubbel Incorporated. b) Cat. #1991-I, as manufactured by Arrow -Hart incorporated. c) Or equal. b. Single pole, 3 -way AC toggle switch, quiet type, 120/277 volt AC, 20 ampere, Ivory, specification grade. 1) Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a) Cat. #1223-I, as manufactured by Harvey Hubbell Incorporated. b) Cat. #1993-I, as manufactured by Arrow -Hart Incorporated. c) Or approved equal. 2. Switches for Hazardous Locations: a. Material: Factory sealed tumbler switch suitable for installation in Class I, Group D hazardous locations. Cast gray iron alloy or cast malleable iron body and cover with zinc electroplate finish. Switch rated at 20 amperes, 120/277 volt AC. b. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1) Series EDS, as manufactured by Crouse Hinds Company. 2) Type EDS, as manufactured by Appleton Electric Company. 3) Or approved equal. C. Receptacles: 1. Receptacles for Non -Hazardous Locations: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-10 • • to one end and away from buildings. Avoid pockets or depressions in conduit runs. 11. Corrosion Protection: a. Conduit Curb: 1) In concrete slabs or floors, provide a two inch high curb extending two inches from the outer surface of the conduit penetrating the floor, to prevent corrosion. 2) Terminate conduit stub -ups in couplings, slightly above the finished concrete curb. 3) Apply corrosion protection tape, Scotchrap #50 or equal to the stub -up, a minimum of 6 inches above and below the finished surface of the concrete. b. Dissimilar Metals: 1) Take every action to prevent the occurrence of electrolytic action between dissimilar metals. 2) Do not use copper products in connection with aluminum work, and do not use aluminum in locations subject to drainage of copper compounds on the bare aluminum. 3) Back paint aluminum in contact with masonry or concrete with two coats of aluminum -pigmented bituminous paint. c. PVC Coating: Field apply a 40 mil thick polyvinyl chloride coating to supports and fasteners for PVC coated conduit runs. 12. Reused Existing Conduits: a. Pull rag swab through conduits to remove water and to clean conduit prior to installing new cable. b. Repeat swabbing until all foreign material is removed. c. Pull mandrel through conduit, if necessary, to remove obstructions. 13. Core drill for individual conduits passing through existing concrete slabs. Obtain authorization from OWNER prior to core drilling. Seal spaces around conduit with epoxy grout. 14. PVC Conduit: a. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-22 • • s b. Join sections in accordance with manufacturer's installa- tion procedures for push -fit, bell and spigot type joints, if applicable or with manufacturer's recommended cement. c. During installation provide expansion fittings for expansion and contraction to compensate for temperature variations. Expansion fittings shall be watertight and of the type suitable for direct burial. d. Make transition to intermediate or rigid steel conduit before making turn up to enclosures and equipment. e. Provide watertight expansion/deflection fittings at wall and floor penetrations of buildings and equipment concrete pads. 15. Flexible Conduit: a. Install at motors and equipment which are subject to vibration or require movement for maintenance purposes. Provide necessary reducer where equipment furnished cannot accept 3/4 -inch size flexible conduit. Limit flexible conduit length to three feet maximum. 16. Pull and Junction Boxes: a. Install pull boxes in runs containing more than three 90 degree bends, runs exceeding 200 feet, where indicated on the Drawings and where required to conform with the National Electrical Code. b. Size junction and pull boxes in accordance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. c. Provide terminal blocks in junction boxes where cable terminations or splices are required. 17. Sealing Fittings: Install for hazardous and corrosive locations as required by the National Electrical Code and where shown on the Drawings. 18. Expansion/Deflection Fittings: Install fittings where conduits cross structural expansion joints. C. Wire and Cables: 1. 600 Volt Cable: a. Install all cables complete with proper terminations at both ends. Check and correct for proper phase sequence and proper motor rotation. b. Pulling: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-23 • • 1) Use insulating types of pulling compounds containing no mineral oil. 2) Pulling tension shall be within the limits recommended by the wire and cable manufacturer. 3) Use a dynamometer where mechanical means are used. 4) Cut off section subject to mechanical means. c. Bending Radius: Limit to 6 times cable overall diameter. d. Slack: Provide maximum slack at all terminal points. e. Splices: 1) Where possible, install cable continuous, without splice, from termination to termination. 2) Where required, splice in junction box using terminal boards. 3) Splices in conduits not allowed. f. Identification: Identify all conductors by circuit number and phase at each terminal or splice location. g. Color code power cables in accordance with OWNER'S standards. 2. Instrumentation Cable: a. Install in conduit separate from power cables unless otherwise noted. b. Ground shield on shielded cables at one end only. c. Terminate stranded conductors with pre -insulated crimp type spade or ring torque terminals properly sized to fit fastening device and wire size. d. Install and terminate vendor furnished cable in accordance with vendor equipment requirements. D. Wiring Devices: 1. Outlet Boxes: a. Fasten boxes rigidly and neatly to supporting structures. b. For units mounted on masonry or concrete walls, provide suitable 1/2 -inch spacers to prevent mounting back of box directly against wall. c. Leave no open conduit holes in boxes. Close unused openings with capped bushings. d. Label each circuit in boxes and identify with durable tag. 2. Snap Switches: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-24 • • • a. Install switches in outlet or device boxes in non- hazardous locations. b. Install switches in rigid metallic conduit systems in hazardous locations. c. Mount wall switches 4 feet 6 inches above finished floor unless otherwise noted. 3. Receptacles: a. Install receptacles in outlet or device boxes in non- hazardous locations. b. Install receptacles in rigid metallic conduit systems in hazardous locations. c. Install receptacles with ground pole in the down position. d. Mount receptacles 18 inches above finished floor in non- hazardous locations and 4 feet 6 inches above finished floor in hazardous locations unless otherwise noted. E. Grounding Systems: 1. Equipment Grounding: a. Ground all electrical equipment in compliance with the National Electrical Code. b. Equipment grounding conductors shall be stranded copper cable of adequate size installed in conduit where necessary for mechanical protection. Ground conductors, pulled into conduits with non -grounded conductors, shall be insulated. Color of insulation shall be green. c. Connect ground conductors to conduit with copper clamps, straps or with grounding bushings. d. Connect to piping by welding or brazing. Use copper bonding jumpers on all gasketed joints. e. Connect to equipment by means of lug compressed on cable end. Bolt lug to equipment frame using holes or terminals provided on equipment specifically for grounding. Do not use holddown bolts. Where grounding provisions are not included, drill suitable holes in locations designated by ENGINEER. f. Connect to motors by bolting directly to motor frames, not to sole plates or supporting structures. g. Connect to service water piping by means of copper clamps. Use copper bonding jumpers on all gasketed joints. h. Scrape bolted surfaces clean and coat with a conductive oxide -resistant compound. F. Service and Distribution: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-25 • • • 1. Lighting and Distribution Panelboards: a. Mounting: Install panelboards at locations shown on Drawings. Set cabinets so that top branch circuit breaker is not over 6 feet from the floor. b. Directory: Complete typewritten directory indicating items controlled by each circuit breaker and the size of feeder serving the panel. c. Arrange circuits to balance the loads on the panelboards. 2. Dry Type Transformers: a. Install transformers on walls or floors. b. Mount transformers so that vibrations are not transmitted to the structural parts of the building or to other equipment. c. Adjust tap settings to provide proper voltage at panel - boards. d. Ground transformer in conformance with the National Electrical Code. 3. Lighting Fixtures: a. General: Fixture mounting heights and locations indicated on the Drawings are approximate and are subject to revision in the field where necessary to clear conflicts and obstructions. b. Suspended Fixtures: Pendant mount using 1/2 -inch conduit stems. Ground to outlet box. Attach mounting to building structure with expansion anchors. Fixtures shall not be dependent on the outlet box cover screws for support. c. Surface Mounted Fixtures: Attach to appropriate outlet box. d. Boxes and Fixtures: 1) For units mounted against masonry or concrete walls, provide suitable 1/2 -inch spacers to prevent mounting back of box directly against wall. 2) Bolt units rigidly to building with expansion anchors, toggle bolts, hangers or Unistrut. 3) No boxes shall be installed with open conduit holes. 4) Cable each circuit and identify with tag. e. Mounting Heights: Mounting heights or elevations are to bottom of the fixture or to centerline of device. f. Relamp ail fluorescent fixtures with new lamps at end of construction period, prior to final acceptance of the new facilities by OWNER. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-26 • • 3.2 INSPECTIONS, TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS A. Inspections: Accompany the normal installation tests with inspections to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the OWNER the following: 1. Connections: All circuits are properly connected in accordance with the Drawings and applicable approved Shop Drawings. 2. Operation: All circuits and devices are operable. 3. Identification: All conductors are properly identified at each terminal. B. Testing: 1. 600 Volt Cable: a. Test each electrical circuit after permanent cables are in place to demonstrate that the circuit and connected equipment perform satisfactorily and that they are free from improper grounds and short circuits. b. Individually test 600 volt cables for insulation resistance between phases and from each phase to ground. Test after cables are installed and before they are put in service with a Megger whose rating is suitable for the tested circuit. Tests shall meet with the applicable specifications of ICEA S-66-524 and NEMA WC7-1971. c. The insulation resistance for any given conductor shall not be less than 1 megohm for 600 volt and less service. Any cable not meeting this value or which fails when tested under full load conditions shall be replaced with a new cable for the full length. 2. Instrumentation Cable: a. Test shielded instrumentation cable shields with an ohmmeter for continuity along the full length of the cable and for shield continuity to ground. b. Connect shielded instrumentation cables to a calibrated 3-20 milliamp DC signal transmitter and receiver. Test at 4, 12, and 20 milliamp transmitter settings. 3. Grounding System: a. Test the completed ground systems for continuity and for resistance to ground using an electrical ground resistance tester. 4. Operation Tests: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-27 a. Operate all starters, circuit breakers and associated equipment to demonstrate suitability and compliance with Specifications and reference standards, except for short circuit interrupting rating or other inherent design features covered by shop tests. b. Test all motors for direction of rotation and reverse connections if necessary. c. Check control circuits to determine that operation and sequence are correct and adjust limit switches, pressure switches, float switches, timers and other devices to give proper operation END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Electrical Work (Small Scope Projects) 16100-28 SECTION 16139 - CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS • PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: • 1. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to furnish and install cable trays. B. Coordination: 1. Coordinate installation of cable trays with piping, ductwork, lighting fixtures and other systems and equipment. Locate cable trays clear of interferences. 2. Review installation procedures under this and other Sections and coordinate installation of items to be installed with or before cable tray Work. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. NEMA VE 1, Metal Cable Tray Systems. 2. ANSI / ASQC Q9001-2000 (ISO 9001 Compliant) 3. ASME NQA-1-2004 4. ANSI N45.2 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with electrical code in effect at the Site and the following: 1. NEC Article 392, Cable Trays. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's technical information for cable tray materials and system proposed for use. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Cable Trays for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16139-1 00992-0232 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS • A. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: • 1. B -Line Systems. 2. Chalfant Manufacturing Company. 3. Enduro Systems, Inc. 4. Or equal. B. Cable Tray System: 1. Type: Ladder, rungs welded to side rails. 2. Material: Aluminum. 3. Rung Spacing: Nine inches on centers, minimum. 4. Inside Depth: Four inches minimum or as otherwise shown or indicated. 5. Radius: Six inches to two feet as shown, indicated, or required. 6. Width: Six inches to three feet as shown, indicated, or required. 7. Support Span: Not to exceed twelve feet, unless otherwise shown or indicated. 8. Loading Capacity: NEMA 12C or greater. 9. Splice plates shall be the bolted type made as indicated below for each tray type. Splice plate construction shall be such that a splice may be located anywhere within the support span without diminishing rated loading capacity of the cable tray. Hardware shall be Type 316 stainless. Minimum 10. Cable tray system shall comply with NEC Article 392 and NEMA VE1. 11. Cable Try Conduit Clamps: Furnish as required, as follows: a. Non -corrosive Locations: Provide B -Line Catalog Number 9ZN- 1158, or equal. b. Corrosive Locations: Provide B -Line Catalog Number 9F Series non-metallic, or equal 12. Cable tray supports: Shall be placed so that the support spans do not exceed maximum span indicated on drawings. Supports shall be constructed from minimum 12 gauge steel formed shape channel members 1-5/8 inch by 1-5/8 inch with necessary hardware or as shown on contract drawings. 13. Barrier Strips: Shall be placed on as specified on drawings. At horizontal tee and cross intersections, cable runs that are separated with a standard Barrier Strip should be separated vertically and with a solid barrier. The construction of the vertical separation shall include raised sides to retain the top layer(s) of cable, slots for attachment of cable ties, and smooth edges to protect cable jackets 14. Accessories - special accessories shall be furnished as required to protect, support, and install a cable tray system. Accessories shall City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Cable Trays for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16139-2 110 00992-0232 • • consist of but are not limited to; section splice plates, expansion plates, blind -end plates, specially designed ladder dropouts, barriers, etc. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine conditions under which the Work will be installed and notify ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Installation, General: 1. Install cable trays in accordance with Laws and Regulations, and manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Provide complete cable tray system prior to installing cables. 2. Install cable trays exposed and in accessible locations. 3. Ground cable tray system components. 4. Where required, connect conduit to cable tray using cable tray conduit clamps. 5. Divided cable runs shall be kept separate at horizontal intersections with a solid barrier. Provide barrier strips in cable trays to isolate instrumentation and communication cables from 120VAC and greater power and control wiring. 3.2 TESTING A. Test cable trays to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections, and to demonstrate compliance with specified maximum grounding resistance. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No, 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Cable Trays for Electrical Systems 16 -0033 -UT 16139-3 00992-0232 SECTION 16215 - ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM STUDIES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, professional services, and incidentals required to perform electrical power distribution system studies. Study shall cover all new equipment and existing equipment to the MCC main Breaker level. 2. Motor starting and transformer information used in electrical power distribution system studies shall be based on equipment provided by CONTRACTOR and, where applicable, existing equipment ratings and settings. 3. Electrical power distribution system studies shall include the following, as specified in this Section: a. Short-circuit study. b. Protective device evaluation study. c. Protective device coordination study. d. Arc flash analysis. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems. 2. Div 16 Sections for Electrical Equipment Provided under this Contract 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. ANSI/IEEE C37.91, Guide for Protective Relay Applications to Power Transformers 2. ANSI/NCSL Z540.3 Requirements for the Calibration of Measuring and Test Equipment. 3. IEEE 141, Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution in Industrial Plants (IEEE Red Book). 4. IEEE 242, Recommended Practice for Protection and Coord. of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (IEEE Buff Book). 5. IEEE 399, Analysis (IEEE Brown Book), Recommended Practice for Power System Analysis. 6. IEEE 1584, Guide for Performing Arc -Flash Hazard Calculations. 7. NFPA 70E, Electrical Safety in the Workplace. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Power Distribution 16 -0033 -UT System Studies 00992-0232 16215-1 • • 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Action Submittals: 1. Calculations and results of arc -flash analysis in report format sealed and signed by professional engineer retained for the studies. Submit preliminary reports (when specified) and final reports. 2. Testing Plan: Submit work plan for field testing. Submit and obtain ENGINEER's approval prior to performing tests. Plan shall indicate schedule of field testing, time frames for tests, and duration of equipment outage for testing. Submit shutdown requests for each outage in accordance with Section 01040, Coordination with CITY's Operations. 3. Field Survey Plan: Submit work plan for field survey and data gathering prior to beginning work. Plan shall indicate the schedule of work, time frames for data collection, and duration that equipment will be temporarily out of service. Submit shutdown requests for each outage in compliance with Section 01040, Coordination with CITY's Operations. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Test Reports: a. Results of field testing. 2. Qualifications Statements: a. Professional engineer. b. Field engineer, when required by ENGINEER. C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Final settings of protective devices. Submit compilation of final settings for each equipment lineup within 10 days of programming the associated protective devices. 2. Electronic Files: a. Protective Devices: 1) Settings for all microprocessor -based protective devices. 2) Software versions used to program the protective devices. b. Electrical Power Distribution System Studies: 1) Upon ENGINEER's approval or acceptance, as applicable, of submittals required under this Section, submit for CITY's use all electronic files developed for the Work under this Section associated with the approved or accepted, as applicable, submittal to ENGINEER. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Power Distribution 16 -0033 -UT System Studies 00992-0232 16215-2 • • • 2) Electronic files submitted for CITY's use shall become CITY's property. 3) Source files for power studies performed under this Section. 1.4 ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM STUDIES A. General: 1. Perform a current and complete short-circuit study, protective device evaluation study, and protective device coordination study for the Site's electrical distribution system. Perform studies in accordance with IEEE 141, IEEE 242, and IEEE 399. 2. Studies shall include all portions of high-, medium-, and low -voltage electrical power distribution systems, from the normal and alternate sources of power through low -voltage distribution system. Thoroughly cover in the study normal system operating method, alternate operation, and operations that could result in maximum fault conditions. 3. Perform a complete study to evaluate both new and existing devices, and include recommendations on required adjustments. Studies shall include both the normal utility supply and standby generator systems. 4. Promptly bring to attention of ENGINEER and CITY problem areas and inadequacies in equipment. 5. Perform both preliminary and final short-circuit and coordination studies. Preliminary study shall verify adequacy of equipment's short-circuit ratings and establish preliminary settings required prior for energizing equipment. Perform final short-circuit and coordination study and arc flash analysis after ENGINEER's acceptance of preliminary study, but not later than the date when equipment installed under the Project is placed into service. Study data shall include the following: a. Preliminary Short-circuit and Coordination Study: Base the evaluation on the worst case operating mode. Include the utility - confirmed contribution. Base the evaluation on estimated cable lengths, and proposed equipment and protective devices. b. Final Short-circuit and Coordination Study: Base the evaluation on utility -confirmed contribution. Evaluate the distribution system under each of the various operating modes. Base the evaluation on actual confirmed cable lengths, and installed equipment and protective devices. B. Short-circuit Study: 1. Perform short-circuit evaluation using computer software specifically designed for such use. 2. Input data shall include electric utility company's short-circuit, single-, and three-phase contributions, with reactance/resistance (X/R) ratio, resistance and reactance components of each branch impedance, motor City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Power Distribution 16 -0033 -UT System Studies 00992-0232 16215-3 • • and generator contributions, base quantities selected, and other applicable circuit parameters. 3. Calculate short-circuit momentary duties and interrupting duties on the basis of maximum available fault current at each switchgear bus, switchboard, motor control center, distribution panelboard, pertinent branch circuit panelboards, and other significant locations through the system. 4. Short-circuit tabulations shall include symmetrical fault currents and X/R ratios. For each fault location, total duty on the bus and individual contribution from each connected branch, including motor back electromotive force (EMF) current contributions, shall be listed with its associated X/R ratio. C. Protective Device Evaluation Study: 1. Determine adequacy of circuit breakers, controllers, surge arresters, busways, switches, and fuses by tabulating and comparing short-circuit ratings of these devices with the available fault currents. 2. Apply appropriate multiplying factors based upon system X/R ratios and protective device rating standards. D. Protective Device Coordination Study: 1. Perform study to select or to check selections of power fuse ratings, protective relay characteristics and settings, ratios and characteristics of associated voltage and current transformers, and low -voltage breaker trip characteristics and setting. 2. Overcurrent device settings estimated in the protective device coordination study shall provide complete, 100 percent selectivity. Selectively coordinate system such that only the device nearest a fault will operate to remove the faulted circuit. System selectively shall be based on both the magnitude and duration of a fault current. 3. Study shall include all voltage classes of equipment starting at electric utility's incoming line protective device, down to and including medium and low -voltage equipment. Phase and ground overcurrent and phase and ground fault protection shall be included, and settings for other adjustable protective devices. 4. Plot time -current characteristics of installed protective devices on appropriate log -log paper. Maintain reasonable coordination intervals and separation of characteristic curves. Provide coordination plots for phase and ground protective devices for complete system. Use sufficient curves to clearly indicate selective coordination achieved through electric utility's main breaker, power distribution feeder breakers, and overcurrent devices at each major load center. 5. Show maximum of eight protective devices per plot. Appropriately title each plot and include the following information as required for the circuits shown: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No, 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Power Distribution 16 -0033 -UT System Studies 00992-0232 16215-4 • • s a. Representative one -line diagram, legends, and types of protective devices selected. b. Power company's relays or fuse characteristics. c. Significant motor starting characteristics. d. Parameters of transformers, magnetizing inrush and withstand curves in accordance with ANSI C37.91. e. Operating bands of low -voltage circuit breaker trip curves, and fuse curves. f. Relay taps, time dial and instantaneous trip settings. g. Cable damage curves. h. Symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents. 6. Provide selection and settings of protective devices separately in tabular format listing circuit identification, IEEE device number, current transformer ratios, manufacturer, type, range of adjustment, and recommended settings. Provide a tabulation of recommended power fuse selection for all fuses in system. E. Arc -Flash Analysis: 1. Conduct arc flash analysis after acceptance by ENGINEER of short- circuit study and coordination study. Perform arc flash analysis for each operating mode of the system, in accordance with IEEE 1584 and NFPA 70E. 2. Document the protection and calculation procedures and coordination review in testing report. Present analysis results in tabular format showing the following: a. Bus and protection device name. b. Bolted and arcing fault values. c. Protective device trip times. d. Arc flash boundary, working distance, and incident energy. e. Required protective flame -resistant (FR) clothing class. 1.5 STUDY REPORT A. Summarize results of electrical power distribution system studies in a typed or computer -printed report that includes the following: 1. Description, purpose, basis, written scope, and single -line diagram of power distribution systems evaluated. 2. Tabulations of circuit breaker, fuses, and other equipment ratings versus calculated short-circuit duties. Evaluation of short-circuit calculations and identification of underrated equipment. 3. Protective device time versus current coordination curves, tabulations of relay and circuit breaker trip settings, and fuse selection. Include an evaluation and discussion of logical compromises for proposed protection. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Power Distribution 16 -0033 -UT System Studies 00992-0232 16215-5 • • • a. Duplex grounding receptacle, two pole, three wire, 125 volt AC, 20 ampere. 1) Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a) Cat. #53CM62, as manufactured by Harvey Hubbell Incorporated. b) Cat. #5362 -CR, as manufactured by Arrow -Hart Incorporated. c) Or approved equal. 2. Receptacles for Hazardous Locations: a. Material: Factory sealed receptacle suitable for installation in Class I, Group D hazardous locations. Copper -free aluminum receptacle and cover with cast gray iron alloy or cast malleable iron mounting box with zinc electroplate finish. Receptacle rated at 20 amperes, 125-250 volt AC, 2 wire, three pole. b. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1) Series CPS, as manufactured by Crouse Hinds Company. 2) Type CPS, as manufactured by Appleton Electric Company. 3) Or approved equal. D. Disconnect Switches: 1. Service Disconnect Switches: a. Type: Fused, heavy-duty, single throw, quick -make, quick -break mechanism, visible blades in OFF position and safety handle. b. Rating: Voltage, number of poles and short circuit rating as shown on the Drawings. Switch shall bear a UL label and shall be suitable for use as service equipment. Single Throw, Circuit Disconnect Switches: Type: Unfused, horsepower rated, heavy-duty, single throw, quick -make, quick -break mechanism, visible blades in the OFF position and safety handle. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-11 b. Rating: Voltage and number of poles as required for motor or equipment circuits being disconnected. Switches shall bear a UL label. c. For switches connected to variable frequency drives, provide auxiliary contacts for control power interruption before breaking of motor contact. 3. Double Throw Safety Switches: 1. Type: Unfused, double throw with center "OFF" position, quick -make, quick -break mechanism, visible blades in the "OFF" position, and safety handle. 2. Rating: Voltage and current ratings and number of poles as required for circuits being disconnected. Switches shall bear UL label and shall comply with UL 98, NEMA KS 1, and NEMA 250. 4. Enclosure: a. NEMA 12 for dry, non -corrosive areas. b. 316 Stainless Steel NEMA 4X for wet or corrosive locations and all outdoor locations. c. NEMA 7 for areas classified as hazardous locations. d. Nameplate identifying equipment for which switches serve as the disconnecting means. 5. Manufacturer: Provide disconnect switches of one of the following: a. Square D Company. b. Eaton c. Siemens d. No equal. 2.4 GROUNDING SYSTEMS A. Bare Ground Cable: 1. Material: Annealed, bare, stranded copper, No. 8 AWG minimum size. 2. Manufacturer: Provide ground cable of one of the following: a. Cablec Corporation. b. General Cable Corporation. c. Rome Cable Company. d. Or approved equal. B. Ground Rods: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 ,. 16100-12 • • 1. Material: Copperclad rigid steel rods, 3/4 -inch diameter, 10 feet long. 2. Manufacturer: Provide ground rods by one of the following: a. Copperweld, Bimetallics Division. b. ITT Blackburn Company. c. Or equal. C. Grounding Connectors: 1. Material: Pressure connectors to be copper alloy castings, designed specifically for the items to be connected, and assembled with Durium or silicone bronze bolts, nuts and washers. Welded connections to be by exothermic process utilizing molds, cartridges and hardware designed specifically for the connection to be made. 2. Manufacturer: Provide grounding connectors of one of the following: a. Pressure Connectors: 1) O.Z./Gedney, Division of General Signal Corporation. 2) Burndy Corporation. 3) Or equal. b. Welded Connections: 1) Cadweld by Erico Products, Incorporated. 2) Therm -O -Weld by Burndy Corporation. 3) Or equal. 2.5 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION A. Lighting and Distribution Panelboards: 1. Panelboards: a. Rating: Voltage rating, current rating, number of phases, number of wires and number of poles shall be as shown. b. Circuit Breakers: Molded case, bolt -in thermal magnetic type with number of poles and trip ratings as shown. c. Branch circuit interrupting capacity to exceed the maximum fault current available at the panelboard bus. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-13 d. Bus Bars: 98 percent conductivity copper. All 4 wire panelboards shall have a solid neutral bar. All panels shall have ground bus. e. Main: All panelboards shall have a main circuit breaker unless Drawings specifically call for main Tugs only. f. Branch circuit breakers connected for sequence phasing. g. Construction: Code grade steel, ample gutter space, flush door, flush snaplatch and lock. h. Trim: Surface or flush as required. Directory: Typed card, with glass cover in frame on back of door giving the circuit numbers and the area or equip- ment served. j. Identification: Nameplate identifying the panel number and voltage. k. Manufacturer: Provide panelboards of one of the following: 1) General Electric Company. 2) Westinghouse Electric Corporation. 3) Square D Company. 4) Or approved equal. 2. Mini -Power Centers: a. General: Mini -power center shall consist of an encapsulat- ed dry -type transformer, primary and secondary main circuit breakers, and secondary panelboard all in one enclosure. b. Transformer Rating: KVA, primary voltage, secondary voltage, frequency and number of phases shall be as indicated on the Drawings. c. Branch Circuits: Molded case circuit breakers, plug-in thermal magnetic type with number of poles and trip ratings as shown on the Drawings. d. Enclosure: Weatherproof. e. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1) Mini -Power Zone, as manufactured by Square D Company. 2) Mini -Power Center, as manufactured by Eaton Corp 3) No equal. D. Dry Type Transformers: 1. General: a. Type: General purpose, dry type. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-14 b. Rating: KVA, primary voltage and connection, secondary voltage and connection, frequency and number of phases shall be as indicated on the Drawings. c. Taps: Full capacity, two 2-1/2 percent primary taps above normal and two 2-1/2 percent primary taps below normal. d. Sound Level: ANSI C89.1 standard. e. Enclosure: UL listed for either indoor or outdoor use. f. Insulation: Class 185 C, 115 C rise. g. Identification: Nameplate identifying the transformer number and voltages. 2. Manufacturer: Provide transformers of one of the following: a. General Electric Company. b. Eaton Corp c. Square D Company. d. Or approved equal. A. Surge Suppression Devices (SPD): 1. SPD shall be modular, high-energy, parallel design with fast - acting transient voltage suppression using metal oxide varistors. Equipment shall provide noise attenuation with electromagnetic interference filter. a. Provide indication of status of SPD on device. b. Provide counter for number of surges. 2. SPD shall comply with requirements of the following: a. ANSI/UL 1449. b. UL 1283. c. IEEE C62.11, IEEE C62.41 and IEEE C62.45. 3. SPD shall be suitable for operation under the following environmental conditions: a. Relative Humidity: Zero to 95 percent, non -condensing. b. Frequency: 47 to 63 Hertz. c. Temperature: Zero to 149 degrees F. 4. SPD operating voltage and IEEE C62.41 and IEEE C62.45 Category A, B, and C application environments shall be suitable for the associated SPD location(s) shown or indicated on the Drawings. 5. SPD shall be suitable for internal and external mounting. Where shown on the Drawings, SPD shall be factory -mounted and integrated into distribution equipment specified under the following Sections: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-15 a. Section 16100, General Provisions for Electrical Systems. b. Section 16423, Motor Control Centers. 6. SPD shall include a surge suppression path for each mode as required for the system configuration shown on the Drawings. Each mode shall be individually fused and equipped with thermal cutouts. SPD short-circuit rating shall be 200 kA. Protection modes shall include, to the extent applicable, the following: 1. Line -to -line. 2. Line -to -neutral. 3. Line -to -ground. 4. Neutral -to -ground. 7. SPD shall include electromagnetic interference/radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI) noise rejection filter with attenuation up to 30 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz. 8. SPDs and components in the operating path shall have maximum continuous operating voltage greater than 115 percent of nominal system operating voltage. 9. ANSI/UL 1449 minimum withstand rating shall be 20 kA per pole, and ANSI/UL 1449 voltage protection rating for SPD shall not exceed the following: Modes 208Y/120 480Y/277 L-N,L-G, N -G 800 1200 L -L 1200 2000 10. SPD surge capacity based upon IEEE C62.41 location category shall, as a minimum, be the following: Category Application Per Phase Per Mode C Service entrance 240 kA 120 kA B High exposure locations (distribution equipment) 160 kA 80 kA A Branch locations 120 kA 60 kA 2.6 LIGHTING SYSTEMS A. Lighting Fixtures: 1. Type: Lighting fixtures are noted in the Fixture Schedule. Fixtures to be complete with supports, ballasts, lamps and incidentals as required. 2. Lamps: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-16 a. Fluorescent: Cool white, energy efficient type. b. High Pressure Sodium: Clear. c. Mercury Vapor: Color corrected. d. Metal Halide: Phosphor coated. e. Incandescent: Inside frosted. f. Spare: Ten percent spare lamps of each type and wattage. 3. Ballasts: a. Fluorescent: High power factor, energy efficient type, equipped with thermal protectors (Type "P" ballast), compatible with the lamps installed. b. High Intensity Discharge: High power factor, constant wattage, stabilized autotransformer with line starting current the same or less than operating current. c. Ballasts to have "C" sound rating (min.) and be ETL/CBM certified. d. Spare: Ten percent spare ballasts of each type. 4. Fixtures located in an area which is identified as a hazardous location shall be approved as a complete assembly for the hazardous location classification indicated on the Drawings, shall be clearly marked to indicate maximum wattage of lamps for which they are approved, and shall be protected against physical damage by suitable guards. 5. Hardware: All necessary hangers, supports, conduit adapters, reducers, hooks, brackets and other hardware required for safe fixture mounting shall be furnished. Hardware shall have a protective, non -corrosive finish. 2.7 CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. Magnetic Motor Starters: 1. Type: Magnetic coil operated, horsepower rated with thermal overload protection. 2. Combination starter with magnetic only motor circuit protector. 3. Functional Type: Full voltage, single speed, nonreversing unless otherwise noted on Drawings. 4. Control power transformer fused and grounded on low voltage (120 V) side for each starter. 5. Auxiliary contacts for motor space heaters, remote status signals and interlocks as required. 6. Overload relays of the temperature compensated type and overload heaters sized to coordinate with actual motors being controlled. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-17 • • • 7. Start and stop control stations, selector switches, pilot lights and other devices as required. 8. Nameplate identifying the equipment controlled. 9. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Square D b. Eaton c. No equal. B. Manual Motor Starters: 1. Type: Toggle operated, horsepower rated with thermal overload protection. 2. Nameplate identifying the equipment controlled. 3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Square D b. Eaton c. General Electric Company. d. Allen Bradley Company. e. No equal. C. Control Stations: 1. Type: Industrial, heavy duty, oiltight construction with clearly marked legend plates. 2. Lockout Stop: Maintained contact type with provisions for locking. 3. Pushbuttons: Momentary or maintained types, NEMA A600 contact rating. 4. Selector Switches: Rotary type with round or oval handles and positioning device to securely hold switch in selected position. 5. Indicating Lights: Transformer type with 6 volt lamp, push -to -test. Glass (domed) lens color red for running, green for stopped or ready and amber for failure. Schneider part# 9001 KT1 or equal. 6. Nameplates identifying equipment controlled if not readily apparent. 7. Manufacturer: Provide control stations of one of the following: a. Square D b. Eaton c. General Electric Company. d. Allen Bradley Company. e. No equal. D. Relay Panels: General: Provide relay panels for control of equipment as shown on the Drawings. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-18 a. Relays shall be industrial type, 600 volt with convertible contact cartridge to convert from either NO or NC contacts. Number of contacts shall be as required for the control functions shown on the Drawings. b. 300 volt barrier screw type terminal strips for all wiring entering and leaving the panel. 2. Enclosures: a. NEMA 12 for dry indoor locations. b. NEMA 4X for wet or corrosive locations. c. NEMA 7 for Class I hazardous locations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Mount equipment so that sufficient access and working space is provided for safe operation and maintenance. 2. Securely fasten enclosures to walls and other structural surfaces on which they are mounted. Provide independent supports where no walls or other structural surface exists. 3. Install in conformance with the National Electrical Code. B. Raceway Systems: 1. Supports: a. Rigidly support conduits by clamps, hangers or unistrut channels. b. Support single conduits by means of one -hole pipe clamps in combination with one -screw back plates, to raise conduits from the support surface. Support multiple runs of conduits on trapeze type hangers with steel horizontal members and threaded hanger rods, Kindorff or equal. Rods shall be not less than 3/8 -inch diameter, and shall be cadmium coated. c. For PVC coated rigid steel conduit runs, supports and hardware shall be PVC coated or stainless steel. 2. Fastenings: Fasten raceway systems rigidly and neatly to supporting structures by the following methods: a. To Wood: Wood screws. b. To Hollow Masonry Units: Toggle bolts. c. To Brick Masonry: Price expansion bolts, or equal. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-19 • • • d. To Concrete: Phillips; Hilti Corporation; or equal, anchors. e. To Steel: Welded threaded studs, beam clamps or bolts with lockwashers or locknuts. 3. Exposed Conduit: a. Install parallel or perpendicular to structural members or walls. b. Wherever possible, run in groups. Provide aluminum conduit racks of suitable width, length and height and arranged to suit field conditions. Support every ten feet minimum. c. Install on structural members in protected locations. d. Locate clear of interferences. e. Maintain 6 inches from hot fluid lines and 1/4 -inch from walls. f. Install vertical runs plumb. Unsecured drop length not to exceed 12 feet. 4. Conduit Embedded in Concrete: a. Separation: Three times outer diameter of larger conduit center to center. b. Minimum Slab Thickness: 1) With no crisscrossing of conduit, three times outer diameter of conduit. 2) With crisscrossing of conduits, four times outer diameter of larger conduit. c. Run conduit in center of slab. d. Before concrete is placed, make the necessary location measurements of the conduit to be embedded so that the information is available to prepare record drawings. 5. Underground Conduits: a. Install individual underground conduits a minimum of 20 inches below grade unless otherwise indicated. b. Perform all excavation, bedding, backfilling and surface restoration including pavement replacement where required. c. Make conduit connections watertight. d. Protect metallic conduits from corrosion by one of the following means: 1) Provide three inches of concrete all around conduits. 2) Tape conduits with an all-weather polyvinyl chloride plastic tape with a high tack adhesive formulated to resist corrosion, Scotchrap #50 or equal. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-20 • 3) Apply 2 coats of a bitumastic coating. 6. Empty Conduits: a. Install nylon pull wire in each empty conduit and cap conduits not terminating in boxes with permanent fittings designed for the purpose. b. Identify each empty conduit with a durable tag showing the conduit number indicated on the Drawings. 7. Field Bends: No indentations. Diameter of conduit shall not vary more than 15 percent at any bend. 8. Joints: a. Apply conductive compound to all joints before assembly. b. Make up joints tight and ground thoroughly. c. Use standard tapered pipe threads for conduit and fittings. d. Cut conduit ends square and ream to prevent damage to wire and cable. e. Use full threaded couplings. Split couplings not permitted. f. Use strap wrenches and vises to install conduit. Replace conduit with wrench marks. g. Apply zinc -rich paint to exposed threads and other areas of galvanized conduit system where the base metal is exposed. 9. Terminations: a. Install insulated bushings on conduits entering boxes or cabinets, except threaded hub types. b. Provide locknuts on both inside and outside of enclosure for grounding. c. Bushings not to be used in lieu of locknuts. 10. Moisture Protection: a. Plug or cap conduit ends at time of installation to prevent entrance of moisture or foreign materials. b. Make underground and embedded conduit connections watertight. c. Thruwall Seals: Install for conduits passing through new exterior subsurface walls or base slabs of buildings and for conduits passing through existing exterior walls. For individual exposed conduits passing through interior walls, install non-metallic sleeves to protect the conduit against action of alkaline substances which may be present. d. Drainage: Pay particular attention to drainage for conduit runs. Wherever possible, install conduit runs so as to drain City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Work 16 -0033 -UT (Small Scope Projects) 00992-0232 16100-21 4. Fault current tabulation including definition of terms and guide for interpretation. 5. Tabulation of appropriate tap settings for relay seal -in units. 6. Tabulation of equipment survey information. B. Electrical power distribution system studies report shall include a separate section addressing arc flash analysis. In addition to protection and calculation procedures, and coordination review and analysis results, report shall include protective device evaluation for each high -incident energy case to determine if adjustments can improve system performance relative to arc flash hazard level. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND EVALUATION FIRM A. Power distribution system studies shall be performed by one of the following: 1. Eaton 2. Schneider Electric 3. Or approved Equal 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Coordinate with professional engineer performing the studies and assist professional engineer with collecting information necessary to complete the specified studies. 2. Prior to performing studies, obtain information pertaining to existing system necessary for performing studies. 3.2 FIELD SERVICES A. CONTRACTOR's professional engineer shall conduct an equipment survey and data gathering of existing devices and information necessary to perform electrical power distribution system studies. B. To the extent applicable, perform survey that includes the following information: 1. Manufacturer, type, and size of each power fuse. 2. Manufacturer, type, model, and settings for each protective relay, trip unit, and circuit breaker. 3. Current transformer ratios for each protective relay. 4. Appropriate data for motors and transformers included with the study. C. CONTRACTOR's professional engineer shall confirm and establish proper settings for protective devices. Professional engineer shall collect data and City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Power Distribution 16 -0033 -UT System Studies 00992-0232 16215-6 coordinate with equipment Suppliers to establish proper settings for the devices provided. Document in the study all devices and settings. • 3.4 FIELD TESTING A. Site Tests: 1. Provide protective device field testing in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. Field testing shall be by CONTRACTOR's field engineer, after submittal of and ENGINEER's acceptance of electrical power distribution system studies. Field testing results shall be documented in a report that shall include final settings of protective devices. 2. Field engineer shall provide necessary tools and equipment and adjust, set, calibrate, and test protective devices. Protective relays and meters in medium- and low -voltage equipment shall be set, adjusted, calibrated, and tested in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations and the coordination study. Provide minor adjustments, repairs, and lubrication necessary for proper operation. 3. Electromechanical protective relays provided in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be set and tested for acceptance. Testing shall include visual and mechanical inspection. Testing shall include overcurrent time and pick-up tests. 4. Solid state and multi -function trip devices shall be set, including required programming necessary for the protection required. Devices shall be checked, configured, and tested for setting and proper operation. 3.5 MAINTENANCE OF OPERATIONS A. Field testing may require that certain equipment be temporarily taken out of service. CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work with due regard to the need of CITY for continuance of operations and in accordance with sequencing required in the Contract Documents, and in accordance with Section 01040, Coordination with Owner's Operations. Submit testing procedures and schedules and obtain acceptance by ENGINEER prior to starting testing and related Work. 3.6 INSTALLATION A. Provide personnel protective equipment labels in accordance with Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems. 1. Supplier Services: Provide training for CITY's operation and maintenance personnel in personnel protection equipment. Provide at least eight hours of training, in accordance with Section 01781, Instruction of Operations and Maintenance Personnel. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Electrical Power Distribution 16 -0033 -UT System Studies 00992-0232 16215-7 SECTION 16289 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES • PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: • • 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to furnish and install surge protective devices (SPD). 2. SPDs furnished under this Section shall be ANSI/UL 1449 Type 2 integrating both surge suppression and high -frequency noise filtering suitable for use on low -voltage distribution systems. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16423, Motor Control Centers. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. ANSI/UL 1449, Surge Protective Devices. 2. IEEE C62.11, Metal -Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits (>1 kV) 3. IEEE C62.41, Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low -voltage AC Power Circuits. 4. IEEE C62.45, Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low -Voltage (1,000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits. 5. UL 1283, Electromagnetic Interference Filters. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Shall have at least five years' experience manufacturing and servicing products substantially similar to those required and shall be able to submit documentation of at least five installations in satisfactory operation for at least five years each. B. Component Supply and Compatibility: 1. Obtain all products included in this Section regardless of component manufacturer from a single SPD manufacturer. 2. SPD manufacturer shall review and approve or prepare all Shop Drawings and other submittals for all components furnished under this Section. 3. Components shall be suitable for the specified service conditions and shall be integrated into overall assembly by SPD manufacturer. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Surge Protective Devices 16289-1 C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: 1. NEC 110.9, Requirements for Electrical Installations, Interrupting Rating. 2. NEC 240.21, Overcurrent Protection, Location in Circuit. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Electrical and mechanical drawings for each type of unit, showing electrical ratings, dimensions, mounting provisions, connection details, and layout diagrams. b. Components list and nameplate schedule. c. Summary sheets with schedules of equipment. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's technical information, including catalog information. b. Manufacturer's technical specifications with assembly and component ratings. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Certifications: a. Certification that SPD devices comply with standards referenced in this Section. 2. Source Quality Control Submittals: a. Report of results of testing and inspections performed at manufacturer's shop. 3. Supplier Reports: a. Submit written report of results of each visit to Site by Supplier's service technician, including purpose and time of visit, tasks performed, and results obtained. Submit within two days of completion of visit to the Site. 4. Qualifications Statements: a. Manufacture, when requested by ENGINEER. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Surge Protective Devices 16289-2 • C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the Following 1. Operations and Maintenance Data: a. Submit in accordance with Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data. b. Include acceptable test reports, maintenance data and schedules, description of operation, wiring diagrams, and list of spare parts recommended for one year of operation with current price list. 2. Warranty Documentation: Submit example warranty at time of shipment of the equipment. Include final warranty accepted by ENGINEER in the operations and maintenance manual for the equipment. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING. A. Delivery: 1. Upon delivery, check for evidence of water that may have entered equipment during transit. B. Storage: 1. Store SPD equipment in a clean, dry location with controls for uniform temperature and humidity. Protect equipment with coverings and maintain environmental controls. 2. Protect equipment from corrosion and deterioration. • 1.06 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive OWNER of other rights or remedies OWNER may otherwise have under the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents shall not be limited in any way by the provisions of the specified special warranty. Special Warranty on Materials and Equipment: 1. Provide manufacturer's written warranty, running to the benefit of OWNER, agreeing to correct, or at option of OWNER, remove or replace materials or equipment specified in this Section found to be defective during a period of five years after the date of Substantial Completion. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Surge Protective Devices 16289-3 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Provide equipment of one of the following: 1. General Electric. 2. Schneider Electric/Square-D Company. 3. Eaton/Cutler-Hammer. 4. Or equal. 2.2 EQUIPMENT A. General: 1. SPD shall be modular, high-energy, parallel design with fast -acting transient voltage suppression using metal oxide varistors. Equipment shall provide noise attenuation with electromagnetic interference filter. 2. SPD shall comply with requirements of the following: a. ANSI/UL 1449. b. UL 1283. c. IEEE C62.11, IEEE C62.41 and IEEE C62.45. 3. SPD shall be suitable for operation under the following environmental conditions: a. Relative Humidity: Zero to 95 percent, non -condensing. b. Frequency: 47 to 63 Hertz. c. Temperature: Zero to 149 degrees F. 4. SPD operating voltage and IEEE C62.41 and IEEE C62.45 Category A, B, and C application environments shall be suitable for the associated SPD location(s) shown or indicated on the Drawings. 5. SPD shall be suitable for internal and external mounting. Where shown on the Drawings, SPD shall be factory -mounted and integrated into distribution equipment specified under the following Sections: a. Section 16100, Electrical Work Small Scope b. Section 16423, Motor Control Centers. B. SPD shall include a surge suppression path for each mode as required for the system configuration shown on the Drawings. Each mode shall be individually fused and equipped with thermal cutouts. SPD short-circuit rating shall be 200 kA. Protection modes shall include, to the extent applicable, the following: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Surge Protective Devices 16289-4 • • • 1. Line -to -line. 2. Line -to -neutral. 3. Line -to -ground. 4. Neutral -to -ground. C. SPD shall include electromagnetic interference/radio frequency interference (EMI/RFI) noise rejection filter with attenuation up to 30 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz. D. SPDs and components in the operating path shall have maximum continuous operating voltage greater than 115 percent of nominal system operating voltage. E. ANSI/UL 1449 minimum withstand rating shall be 20 kA per pole, and ANSI/UL 1449 voltage protection rating for SPD shall not exceed the following: Modes 208Y/120 480Y/277 L-N,L-G, N -G 800 1200 L -L 1200 2000 F. SPD surge capacity based upon IEEE C62.41 location category shall, as a minimum, be the following: Category Application Per Phase Per Mode C Service entrance 240 kA 120 kA B High exposure locations (distribution equipment) 160 kA 80 kA A Branch locations 120 kA 60 kA 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Provide SPD equipped with the following accessories: 1. Surge counter with display for indicating the number of surges detected. 2. LED indicators for monitoring device status. 3. Audible alarm and silence switch for indicating an inoperative condition. 4. Dry contacts, "Form C", for remote annunciation of unit status. 5. Indicators, counter, alarm, and silence switch shall be visible and accessible from front of the SPD. When SPD is integral to switchgear, motor control center, panelboard, or other equipment, indicators, counter, alarm, and silence switch shall be visible and accessible from front of the equipment in which the SPD is installed. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. . Perform manufacturer's standard factory tests on equipment. Tests shall be in accordance with IEEE C62.45 and ANSI/UL 1449. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Surge Protective Devices 16289-5 • • • PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine conditions under which materials and equipment will be installed and notify ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install SPD at locations shown on the Drawings in accordance with equipment manufacturer's recommendations, Laws, and Regulations, and the Contract Documents. B. Conductor length between suppressor and connection point shall be as short and as straight as possible. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Surge Protective Devices 16289-6 • SECTION 16423 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, services, and incidentals as shown, specified, for the coordination and receipt of delivery, unloading of equipment, installation, commissioning and startup of the Motor Control Center (MCC), and providing a complete and operational system. 2. MCC shall be "Smart type" with Ethernet communication ability to SCADA. All motor and breaker status shall be able to be transmitted to SCADA via Ethernet. Provide all necessary Ethernet switches within in this MCC to connect to the network. This is in addition to any hardwire control shown on drawings or specified. Communication protocol shall be Ethernet TCP/IP. 3. Provide space for contractor supplied PLC and UPS equipment. In addition, MCC provider shall provide 120VAC power supply for PLC and UPS. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the coordination: 1. To properly size circuit breakers, starters, and control power transformers, obtain motor nameplate data on equipment being furnished under this and other contracts as required. 2. To properly size control power transformers, obtain data on motor space heater and other accessories. 3. Review installation procedures under this and other Sections and coordinate installation of items to be installed with or before motor control center Work. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems. 2. Section 16289, Surge Protective Devices 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. ANSI/IEEE C37.2, Electrical Power System Device Function Numbers and Contact Designations. 2. ANSI/NETA ATS, Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-1 • 3. NEMA ICS 18, Motor Control Centers. 4. NEMA ICS 1, Industrial Controls and Systems: General Requirements. 5. UL 845, Motor Control Centers. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Shall have not less than five years of experience of producing equipment substantially similar to that required and shall be able to submit documentation of not less than five installations in satisfactory operation for at least five years each. 2. Independent Field Testing Firm: a. Retain an independent testing firm to perform field acceptance testing of motor control centers. b. Testing firm and its assigned personnel shall be experienced in inspecting and testing motor control centers. c. Testing firm shall be a member company of NETA. B. Component Supply and Compatibility: 1. Obtain materials and equipment included in this Section, regardless of component manufacturer, from one motor control center equipment manufacturer. 2. Motor control center equipment manufacturer shall review and approve, or shall prepare, all Shop Drawings and other submittals for components furnished under this Section. 3. Equipment shall be specifically constructed for specified service conditions. Equipment and components shall be integrated into overall motor control center equipment system by motor control center equipment manufacturer. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: 1. NEC Article 430, Motors, Motor Circuits, and Controllers. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Outline and summary sheets with schedules of equipment'in each unit. b. One -line diagrams indicating circuit breaker sizes, bus rating, motor controller ratings, and other pertinent information to demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-2 c. Unit control schematic and elementary wiring diagrams showing numbered terminal points and interconnections to other units. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer specifications, cut sheets, dimensions, and technical data for all components, materials, and equipment proposed for use. 3. Testing Plans, Procedures, and Testing Limitations: a. Not less than 30 days prior to actual factory testing, submit proposed testing methods, procedures, and apparatus. b. Not less than 30 days prior to actual field testing, submit proposed testing methods, procedures, and apparatus. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Supplier Instructions: a. Instructions for shipping, storing and protecting, and handling the materials and equipment. b. Installation data for the equipment, including setting drawings, templates, and directions and tolerances for installing anchorage devices. c. Instructions for start-up and troubleshooting. 2. Source Quality Control Submittals: a. Reports of completed factory testing, including procedures used and test results. 3. Site Quality Control Submittals: a. Reports of completed field testing, including procedures used and test results. 4. Supplier Reports: a. Submit written report of results of each visit to Site by Supplier's service technician, including purpose and time of visit, tasks performed, and results obtained. Submit within two days of completion of visit to the Site. 5. Qualifications Statements: a. Independent testing firm. b. Manufacturer, when requested by ENGINEER. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-3 • C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Operations and Maintenance Data: a. Submit complete installation, operation and maintenance manuals including test reports, maintenance data and schedules, description of operation, and spare parts information. b. Manuals shall include record drawings of control schematics, including point-to-point wiring diagrams. c. Comply with Section 01781, Operations and Maintenance Data. D. Maintenance Material Submittals: Furnish the following: 1. Spare Parts: a. Furnish, tag, and box for shipment and long term storage the following spare parts and special tools for each motor control center lineup furnished: Item Quantity per Switchgear Lineup Furnished 1) Starters and feeder breakers Quantities and sizes as shown on drawings 2) Fuses Six of each type and size used 3) Auxiliary control relays Two, with at least two normally open and two normally closed contacts 4) Control power transformers Two of each size used 5) Indicating lamps Twelve 6) Covers for indicating lamps Six of each color used 7) Starters: Contact kits for Size motor starter 1 Five sets 8) Starters: Contact kits for Size 2, Size 3, and Size 4 motor starters One set of each size b. Furnish a list of additional recommended spare parts for an operating period of one year. Describe each part, the quantity recommended and current unit price. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading: 1. Packing: a. Inspect prior to packing to assure that assemblies and components are complete and undamaged. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-4 b. Protect mating connections. c. Indoor containers shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately.. d. Cover all openings into enclosures with -vapor inhibiting, water- repellent material. 2. Upon delivery, check materials and equipment for evidence of water that may have entered equipment during transit. 3. Handling: a. Lift, roll or jack motor control center equipment into locations shown. b. Motor control centers shall be equipped to be handled by crane. Where cranes are not available equipment shall be suitable for placement on rollers using jacks to raise and lower the groups. B. Storage and Protection: 1. Store motor control center equipment in a clean, dry location with controls for uniform temperature and humidity. Protect equipment with coverings and maintain environmental controls. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (PROVIDED BY OWNER) 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Provide equipment by one of the following: 1. Schneider Electric/Square D Company. 2. No equal. 2.2 MATERIALS A. General: Motor control center lineups shall comply with NEMA ICS 18 and be provided as shown with the following ratings: 1. Service: Voltage rating and number of wires shall be as shown or indicated on the Drawings. Motor control center shall operate from a three-phase, 60 Hertz system. 2. Wiring: NEMA Class II, Type B. 3. Enclosure: NEMA 1 with gaskets on all doors. 4. Interrupting Capacity Rating: Motor control center shall have an interrupting capacity rating as shown or indicated on the Drawings. Devices shall be suitable for minimum rating indicated. 5. Motor control center lineups shall be UL -rated as suitable for service entrance where shown or indicated on the Drawings and as required. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-5 B. Construction: Provide equipment with the following: 1. Totally -enclosed structure, dead front, consisting of nominal 20 -inch deep, 20 -inch wide, 7.5 -feet high vertical sections bolted together to form a unit assembly. 2. Vertical sections shall have side sheets extending the full height and depth of section. 3. Removable lifting angles for each shipping section. 4. Two removable floor sills for mounting. 5. Horizontal wireways top and bottom, isolated from horizontal bus and readily accessible. a. Wireway openings between sections shall have rounded corners and rolled edges. 6. Isolated vertical wireways with cable supports, accessible through hinged doors, for each vertical section. a. Wireway shall be separate from each compartment and remain intact when compartment is removed. 7. All -metal non -conducting parts electrically continuous. 8. Comply with NEMA ICS 18. C. Bus System: 1. Rating: Bus bracing and bus current capacities as shown or indicated on the Drawings. 2. Bus bars shall be tin-plated, copper -rated, and comply with UL heat rise standards. 3. Bus bar connections shall be easily accessible with simple tools. 4. Main Horizontal Bus: a. Continuous, edge -mounted, and isolated from wireways and working areas. b. Mount the bus in vertical center of motor control center to provide easy access and even heat distribution. c. Bus shall be supported, braced, and isolated by high-strength, non -tracking, FRP material. 5. Vertical Bus: a. Continuous, and isolated by glass polyester barrier. b. Rated for 300 amperes continuous minimum, and at least equal to full -load rating of all installed units in the associated stack. 6. Grounding Bus: Full length mounted across the bottom, drilled with Tugs of appropriate capacity as required. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-6 • • • 7. Neutral Bus: Insulated, continuous through control center for four -wire services, drilled with lugs of appropriate capacity as required. D. Unit Compartments: 1. Provide individual front door for each unit compartment. Fasten door to stationary structure, instead of the unit itself, so that door can be closed when unit is removed. 2. Starter and feeder unit doors interlocked mechanically with unit disconnect device to prevent unintentional opening of door while energized and unintentional application of power while door is open, with provisions for releasing interlock for intentional access and application of power. 3. Padlocking arrangement permitting locking disconnect device in the "OFF" position with at least three padlocks with door closed or open. Equip unit disconnect devices located in the top compartment, compartment sized 12 inches or higher, with extender handle complying with UL 845. Extender handle shall allow disconnect operating handle to be located above NEC's height limitation of six -feet, seven -inches above floor. 4. Equip compartments as shown or indicated on the Drawings: a. Blank compartments, unused space, and compartments shown or indicated on the Drawings as "SPACE" shall have bus covers and be complete with necessary hardware for future installation of a plug-in unit. b. Provide shutters for each compartment that automatically open when unit is inserted and automatically close when unit is removed. 5. Provide wiring and device identification: a. Identify compartment doors, devices, and field wiring in accordance with Section 16075, Identification for Electrical Systems. b. Identify internal control conductors with permanent wire markers. Each wire shall be identified by a unique number attached to wire at each termination point. c. Identify internal control devices with permanent markers. Each device shall be identified by a unique number attached to each device. d. Numbering system for each wire and control device shall be identified on the wiring diagrams in the Shop Drawings and shall reflect the actual designations used in the Work. 6. NEMA 1 minimum motor starter size. Starter units completely draw out type in Sizes 1 and 2 and draw out type after disconnecting power leads only in Sizes 3 and 4. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-7 7. Motor starters shall be NEMA -rated and include magnetic contactor, with encapsulated magnet coils. Wound coils are unacceptable. Control shall be 120 Vac unless indicated otherwise. a. Starters shall be full -voltage non -reversing unless shown or indicated otherwise on the Drawings. b. Reversing Starters: 1) Single -speed, full -voltage with two contactors and extra interlocking contacts. c. Reduced Voltage Solid -State Starter: 1) General: a) Provide solid-state, step -less, current limiting, soft - start, motor controllers (RVSS) as shown or indicated on the Drawings. b) RVSS shall be three-phase type and shall include an overload relay and isolation contactor. c) Provide subsystems that will protect RVSS from damage due to over -current and over -voltage. d) Current Rating: 115 percent of motor nameplate rated current, continuous, minimum. 2) Required Features: a) Adjustable current limit of not more than 250 percent of motor nameplate full -load current throughout entire motor acceleration period including first three cycles of voltage waveform from instant start signal is engaged. b) Adjustable voltage acceleration, from two to 30 seconds. c) Adjustable voltage deceleration, from two to 30 seconds. d) Phase loss detection. e) LED diagnostic indicators. f) Static over -current and over -voltage trip. g) Phase reversal, line or fuse loss, and under -voltage protection. h) Power unit over temperature protection. i) Motor inverse time overload protection. j) Input line transient over -voltage protection. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-8 • 3) Enclosure: a) Cooling fans, if required, shall incorporate anti - friction bearings and internal impedance type motor protection. b) If cooling fans are used, enclosure for that section shall be NEMA 12 FVF, or NEMA 12 EFVFF force ventilated with filters, in accordance with NEMA ICS 1-110, installed by motor control center manufacturer. 4) On start-up, start driven equipment at zero current and allow driven equipment to accelerate to maximum speed without exceeding the set current limit. 5) On normal shutdowns, ramp driven equipment down at set deceleration rate that is non -regenerative for motor prior to shutdown. 6) On emergency shutdowns, remove power to motor. 7) Diagnostic LEDs: Provide LEDs on unit front that indicate the following: a) Control power on. b) Motor power on. c) Motor starting. d) Motor fault. e) RVSS fault. 8) Control Outputs: a) Control output shall be electrically isolated, dry, normally open SPDT contacts, rated 10 amps at 120 vac. b) Provide the following control outputs: i. Motor running. ii. Motor stopped iii. Motor fault.(Overtemp) iv. RVSS fault. 8. Overload Relays: Provide an electronic overload relay for each motor starter with ability to provide load and status information via Ethernet Data Highway. Overload relays shall be in accordance with the following: a. Electronic Overload Relays: Relays shall be electronic type. Electronic relays shall be multi -function, adjustable, current sensing, type, and include overload, phase -unbalance, phase - loss, and equipment type ground fault in one package. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-9 • • • c. Each overload relay shall be manual reset type and shall include provisions for resetting by an insulating button on front of starter unit door. d. Each overload relay shall include a normally -open auxiliary contact for remote alarm purposes. e. Size each overload relay for full -load amperes and service factor of actual motors installed. f. Provide all parameters fully configured for communication to SCADA using Ethernet TCP/IP protocol. 9. Individual control power transformers for all starters, capacity as required for all control circuit devices, 100 VA minimum, Class A insulation, two primary fuses, 120 -volt secondary, one secondary fuse, and the other secondary leg grounded. 10. Motor horsepower shown are preliminary. Circuit breaker trips and starter overload heaters to be coordinated with the actual equipment installed. 11. Auxiliary contacts, relays, timers as required for specified control functions and those shown on Drawings. 12 Starter devices, including spare contacts, shall be wired to numbered terminal blocks. 13. Terminal blocks for field connections to unit compartments shall be plug- in/pull-apart type. Terminals shall be fully accessible from the front. Terminals shall be mounted near the front of vertical wireway. 14. Control devices shall be 600 -volt heavy duty, NEMA A600. Relays shall have convertible contacts. Pilot devices shall be oiltight. Pilot lights shall be glass (domed) lens transformer type with six -volt secondary, Push -To - Test. 15. Feeder Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic type 100% Rated. a. Circuit breakers of 100 amp frame or Tess shall be 100% rated mounted in a dual mount compartment (two breakers in one space factor) or shall mount in one-half space factor, unless otherwise shown or indicated on the Drawings. 16. Motor Starter Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip only motor circuit protectors. 17. Provide the following diagrams and tables inside of door for each compartment: a. Elementary wiring diagram. b. Table of overload heater sizes with correct heater highlighted. c. Table of motor circuit protector settings with correct setting highlighted. 18. Where shown or indicated on the Drawings incorporate solid state protective relaying package (SSPRP) into motor starter for motor protection. Unit shall incorporate the ANSI/IEEE C37.2 device function numbers and selectable indications and communication modules City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-10 • • • indicated below: a. Product and Manufacturer: 1) GE MultiLin SR469. 2) Or MCC manufacturers equal. b. Motor Protection Device Functions: 1) Stator winding over -temperature (Device 49). 2) Short circuit (Device 50). 3) Motor overload (Device 49/50/51). 4) Locked rotor - multiple start (Device 48). 5) Phase reversal (Device 46). 6) Ground fault (Device 50G/51G). 7) Mechanical jam. 8) Unbalance/negative sequence currents (Device 46). 9) Undercurrent (Device 37). 10) Motor bearing over -temperature (Device 38). 11) Thrust bearing over -temperature (Device 38). 12) Over -voltage (Device 59). 13) Undervoltage (Device 27). 14) Voltage sequence (Device 47). 15) Main trip and lockout output relay (Device 86). 16) Alarm output relay (Device 74). c. Selectable Indications: 1) Average motor current. 2) Average motor temperature. 3) Motor current for each of the three phases. 4) Motor temperature readout for six winding RTDs. 5) Motor thrust -bearing temperature readout for two bearing RTDs. 6) Ground fault current. 7) Percent of motor capacity used. 8) Line -to -line and line -to neutral voltages, all three phases. 9) Average 15 -minute kVA. 10) Average 15 -minute kW. 11) Average 15 -minute kVAR. 12) Maximum percent full load current since initial startup. 13) Hottest RTD and temperature since initial startup. 14) Highest percent current unbalance since initial startup. 15) Highest ground fault current since initial startup. 16) Highest motor bearing temperature since initial startup. 17) Highest load bearing temperature since initial startup. 18) Maximum line voltage since start. 19) Minimum line voltage since start. 20) Number of motor starts attempted. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-11 21) Number of motor starts completed. 22) Hours of operation. 23) Number of trips from each of ten protective functions. 24) All measured values at the time of a motor trip. 25) Values that have been loaded for system inputs and trip points. d. Communication Module: Ethernet TCP/IP capable of uploading all the above protective function attitudes and the above -listed selectable indications upon being queried by a host PLC connected via RS232 communication port. 19. Main and Tie Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic, molded case type, unless shown or indicated otherwise. Where shown or indicated, equip main and tie breakers with PLC and relay interlocking. Interlocking shall allow only two of the three breakers to be closed at a time. Main & Tie circuit breakers shall be 100 percent amperage rated. Circuit breakers with frame ratings 800 amps and greater shall be electronic type with adjustable parameters and ground fault protection. 2.3 MAIN METERING DEVICE B. Provide a main meter device as shown or indicated on the Drawings. 1. Microprocessor based monitoring device shall include complete electrical metering in one package. Device shall include self-contained potential transformers and self -protected internal fuses. 2. Device shall have Ethernet output capabilities for communication to SCADA using Ethernet TCP/IP protocol. Provide all gateway equipment as necessary. 3. Device shall be mounted on compartment door to allow operations and maintenance personnel access to meter menu and display. 4. Device shall include trend analysis, event logging, and recording. Device shall also include the following direct -reading metered values: a. b. c. d. e. f. 9- h. j. k. Volts: Amperes: Watts, Vars and VA: Power Factor: Frequency: Watt, and VA Hours: Var Hours: Watt, Var and VA Demand: THD -Voltage: THD -Current: Individual Ampere Harmonics: Individual Voltage Harmonics: 0.2 percent accuracy. 0.2 percent accuracy 0.5 percent accuracy 1.0 percent accuracy 0.05 percent accuracy 0.5 percent accuracy 1.0 percent accuracy 0.4 percent accuracy 50th harmonic 50th harmonic 50th harmonic 50th harmonic City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-12 • • 5. Metering device shall have the following additional features: a. Trend analysis that displays minimum and maximum values for each metered parameter with date and time of each occurrence. b. Input range of device shall accommodate external current transformers with ranges from 100/5 to 5000/5 and potential transformers from a ratio of 120:120 to 500,000:120. Three current transformers suitably rated shall be included. c. Alarm contacts rated five amps at 120 VAC. d. Three analog outputs programmable to reflect the metered parameters, except kilowatt hours and kilovar hours. e. Communication capability, using Ethernet TCP/IP Protocol without gateway. 6. Control power shall be drawn from monitored incoming AC line. Device shall have non-volatile memory and not require battery backup. During power failure, device shall retain preset parameters. 2.4 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Provide a surge protective device in accordance with Section 16289, Surge Protective Devices, for each motor control center bus shown on the Drawings. Surge protective devices shall be included and factory -mounted within the motor control center by motor control center manufacturer. Surge protective device monitoring and display shall be visible from the motor control center front. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Prior to shipping, perform factory tests on motor control centers. Tests shall include manufacturer's standard tests and the following: 1. Physical inspection and checking of components. 2. Mechanical operation and device functionality tests. 3. Primary, control, and secondary wiring hi -pot tests. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine conditions under which Work is to be installed and notify ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-13 • A. Install materials and equipment at locations shown or indicated on the Drawings. Install equipment on concrete bases in accordance with the Contract Documents and manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. B. For installations against masonry walls, provide an insulation board, 1/4 -inch minimum thickness, between motor control center and wall for corrosion protection. Trim board neatly within outline of motor control center. C. Openings in top or side of motor control centers for other than conduit entrance are not allowed. D. Bundle cable circuits together within enclosures and identify with durable tag secured to cabling twine. E. Set motor circuit protectors at lowest setting that allows motor starting without nuisance tipping. F. Verify that wiring diagrams on inside of door of each compartment reflect the circuitry actually provided and that correct overload heater size and motor circuit protector setting are noted. G. Install in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations, Laws and Regulations, and the Contract Documents. H. Connections to existing facilities shall be in accordance with Section 01730, Coordination with Owner's Operations. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL • A. Site Tests: 1. Perform field testing and inspection of motor control centers. Inspect and test each motor control center after installation. Testing and inspection shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the Contract Documents. Refer to Div 13 specifications Smart MCC communication, and be performed by manufacturer's factory -trained representative, Inform OWNER and ENGINEER when equipment is correctly installed, prior to testing. Do not energize equipment without permission of OWNER. 2. Test Equipment, Calibration and Reporting: All test equipment, instrument calibration and test reports shall be in accordance with ANSI/NETA ATS. 3. Perform the following minimum tests and checks before energizing equipment: a. provide all setup and testing of electronic overloads. Verify all overload and device settings. Verify all communications to SCADA. b. Inspect mechanical and electrical interlocks and controls for proper operation. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-14 • • • c. Check tightness of bolted connections. d. Measure insulation resistance of each bus section, phase -to - phase and phase -to -ground. e. Measure insulation resistance of each starter, phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground. f. Measure insulation resistance of each control circuit with respect to ground. g. Perform other tests recommended by equipment manufacturer. 4. Perform acceptance testing of motor control centers. Inspect and test each motor control center. Testing and inspection shall be performed by the independent testing firm, after completion of field testing specified in Paragraph 3.3.A.3 of this Section. a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Perform inspection of each motor control center in accordance with ANSI/NETA ATS. Inspection shall include: 1) Inspect for proper anchorage, damage, and grounding. 2) Verify all overload and device settings. 3) Check tightness of bolted connections. 5. Electrical Tests: Perform electrical testing of each motor control center in accordance with ANSI/NETA ATS. Testing shall include: 1) Measure insulation resistance of each bus section, phase - to -phase and phase -to -ground. 2) Measure insulation resistance of each starter phase -to - phase and phase -to -ground. 3) Measure insulation resistance of each control circuit with respect to ground. 4) Test motor overload units by current injection. 5) Perform operational tests by initiating control devices for proper operation. 6) Perform contact resistance test and insulation resistance test for each circuit breaker. 7) Determine long-time, short -time, and instantaneous pick- up and delay as required. B. Manufacturer's Services: Provide a qualified, factory trained serviceman to perform the following: 1. Supervise unloading and installation of equipment. 2. Instruct CONTRACTOR in installing equipment. 3. Inspect, test, and adjust equipment after installation and ensure proper operation. 4. Instruct operations and maintenance personnel in operation and maintenance of the equipment. 5. Manufacturer's technician shall make visits to the Site as follows: City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-15 a. First visit shall be for supervising unloading and handling of equipment and for instructing CONTRACTOR in proper equipment installation, and assisting in installing equipment. Technician shall train installing personnel in advance in proper handling and rigging of equipment. Minimum number of hours on -Site: 2 hours. b. Second visit shall be for checking completed installation, start-up of system; and performing field quality control testing. Technician shall test the system as specified in Article 3.3.A of this Section. Technician shall operate and test the system in the presence of ENGINEER and verify that equipment complies with the Contract Documents and manufacturer's requirements. Technician shall adjust the system to initial settings as specified in Article 3.4 of this Section. Minimum number of hours on -Site: 4 hours. c. Third visit shall be to instruct operations and maintenance personnel. 1) Furnish services of manufacturer's qualified, factory - trained specialists to instruct OWNER's operations and maintenance personnel in recommended operation and maintenance of equipment. 2) Training requirements, duration of instruction and qualifications shall be in accordance with Section 01781, Instruction of Operations and Maintenance Personnel. 3) Number of hours on -Site shall be in accordance with Section 01781, Instruction of Operations and Maintenance Personnel. d. Technician shall revisit the Site as often as necessary until installation is acceptable. e. Furnish services of manufacturer's factory -trained service technicians to correct defective Work within 72 hours of notification by OWNER during the correction period. 6. All costs, including expenses for travel, lodging, meals and incidentals, and cost of travel time, for visits to the Site shall be included in the Contract Price. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Calibrate, set, and program all protective devices. Coordinate protective devices furnished under this Section and provide proper settings of devices in accordance with the study performed under Section 16215, Electrical Power Distribution System Studies. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades 16 -0033 -UT 00992-0232 Motor Control Centers 16423-16 • • • SECTION 16430 - PORTABLE GENERATOR CONNECTION ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLIES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. The Contractor shall furnish and install, where indicated, a wall -mounted, dead -front type low voltage Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assembly, utilizing cam - lock type generator Tugs and receptacle connections as specified herein, and as shown on the Contract Drawings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. The low voltage distribution switchboards and all components shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable following standards: 1. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a) NEMA PB -2, Dead -front Distribution Switchboards 2. Underwriters Laboratories Inc (UL): a) UL 498, Attachment Plugs and Receptacles b) UL 891, Standard for Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less 1.3 SUBMITTALS — FOR CONSTRUCTION A. The following information shall be included in the submittal: 1. Final as -built drawings and information for Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assemblies including all changes made during the manufacturing process. 2. Wiring Diagrams 3. Certified production test reports 4. Installation instructions 5. Seismic certification and equipment anchorage details as specified. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assemblies shall be UL labeled. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One (1) copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Portable Generator Connection 16 -0033 -UT Enclosure Assemblies 00992-0232 16430-1 • • 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Equipment operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided with each assembly shipped and shall include instruction leaflets, instruction bulletins and renewal parts lists where applicable, for the complete assembly and each major component. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTALLATION A. Manufacturers: Provide equipment by one of the following: 1. Schneider Electric/Square D Company. 2. No equal. 2.2 RATINGS A. Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assemblies assembly shall be rated to withstand mechanical forces exerted during short-circuit conditions when connected directly to a power source having available fault current 65kA symmetrical as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Voltage ratings to be as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2.3 CONSTRUCTION A. The Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assembly shall consist of a bussed system to Cam -Lock connectors to connect a back-up generator as shown on the Contract Drawings. 2.4 BUS A. All bus bars shall be silver-plated copper. Bus ampacity of 400A to 4000A shall be based on NEMA standard temperature rise criteria of 65 degrees C over a 40 degrees C ambient (outside the enclosure). B. Provide a full capacity neutral bus where a neutral bus is indicated on the Contract Drawings. C. A copper ground bus (minimum 1/41N x 2IN) shall be furnished firmly secured to each vertical section structure and shall extend the entire length of the enclosure. D. All hardware used on conductors shall be high -tensile strength and zinc -plated. All bus joints shall be provided with conical spring -type washers. 2.5 WIRING/TERMINATIONS A. The Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assembly shall be provided with mechanical lugs and cam -lock type receptacle assembly for connection of generator City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Portable Generator Connection 16 -0033 -UT Enclosure Assemblies 00992-0232 16430-2 power phases (A, B, C), neutral and grounding conductors. All connections for phases, neutral, ground, etc., shall be clearly marked and labeled. Color Coding of connectors shall be per Owner standard. B. Each single pole cam -lock type receptacle shall be rated for no less than 400A at 90 deg C. Multiple receptacles per phase, neutral, and ground shall be utilized when amperages over 400A are requested. Contact material of the receptacle shall be composed of brass. C. Cam -Lock type receptacles must be suitable for use in outdoor environments. D. Single pole Cam -Lock type receptacles shall be UL 498 listed for Attachment Plugs and Receptacles. E. Cam -Lock type receptacles shall be Hubbell HBL400F series female camlock connectors with snap covers on interior dead -front panel. 2.6 ENCLOSURES A. The Portable Generator Connection Enclosure Assembly shall be provided in a stainless steel NEMA 1 enclosure. The cam -lock type receptacles shall be mounted on a stainless steel dead -front panel with a pad -lockable outer door to secure the connections when not in use. Provide 4 -sets of water -tight 4" conduit penetrations through floor for entry of generator connection cables from below the building. Cap conduit and seal interior with non -hardening moisture seal. 2.7 NAMEPLATES A. Engraved nameplates, mounted on the face of the assembly, shall be furnished for all main and feeder circuits as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic, black characters on white background. Characters shall be 1/41N high, minimum. Nameplates shall give item designation and circuit number as well as frame ampere size and appropriate trip rating. Furnish master nameplate giving switchboard designation, voltage ampere rating, short-circuit rating, manufacturer's name, general order number, and item number. B. Control components mounted within the assembly shall be suitably marked for identification corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's wiring diagrams. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION A. A certified test report of all standard production tests shall be available to the Engineer upon request. City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Portable Generator Connection 16 -0033 -UT Enclosure Assemblies 00992-0232 16430-3 • • 3.2 TRAINING A. The Contractor shall provide a training session for up to five (5) Owner representatives for (2) normal workdays at a job site location as determined by the Owner. B. A manufacturer's qualified representative shall conduct the training session. The training program shall consist of instruction on operation of the assembly and major components within the assembly. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer instructions, Contract Drawings, National Electric Code and Owner standards. B. All necessary hardware to mount and secure the assembly in place shall be provided by the Contractor. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater Marshall Street WRF MCC No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Portable Generator Connection 16 -0033 -UT Enclosure Assemblies 00992-0232 16430-4 • ADDENDUM NO. 1 For MARSHALL STREET WRF MOTOR CONTROL CENTER NO. 9 CONTRACT #16 -0033 -UT DATE: June 13, 2018 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to the Contract Documents: Responses to Bidder's Questions QUESTION 1: On sheet E3, for note 2.3, we would like to find out the location and quantity of the receptacle conduits in the mixer areas. RESPONSE 1: Approximately 10 total, located throughout the Anoxic Tanks, Fermentation Tanks, and Second Anoxic Tanks. • QUESTION 2: On sheet E3, for note 3, for the ADD/ALT, we would like to find out the location of Recycle Pumps 1-4. RESPONSE 2: See attached redline markup of E-3 Contract Documents The following drawings have been re -issued (addressed Building Dept. Comments) and replace those previously provided: Sheet 4 Sheet 5 Sheet 6 Sheet 11 • MCC No. 9 Building Power Plan Existing Electrical One Line Proposed Electrical One Line Tables and Schedule END OF ADDENDUM #1 Page 1 of 2 o THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: /s/William B. Home. II City Manager Page 2 of 2 NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS. BENDS, AND OFFSETS AS NEEDED. SEE SHEET E9 FOR CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND DETAILS. 2. CONDUIT REPLACEMENT: 2.1. REPLACE EXISTING OVERHEAD AND UNDERGRATING PVC CONDUIT AND WIRE TO DISCONNECTS OF MIXERS (FIRST ANOXIC, FERMENTATION. SECOND ANOXIC). 2.2. REPLACE HUB CONNECTIONS TO ALL DISCONNECTS IN FIRST ANOXIC AND FERMENTATION (TOTAL 15). 2.3. REPLACE PVC CONDUIT AND WIRE TO RECEPTACLES IN THE FIRST ANOXIC, FERMENTATION AND SECOND ANOXIC TANK AREAS. 2.4. ALL PVC CONDUIT TO BE REPLACED WITH RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT, INCLUDE FITTINGS AND BOXES. REPLACE ALL FRP AND ALUMINUM STRUT SUPPORTS AND BASES WITH ALUMINUM SUPPORT STRUCTURE PER DETAILS SHT. E9 3. (ADDITIVE ALTERNATE) REPLACE MOTOR DISCONNECTS, FLEX CONDUIT & WIRE TO MOTORS FOR FIRST ANOXIC, FERMENTATION AND INTERNAL RECYCLE PUMPS. BOTTOM ENTRY ONLY FOR CONDUIT TO NEW DISCONNECTS. 4. ABOVE GRADE FLEX CONDUIT FROM LOCAL DISCONNECT TO FERMENTATION TANK MIXER NO. 1 MOTOR SHALL BE REMOVED, AND NEW CONDUIT AND WIRE INSTALLED. CUT CONCRETE AND INSTALL PVC CONDUIT BELOW GRADE. PATCH CONCRETE FLUSH. INSTALL NEW FLEX CONDUIT FROM CONDUIT STUB UP TO MOTOR AND REPULL NEW WIRE TO DISCONNECT. 5. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT FOR REVIEW A STAGING PLAN FOR INSTALLATION OF CABLE TRAY. MCC AND TRANSFER OF EQUIPMENT LOADS PRIOR TO PERFORMING WORK. 6. FERMENTATION AND ANOXIC TANKS ARE DEEMED CLASS 1 DIV 2 AREAS WITH IN ENVELOPE 18" ABOVE CONCRETE DECK OUTLINED BY NFPA 820. REPLACE CONDUIT NOTE 4 PHOTO 1 SCALE: NO SCALE NEW 400A 316SS NEMA 4X DISCONNECT KIRK KEY INTERLOCKED TO MCC -5 MAIN BREAKER. RELOCATE EXISTING EQUIPMENT AS NEEDED TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED WORKING SPACE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. RECORD DRAWINGS PER REPAIR FLEX CONDUIT CONNECTION MIXERS 2 & 3 ePHOTO 2B SCALE NO SCALE m; r ^ NEW 400A NEMA -4X 31655 DISCONNECT �+J SWITCH, KIRK KEY TO MCC -5 BREAKER. y INSTALL NECESSARY LOCKING MECHANISM rn ON BREAKER N NEW 400A STANDBY GENERATOR CONNECTION RECEPTACLE. NEMA -4X 316SS ENCLOSURE. COORDINATE PLUG WITH CITY'S GENERATOR PLUG MCC NO 5 0 TB1 - NEW NEMA 4X TERMINAL BOX WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS. INTERCEPT CONDUIT AND WIRE TO REACTOR BUILDING. EXCEPT POWER TO REACTOR POWER PANEL WHICH SHOULD BE CONTINUOUS 200A PANEL IN BUILDING. REPLACE CONDUIT TO PANEL. 0 1 y STAIRS TO MCC -9. SEE SHEET E4. EXISTING SIDEWALK EXISTING MCC NO. 9 BUILDING. WIREWAY (MOUNT TO SIDE OF BUILDING EXTEND ACROSS TO CHANNEL WALL) NEW PORTABLE GENERATOR CONNECTION PLUG. MOUNT ABOVE EL. 6.0 SEE NOTE 2 (TYP. EXISTING 200A POWER PANEL (REACTOR BUILDING) CI MUFFIN MONSTER (SEE SHEET E7 FOR CONTROL WIRE TO SCADA) SEE NOTE 4 REFER TO E6, E7 & E11 FOR MORE INFORMATION. SEE NOTES 2 & 3 (TYP.) 0 Z 0 SEE NOTES 2 & 3 (TYP ) 2 0 -1-- 07 E J O° B G9 A z :x; r P^ vJ NEW CONDUIT REPLACEMENT (TYP.) NEMA 4X WIREWAY (EXTEND ACROSS CABLE TRAY AND ON TO CHANNEL WALL) NEW CONDUIT REPLACEMENT (TYP.) MCC NO. 9 BUILDING 11 0 r- REAERATION ZONE SEE NOTE 1 JB -1 & 2 - NEW WALL MOUNTED NEMA -4X JUNCTION BOXES IF AREA OF EXISTING CABLE TRAY TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW CABLE TRAY. II INTERCEPTING WIRE ■'. PROVIDE TERMINAL BLOCKS. INTERNAL RECYCLE PUMPS 1 -4 ' I LOCATION 9R LLS REPLIED 99 CT MUM APPROWD DATE REVISION DA CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. MYRTLE AVE. CLEARWATER, FL 33756 MARSHALL STREET WRF PARTIAL SITE PLAN: SCALE: 1" - 20' -0" IRP PUMP STATION I I _/ NORTH 10 0 10 20 SCAL PROPOSED CABLETRAY ELEVATION: SCALE: 1 /8" - CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL OF FLORIDA 1F .N: ,F1 7 0P (600) 432 -4770 UN Y HOURS woo nu [MAME 5 0 5 10 ■ SCALE: SCAL NORTH MARSHALL STREET WRF MOTOR CONTROL CENTER NO. 9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADES PARTIAL SITE PLAN & CABLE TRAY ELEVATION DOG WYE 92 -0232 017024 APPROVED Eon CONSTRUCTCN 4 1Yr.1ame cREED CleareatEr. R. 33736 1 .999 00 .0192 -7106. Fa* (727$61-3037 CA U9 No MOB 99co 1inPAA4wn, swr[Nm BT SCALE: NBC PROJECT MO: 0911 -0232 OA MARCH 2018 LLS DRAM B. LLS ac0® sn AAH M61L 3 OF 11 12" 0 1/2" = 1' -0" _•R NORTH 2' 3' 4' 5' NOTES: 1. CABLE TRAY LOCATION SHOWN IS APPROXIMATE. EXTEND PLATFORM, MOVE STAIRS AND MODIFY PLATFORM SUPPORT STRUCTURE. ADJUST PROPOSED CABLE TRAY ROUTE AS NEEDED FOR SIMPLICITY AND CONSTRUCTABILITY. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT DRAWINGS AND LOAD CALCULATIONS TO ENGINEER FOR MODIFIED STAIRS. PLATFORMS, AND COMPONENTS. PROVIDE SIGNED AND SEALED DRAWINGS BY FLORIDA PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. 3. MOUNT CONDENSING UNIT ON ELEVATED PLATFORM ATTACHED TO MCC -9 BUILDING, MINIMUM OF 1' ABOVE BFE. 4. ALL EXISTING CABLE AND CONDUIT THROUGH HOLES TO BE FILLED, SEALED. PATCHED AND PAINTED TO MATCH EXISTING. 5. INTERCEPT EXISTING CABLES AND CONDUITS FROM MCC -9 TO THE SALSNES FILTERS, PP -9B AND PRIMARY SLUDGE PUMPS AT CABLE TRAY AND REROUTE TO NEW TB2 MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF MCC -9 BUILDING. LAND ALL CIRCUITS ONTO TERMINAL BLOCKS OR REPULL WIRE. RUN NEW CONDUIT AND WIRE TO NEW MCC -9. 6. CITY SHALL RELOCATE EXISTING CHEM SCAN AND ASSOCIATED TESTING EQUIPMENT. 7. REMOVE EQUIPMENT PAD FOR EXISTING MCC -9, PATCH. SEAL AND GRIND SMOOTH. PATCH AND SEAL ALL THROUGH HOLES IN BUILDING SLAB AND FLOOR. CLEAN AND PAINT FLOOR, WALLS, AND CEIUNG. PROVIDE NON -SKID MATS IN FRONT OF ALL EQUIPMENT B. PROVIDE WORKING CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF ALL NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. STRUCTURAL NOTES: 1. REPLACE WINDOW AND WINDOW FRAME IN THE MCC -9 BUILDING WITH FL PRODUCT APPROVED LARGE MISSILE IMPACT RESISTANT GLASS AND ALUMINUM FRAMES PER ASTM E1996. REPLACEMENT WINDOWS SHALL MATCH EXISTING WINDOWS CONFIGURATION AND SHALL MEET CURRENT FLORIDA BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR IMPACT RESISTANT WINDOWS. 2. REPLACE TRANSOM WINDOW AND FRAME, IF NECESSARY, WITH NEW LARGE MISSILE IMPACT RATED TRANSOM WINDOW. ADD PANIC HARDWARE TO DOOR MODIFY DOOR AND FRME AS NECESSARY. 3. EMERGENCY PANIC HARDWARE EXIT DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE INTERIOR OF ALL EXTERIOR DOORS IN THE MCC -9 BUILDING. THE UNIT SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL SERIES BO MANUFACTURED BY SARGENT OR APPROVED EQUAL MECHANICAL TIMERS FOR MIXERS TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING WINDOW TO BE REPLACED (3'- 4'x8' - 2'x1 ") WITH 6" CURB. SEE STRUCTURAL NOTE 1 THIS SHEET. HVAC CONDENSING UNIT AND ASSICIATED DISCONNECT TO BE REMOVED. SEE NOTE 7 ;o 10 In jrt' di , 1,4 ,... oir op, 4 PAIr 15 4 o ri , . P A I' A / A ,,, 4_,„ 1 . i ro A EXISTING STAIRS EXISTING PLATFORM EXISTING DOOR (3' -0'z REMAIN) AND WINDOW WIRED GLASS, TO BE REPLACED) L'� PANEL P -9 -1A OH HVAC DUCTWORK TO BE REMOVED 7— FIBER PATCH PANEL HVAC CONDENSING UNIT SALSNES FILTER VFD TO REMAIN SCADA/ TELEMETRY CABINET TO REMAIN HVAC CABINET AND ASSOCIATED DISCONNECT TO BE REMOVED. EX STING DOUBLE DOOR (PR 3'- 0'x7'- 2"x1.75 ") HVAC CABINET EXISTING JB MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF FIBERGLASS CABLE TRAY TO BE OEMOUSHED. CHEM -SCAN FILTER EFFLUENT TESTING WELL INFLUENT TESTING WELL EXISTING LIGHTING TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING MCC NO. 9 AND EQUIPMENT PAD TO BE REMOVED. SEE NOTE 4 EXISTING FIBERGLASS CABLE TRAY & SUPPORT TO BE REMOVED. APPROX 175 FEET. SEE SHEET E3 FOR EXTENTS. REMOVE EXISTING CAULK JOINT BETWEEN PRECAST ROOF PANE S AND WALLS. SEE NOTE THIS SHEET PROPOSED PLAN (TYP.) II EXISTING MCC NO. 9 BUILDING DEMO PLAN: SCALE: 1/2" = RECORD DRAWINGS SIMKO .n ADM.,.,: LLS aflc.LD .r //MOVED Mt 1 \REVISIONS PER BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS LLS 6/6/18 REVISION DAR CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. MYRTLE AVE. CLEARWATER, FL 33756 12' 1/2" = 1' -0" 0 NORTH 2' 3' 4' NEW NEMA 4X TERMINAL BOX WITH TERMINAL BLOCKS MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF BUILDING. SEE NOTE 5 NEW LED UGHTING PER FIXTURE SCHEDULE, SHEET E11. NEW WALL MOUNTED NEMA -3R SS DISCONNECT FOR HVAC CONDENSING UNIT. Q1CONFORM TO 2016 6TH EDITION FBC MECHANICAL 301.15, 145MPH WIND LOAD FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT EXPOSED TO WIND. CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL OF FLORIDA a ROO()r 432 -47 c) 432-4770 WOE Dxr D0ADAD: STAIRS & PLATFORM. SEE NOTES 1 & 2 — SEE STRUCTURAL NOTE 2 THIS SHEET NEW CABLE TRAY SEE NOTES 1 & 2 SEE NOTE 5. 8' -0 "AFF 1 ROUTE CABLE TRAY UNDER BUILDING 7 I _J NEW HVAC EQUIPMENT. SEE SHEET Eli FOR SCHEDULE. SEE NOTE 3. 8" MIN. SEE STRUCTURAL NOTES THIS SHEET. (TYP.) PORTABLE GENERATOR CONNECTION TERMINAL CABINET, NEMA 1 SWITCHGEAR CONSTRUCTION. SEE NOTE 7 7 NEW WALL MOUNTED DISCONNECT FOR HVAC AIR HANDLING UNIT. 8' -0 "AFF 4- EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PAD SEE STRUCTURAL NOTE 3 THIS SHEET CONTROL CENTER O I- 0 a IJ J U) O 0 0 0 LJ 0 0 SEE NOTE 5. ROUTE CONDUIT PENETRATIONS UNDER BUILDING m NEW WALL MOUNTED NEMA -4X JUNCTION BOX TO REPLACE EXISTING JB. REPLACE BACKER ROD AND RECAULK JOINT BETWEEN PRECAST ROOF PANELS AND WALLS. (TYP.) I CHANNEL WALL CHANNEL E4 PROPOSED MCC NO. 9 BUILDING POWER PLAN: SCALE: 1/2' = 1• -0' MARSHALL STREET WRF MOTOR CONTROL CENTER NO. 9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADES MCC NO. 9 BUILDING POWER PLAN DDD HOE xm ROC aM&CREED 1,D CI,a.Dr, n 337315 337315 ( Raw 727)442 -RIM iac ( r$0 -]B1 Gltaa 29785 a... gdmm.aa.D WINDED DD oea2 -oz3z maD: 2017021 MR DMKD MARCH 2018 NW. RD LLS O RM Bt LLS • MU SGLE HOC MG6 00 DN: -ODu ,KET NIL 4 OF 11 COMINCTION NOTES: 1. REFER TO SHEET E -1 FOR GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES. ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A SHUTDOWN WORKPLAN TO THE ENGINEER TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO ANY SHUTDOWN SEQUENCE. 3. THE SHUTDOWN OF ANY PLANT PROCESS ESTABLISHED IN THE WORKPLAN FOR THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR INSTALLATION OF NEW EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED 481IRS PRIOR TO SHUTDOWN WITH THE OWNER AND ENGINEER. 4. ALL WIRE AND CABLING TO BE DEMOLISHED SHALL BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY. 5. ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT TO BE DEMOLISHED SHALL BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY INCLUDING ALL SUPPORTS AND HARDWARE. 6. ALL ABANDONED CONDUITS SHALL HAVE PVC CONDUIT CAPS INSTALLED AT BOTH ENDS. 1:3/0 PRESS ENERGY TRiNSFORMER I T 2000A. 460V.30.3W SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED AUiOUATIC TRANSFER SNITCH (ATS -1) APTSU X1E/4»ESSOKK .61612-ILL-1 60016m*N eC] 17'7\ 5(3- 0DDyernl 6001616N 25016m10 4'C] SURGE SUPPRESSOR APT X1E/4101P 2611.119-2 2000A. 460V. 34, 3W SERNCE ENTRANCE RATED AUR)MA11C 1RANNER SWITCH (ATS -1A) DUAL BREAKER OE910N .Z. BMA r 2NOOA TO ATS-2 NORMAL EIERGENCY r7 �7 STATUS MONTORINO AT SP-1 ROOM PT (2) SP-1 o-- 2.2/Cj165N -1' SP-1 2.2/016511-1 . 2000A. 30, 3W COPPER BUS. 60.000 A1C TO OTHER EWING ORCU115 2000A. 30. 3W COPPER BUS. 60.000 AO TO OTHER ENSTING CIRCUITS EMERGENCY wool STAR MONTORING AT SP-1 I Rom memo L _ GENERATOR -J 16 /14, 1.0t MADA PAM. SP-1 IN ELECTRICAL BUILDING L___J L 5 (3 /000KCIi., 1 #250KCIiN. 1 %250K011.0. 4.0'C) L J 300A G. BUS L_ o- MOATS CONTROL AND CONDUIT TO GENERATOR 300A GOD. BUS J L #3 /0 TO GROOM) GRID 2(3- 6001rm1 50010m IN #1/00 4'C) 5(3- 8001omI 00016/W IN 2501mm1G et] • CONTROL (MIRE TO 1750KW GOIQd►TOR E5 I ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 7 ❑ C C Ir •��/��w' ww ��� -! two- �►�- ��.�- �1.�- �.�- '�.� -!��- ..• /,- 4� �� 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m�m� A fir. la FERMENTATION MIXERS (/1 - /6) FIRST ANOXIC MDERS (/1 - #9) SECOND ANOXIC KOERS (#1 - #12) � � � � � �.I ° �� `1 _��1�. l.a��I i ,jam . �► Pitra Ay AO AAA • CP i. @g 11 11 11 § es 1 p of RECORD DRAWINGS iT1 WO RDETRD RW LLS PROJECT STOKES, wrz APPRO.° Mt 71VEVISIONS PER BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS REVISION LLS 6/6/18 RY MET CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. MYRTLE AVE. CLEARWATER, FL 33756 [TFC"ALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL OF FLORIDA (500) 432 -4770 SS MN CAM WOKE TwO AMA MARSHALL STREET WRF MOTOR CONTROL CENTER NO. 9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADES EXISTING ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE MLR ROOK 4issialvicycREED 13113 Ilontst Ammo Wow (727).42-71116. � Few 17E.7)4111-3E77 CA U< N. 2.lER RRR.0.AR0>..; YAC PROECT NS: OWE. -02@ WfllW S!: 0992 -0232 wrz MARCH 2018 PRAM RT LLS WALL NOIRE. A.00, 2017024 ETEROWOuri CMEIXED AAH WV No 5 OF 11 APPROVED 0 COTERTRUC 1 9 NOTES: 1. REFER TO SHEET E -1 FOR ELECTRICAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS. 2. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE NEC (2014), NESC AND LOCAL CODES INCLUDING OWNERS STANDARDS AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. 3. REFER TO E5 FOR SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES. 4. ALL CONDUIT ABOVE GRADE SHALL BE RIGID ALUMINUM (RCA), TRANSITION TO PVC COATED RGA FOR ALL CONCRETE OR WALL PENETRATIONS AND FROM PVC BELOW GRADE. POWER AND CONTROL (DISCRETE) CONDUIT IN CONCRETE ENCASED REINFORCED DUCTBANKS SHALL BE PVC -40. INSTRUMENTATION (ANALOG) CONDUIT IN STEEL REINFORCED CONCRETE DUCTBANKS SHALL BE PVC COATED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT. SEPARATE ANALOG AND DISCRETE CONDUIT RUNS (12 INCHES MINIMUM) FOR INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL CONDUITS FROM POWER CONDUITS TO PREVENT INDUCED VOLTAGES. DO NOT USE METAL CONDUIT TIES TO REBAR FOR ANY CONDUIT. 5. MCC MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE A 'SMART' MCC WITH ETHERNET TCP/IP COMMUNICATION. PROVIDE ETHERNET SWITCHES AS NECESSARY. PROVIDE 120VAC FOR CONTRACTOR INSTALLED PLC, AND UPS. 6. 8009 CAM -LOCK ENCLOSURE SHALL BE FITTED WITH HUBBELL HBL400F SERIES FEMALE CAMLOCK CONNECTORS WITH SNAP COVERS ON INTERIOR DEAD -FRONT PANEL. PROVIDE 4 SETS OF WATER -TIGHT 4" PVC COATED RGS CONDUIT PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOOR OF ENCLOSURE FOR ENTRY OF GENERATOR CONNECTION CABLES FROM BELOW THE BUILDING. CAP BOTTOM OF CONDUIT AND GROUT HOLE THROUGH SLAB. PROVIDE CONDUIT NUT FOR ENCLOSURE PENETRATION. 7. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS FOR 400A GENERATOR CONNECTION PLUG AT MCC -5 WITH CITY. MCC -5 400A ER PORTABLE GENERATOR CONNECTION PLUG (G-CON5) MAIN FEED TO MCC -7 NEW CABLE TRAY (TYP.) (LONER MONO j3 /0 G IcRA1OR L -- — -- J 1604,1A'C P901 (ADDITIVE ALTERNATE TYP.) (SEE SHT E3) SEE SHT. E3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SCADA PMEL SP-1 N ELECTRICAL BOLCOM 1500KVA PROGRESS ENERGY r 200064 460V,341.3W SOME r- - t717RANCE RATED AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SNITCH (ATS -1) NORMAL BERGENCY r'l STATUS MOII10RNG AT SP-1 TO ATS-2 S 134111001CCML, 1 CWT, 4,04C L •=.--GENERATOWAT3 CONTROL MM40. AND CONDUIT TO GENERATOR POWER PT (2) maw B(3- 600lxmi 60010m 1N 4'O] StlRR26GARD SP-1 o-2,2/416S11-1' 20009. 30. 3W COPPER BUS, 65.000 MC TO OTHER DEMO mans 300A MD. BUS L #3/O 113 GROUND onto GR MCC -9 � ) TTCR O ) 11CR O ) E1CR V \ ti�L'R I ) T7Cts \ �p) Tilts ) }{LR ) TTLR ) TECP !SIZE i,TCR ) L{CR ) T.ECR ) TECR ) u ) r.ILr= )41, 4 SIZE 1 'SIZE 1 "SIZE 1 SISIZE 1 SIZE 1 Y !SIZE 1 "SIZE 1 !SIZE 1 SIZE 1 4 SIZE 1 "SIZE 1 4 SIZE 1 SIZE 1 !SIZE 1 !JSIZE 1 !SIZE 1 4 SIZE 1 !SIZE 1 5(3— IOOkcsWl 600k IN 25O1e0iO 4103— SURGE SUPPRESSOR APT X1E /46110 S10DN0.2 SP-1 22/Cj16311-1 =o �-� r SPD X__IrF - � PT (2) 2000A, 30. 3W COPPER BUS 65,000 MC TO OTF6R DOSING C1RCU175 300A GIG BUS 1200A, 480V. 34 P903 P904 P905 P906 P907 P908 —.y P909 P910 P911 P912 —4 P913 P914 P915 Y f [FIl l� FERMENTATION MIXERS ( #1 - #6) f f 1 FIRST ANOXIC MIXERS ( #1 - #9) 20009. 480V, 31, 3W SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SUM (A1S -1A) DUAL BREAIWR 0E901 Z DONSFNIOY NORMAL 0) • +r) ri STATUS MOMIVRINP AT SP-7 ONIROL WIRE TO 1750101 GIITOR ) 7 !SIZE YSIZE1 ) T7ev ) iTCF 4SIZE1 !SIZE 1 ) MCP ISIZE 1 AR !SIZE 1 P936 P937 P938 P939 P940 P941 P942 P943 P944 P945 P946 P947 CJ ] WIREWAY 1 0 0 WIREWAY 2 ■: 0 0 E] E] 1 0 0 • • 0 0 E] E] WIREWAY 1 • 3D •' 0 0 WIREWAY 2 •3 •. 0 0 SECOND ANOXIC MIXERS ( #1 - #12) a) ") 4 SIZE 1 "WE 1 P923 I)ar p), c, !SIZE 2 "SIZE 2 !SIZE 1 I) is !SIZE 3 4SIZE3 Q1) g ), "SIZE 3 "SIZE 3 °I J 1 jige EO P931 P917 P918 P919 P920 0 w0 a u0i° 00� a 00 0. ce qk a 0 0 7 0. vt LAI a O O j • a J N as �wN 0 � ImJ a aN� K N fB [1 f] [1 100 a �Y�a N Z ¢~tea 100 i' 100 ONO NAM SEE NOTE 6 FIELD MID 7 800A 0000 0000 0000 0000 s_ P994 CAM -LOCK ENC OSURE PORTABLE GENERATOR CONNECTION (G -CON9) P991J * VFICIM&CREED ' Rana (m).2-71“. FAR Off+ -3147 CA Lk. no EMI ....ANANNO..aoNN sA,NTEO Nr. 5000 NICE RECORD DRAWINGS EUMND N1: I DRAM in, RESEED NY LLS DATE APPRO. Olt pgEp, DATE I REVISIONS PER BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS LLS 6/6/18 REVISION El DATE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. MYRTLE AVE. CLEARWATER, FL 33756 ®CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE 0w.. ' AI 432 -4770 E RI HOURS DIEM TOY MEM MARSHALL STREET WRF MOTOR CONTROL CENTER NO. 9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADES PROPOSED ELECTRICAL ONE —LINE CONTRACT 0992 0232 DATE DRAM MARCH 2018 OMAN OP LLS AMC NROrcr NO, 0wx -OZv AIL Nm 2017024 OEaNIEDu■s11 0r AAH MET N0: 6 OF 11 APPROED nON t MS MCC -9 Load Calcs Name Hp /kVA FLA Running AMP Notes SWBD NO.2 FEEDER (SEE NOTE 1) Fermentation Mixer #1 1 2.1 2 -SETS 4" EXISTING 2.1 2 -SETS 4#600kCMIL, #1/00 Fermentation Mixer #2 1 2.1 PORTABLE GENERATOR CONNECTION 2.1 P994 Fermentation Mixer #3 1 2.1 2 -SETS 4 #350kCMIL, #1G EXISTING 2.1 2 -SETS 2.5" EXISTING Fermentation Mixer #4 1 2.1 2.1 Fermentation Mixer #1 Fermentation Mixer #5 1 2.1 2.1 3C #12, 1 #12G Fermentation Mixer #6 1 2.1 2.1 P903 First Anoxic Mixer #1 1 2.1 2.1 3/4" First Anoxic Mixer #2 1 2.1 2.1 Fermentation Mixer #6 First Anoxic Mixer #3 1 2.1 2.1 3C #12, 1 #12G First Anoxic Mixer #4 1 2.1 2.1 P908 First Anoxic Mixer #5 1 2.1 2.1 3/4" First Anoxic Mixer #6 1 2.1 2.1 First Anoxic Mixer #5 First Anoxic Mixer #7 1 2.1 2.1 3C #12, 1 #12G First Anoxic Mixer #8 1 2.1 2.1 P913 First Anoxic Mixer #9 1 2.1 2.1 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #1 1 2.1 2.1 Internal Recycle Pump #1 Second Anoxic Mixer #2 1 2.1 2.1 3C #2, 1880 Second Anoxic Mixer #3 1 2.1 2.1 P919 Second Anoxic Mixer #4 1 2.1 2.1 2" Second Anoxic Mixer #5 1 2.1 2.1 Primary Sludge Pump #2 Second Anoxic Mixer #6 1 2.1 2.1 3C #12, 1 #12G Second Anoxic Mixer #7 1 2.1 2.1 P924 Second Anoxic Mixer #8 1 2.1 2.1 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #9 1 2.1 2.1 MCC -5B (Reactor Main Feed) Second Anoxic Mixer #10 1 2.1 2.1 3 #6, #8G Second Anoxic Mixer #11 1 2.1 2.1 P932 Second Anoxic Mixer #12 1 2.1 2.1 1" Hopper Dschg Pump #1 10 14 14 PANEL P9 -2 Hopper Dschg Pump #2 10 14 14 3C #12, 18120 Hopper Dschg Pump #3 10 14 14 P937 Hopper Dschg Pump #4 10 14 14 3/4" Salsnes Filter CP #1 25 30 30 kVA Salsnes Filter CP #2 25 30 0 kVA, Standby Salsnes Feed Pump VFD 30 40 40 P942 REACTOR BUILDING PANEL 106 146 162 200A Breaker 80% Loaded Panel P9 -1A 15 18 14.4 kVA, 80% Loading Factor Panel P9 -2 15 18 14.4 kVA, 80% Loading Factor Internal Recycle Pump #1 50 65 81.25 FLA *1.25 per NEC Internal Recycle Pump #2 50 65 65 Internal Recycle Pump #3 50 65 65 Internal Recycle Pump #4 50 65 65 Primary Sludge Pump #1 15 21 21 Primary Sludge Pump #2 15 21 21 Spare TOTAL 513 696.7 691.75 Minimum Service (A) MS MCC -5 Load Calcs Name Hp /kVA FLA Running AMP Notes HWP -403 7.5 11 11 HWP -404 7.5 11 Standby DIG -SRP -401 20 27 Standby DIG -BLR -401 5.5 7.9 7.9 DIG -SRP -402 25 34 34 XFMR (LP -1) 15 18 14.4 kVA, 80% Loading Factor GCP -405 3 4.8 4.8 GCP -406 3 4.8 Standby DIG - RCP -301 100 124 155 125% FLA per NEC DIG - RCP -302 100 124 Standby DIG -GBP -407 1 2.1 2.1 ROTORK VALVE 0.5 1.1 1.1 TOTAL 288 369.7 230.3 Minimum Service (A) CONDUIT AND CABLE: POWER Name • CABLE/ CONDUIT MIN. CONDUIT SWBD NO.2 FEEDER (SEE NOTE 1) -SETS 4#500kCMIL, #1/00 EXISTING P991 2 -SETS 4" EXISTING PORTABLE GENERATOR CONNECTION 2 -SETS 4#600kCMIL, #1/00 P993 2 -SETS 4" PORTABLE GENERATOR CONNECTION CONDUIT STUB -OUT UNDER BUILDING P994 4 -SETS 4" MCC -5 (Digester Main Feed) 2 -SETS 4 #350kCMIL, #1G EXISTING P995 2 -SETS 2.5" EXISTING MCC -5 (Standby Generator) 4#600, 1930 P99 3" (+ 1 spare) Fermentation Mixer #1 # , 1 • •01 Fermentation Mixer #2 3C #12, 1 #12G P902 3/4" Fermentation Mixer #3 3C#12, 1#12G P903 3/4" Fermentation Mixer #4 3C #12, 1 #120 P904 3/4" Fermentation Mixer #5 3C #12, 1 #120 P905 3/4" Fermentation Mixer #6 3C#12, 1#12G P906 3/4" First Anoxic Mixer #1 3C #12, 1 #12G P907 3/4" First Anoxic Mixer #2 3C #12, 1 #126 P908 3/4" First Anoxic Mixer #3 3C #12, 1 #12G P909 3/4" First Anoxic Mixer #4 3C#12, 1#12G P910 3/4" First Anoxic Mixer #5 3C #12, 1 #126 P911 3/4" First Anoxic Mixer #6 3C #12, 1 #12G P912 3/4" First Anoxic Mixer #7 3C #12, 18120 P913 3/4" First Anoxic Mixer #8 3C #12, 18120 P914 3/4" First Anoxic Mixer #9 3C #12, 1 #12G P915 3/4" Internal Recycle Pump #1 3C #2, 11180 P917 2" Internal Recycle Pump #2 3C #2, 1880 P918 2" Internal Recycle Pump #3 3C #2, 1 #8G P919 2" Internal Recycle Pump #4 3C #2, 1880 P920 2" Primary Sludge Pump #1 3 #10, #106 P921 3/4" Primary Sludge Pump #2 3 #10, #106 P922 3/4" Hopper Dschg Pump #1 3C #12, 1 #12G P923 3/4" Hopper Dschg Pump #2 3C #12, 1 #12G P924 3/4" Hopper Dschg Pump #3 3C #12, 1 #120 P925 3/4" Hopper Dschg Pump #4 3C #12, 18120 P926 3/4" MCC -5B (Reactor Main Feed) 3C#3/0, 1860 P928 2" Salsnes Control Panel 1 3 #6, #8G P931 1" Salsnes Control Panel 2 3 #6, #8G P932 1" SALSNES VFD 3 #6, #8G P933 1" PANEL P9 -1A 3 #8, #10G P934 1" PANEL P9 -2 3 #10, #106 P935 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #1 3C #12, 18120 P936 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #2 3C #12, 1 #12G P937 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #3 3C #12, 1 #120 p938 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #4 3C #12, 1 #126 9939 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #5 3C #12, 1 #12G P940 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #6 3C #12, 1 #120 P941 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #7 3C #12, 1 #12G P942 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #8 3C #12, 1 #12G P943 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #9 3C #12,18120 p944 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #10 3C #12, 18120 P945 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #11 3C #12, 1 #12G P946 3/4" Second Anoxic Mixer #12 3C #12, 1 #12G P947 3/4" LIGHTING SCHEDULE LETTER DESCRIPTION LAMPS REMARKS CAPACITY A REAR MOUNT EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN AND EGRESS UGHTING COMBO. INJECTION— MOLDED, FLAME — RETARDANT, HIGH — IMPACT, THERMOPLASTIC HOUSING. 120V WITH BATTERY BACKUP. TEST SWITCH FOR MANUAL ACTIVATION OF 30— SECOND DIAGNOSTIC TESTING. SELF DIAGNOSTIC TESTING EVERY 30 DAYS. 2LED -1.5W, RED LENS. LITHONIA LIGHTING MOD. LHQM— LED— R —HO —SD OR APPROVED EQUAL IIr—Jam` - -(/``J B 4' SURFACE MOUNT LED LUMINAIRE. ROLLED STEEL HOUSING. IMPACT MODIFIED LINEAR FACETED REFRACTOR. PROVIDE FIXTURE 9411-1 INTEGRATED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. 120V LED MIN CRI 82, L90 /60,000HRS, 39W, 4000K UTHONIA LIGHTING MOD. WL4- 40L— LP840 —MSD7 EQUAL OR APPROVED CU -901 0 LP -9 -1A CIRCUIT 15 &17. SEE . 11E 4. 3/4 11/106, 3/4'C HVAC SCHEDULE MARK LOCATION FEEDER SERVICE CAPACITY MAKE /MODEL REMARKS AT AHU -901 MCC -9 BUILDING LP -9 -1A CIRCUIT 11&13. SEE NOTE 4. 2110, 11106, 3/4 -c COOLING MCC -9 ELECTRICAL ROOM. 2 —SPEED CENTRIFUGAL BLOWER ASSEMBLY, R -407C 3 —TONS NOMINAL. 37kBtuh 9.75 TOT, 8.60 SEN LIEBERT DATAMATE DME037E —PC7 UNIT DESIGNED FOR R -407C. WALL MOUNT AMU UNIT CEILING LEVEL. PROVIDE MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL SYSTEM DISPLAY, WALL MOUNTED 42" AFF. 208V, 1PH, 60HZ. WALL MOUNT DISCONNECT 42" AFF. CU -901 MCC -9 BUILDING LP -9 -1A CIRCUIT 15 &17. SEE . 11E 4. 3/4 11/106, 3/4'C AIR COOLED, SERVES COMPRESS SCROLL COMPRESSOR, CONDENSER COIL. PROP FAN, R -407C 3 —TONS NOMINAL LIEBERT DATAMATE FIELD—MOUNTED FOR PUMP. PROVIDE 8111-1 UNIT SHALL BE MOUNTED ON ELEVATED PLATFORM OUTSIDE BUILDING. PLATFORM LEVEL SHALL BE AT B.0' ABOVE . 3R SS DISCONNECT AT SAME LEVEL AS PLATFORM. 3R FINISHED GRADE. 208V, AT 1AM, 60HZ. WALL PLATFORM. NOTES: 1. REUSE AND ADJUST EXISTING CONDUIT AND CABLES AS NECESSARY FOR SWITCHBOARD NO. 2 FEEDERS. ROUTE CONDUIT FROM MCC -9 TO PORTABLE GENERATOR CONNECTION UNDER BUILDING. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS. 3. INSTALL ADDITIONAL ,UNCTION AND SPLICE BOXES AS NEEDED FOR EXTENSION OF EXISTING CIRCUITS TO NEW MCC -9 LOCATION. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL NEW BREAKERS PANEL L -9 -1A EXISTING SPACE FOR AHU -901 AND CU -901. COORDINATE BREAKER SIZE MATH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS. Ow MAYO * Y1 � IaaNFKI Ikollot Avow Clean., FL WM Room (727)442-71•6, roc (727$e1-3817 CA Cc No make solesnni,Mrer4eM. kUmrlID IRO RECORD DRAWINGS SRRIID .o MUM R LOS DOW WC moecr DOW cAR REVISIONS PER BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS art REVISION LLS e7 6/6/18 MR CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 100 S. MYRTLE AVE. CLEARWATER, FL 33756 ®CALL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL OF RROMIDA . 1 r. 4l2 -4770 Ba, B (940) 00 ROMS - MK IUI =WAR MARSHALL STREET WRF MOTOR CONTROL CENTER NO. 9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM UPGRADES TABLES AND SCHEDULES 0 92 0232 MIL MAIM: MARCH 2018 Mx_ BC LLS nsc PRO,[cr Ma „RZ -OZm SCAM MU. m M >: 2017024 DOOM Pt LLS COMM Ft AAH ska OF 11 APPROVED FOR CONSMUCTON • • SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 7 PROPOSAL/BID BOND 8 AFFIDAVIT 9 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10 PROPOSAL 11 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 13 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 14 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 16 SECTION V Page i Updated: 5/10/2018 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: 9911180 Executed in 2 Counterparts PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (1) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(l)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified cony of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR SURETY OWNER B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. Westfield Insurance Company City of Clearwater [name] [] Engineering Dept. 29252 US Hwy 27 PO Box 5001, Westfield Center, OH 44251-5001100 S. Myrtle Avenue Dundee, FL 33838-4285 One Park Circle, Westfield Center, OH 44251-9700 Clearwater, FL 33756 [" f business address] [principal business address] (727) 562-4747 (863) 439-7401 (330) 887-0101 [phone number] [phone number] PROJECT NAME: Marshall St. WRF Motor Control Center No. 9 Electrical Systems Upgrade 1605 Harbor Drive, Clearwater, FL 33755 PROJECT NO.: 16 -0033 -UT PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Demolition of existing MCC, cable tray, conduit & wire and other associated equipment. Furnish & install motor control center & electrical gear and others stated in the scope of work. BY THIS BOND, We, B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. , as Contractor, and Westfield Insurance Company , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $[ 1,114,120.00 ], for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction of Marshall St. WRF MCC9 Electrical Systems Unerades the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and SECTION V Page 1 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: 9911180 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and 4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of , 20_ (If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. [TYPE LEGAL NAME OF comuerov WITNESS: ILL) Corporate Secret ar)I dr Witn s Print Name: Th rr"e5& Vs ,lute (affix corporate seal) By: Title: Print Name: WITNESS: L 7 Prin/Name: t -f , J e Q Westfield Insurance Company (Corporate Surety) By: ATTORNEY-IN-FACT & FL Licensed,Resident,Agent Print Name: Teresa L. Durham Inquiries: (407) 786-7770 = ) (aff ur corporate seal) (Power of Attorney must be attached) ,r, r SECTION V Page 2 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • General Power of Attorney CERTIFIED COPY POWER NO. 0990992 01 Westfield Insurance Co. Westfield National Insurance Co. Ohio Farmers Insurance Co. Westfield Center, Ohio Know All Men by These Presents, That WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, corporations, hereinafter referred to individually as a "Company' and collectively as 'Companies,' duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having Its principal office in Westfield Center, Medina County, Ohio, do by these presents make, constitute and appoint JEFFREY W. REICH, SUSAN L. REICH, GLORIA A. RICHARDS, TERESA L. DURHAM, CHERYL FOLEY, USA ROSELAND, KIM E. NIV, SONJA HARRIS, ROBERT P. O'UNN, SARAH K. O'UNN, JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY of MAITLAND and State of FL its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with Lull power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognlzances, undertakings, or other instruments or contracts of suretyship- UMITATION: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE NOTE GUARANTEE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE GUARANTEg, OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS. and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the applicable Company and duly attested by Its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY: "Be 1t Resolved, that the President, any Senior Executive, any Secretary or any Fidelity & Surety Operations Executive or other Executive shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: The Attorney -in -Fact. may be given full power and authority for and In the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements of Indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attorney -in -Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and attested by the Corporate Secretary.' 'Be it Further Resolved, that the signature of any such designated person and the seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached.' (Each adopted at a meeting held on February 8, 2000). In Witness Whereof, WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and 01110 FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY have caused these presents to be signed by their National Surety Leader and Senior Executive and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 28th day of FEBRUARY A.D., 2018 . •"1"1: ,.M/yu. , ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, , Corporal ..�;"••••,, 4 a`�ctaNlu iys Seals d_(/ \V� '`4' `� Affixed 47..\\z5.O "� c.,G,p • J J �,= SEAL o ".1•11,1 ,q••",,``,• State of Ohio County of Medina ss.: ""'Np WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY ..••v :'*y� WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY 1848 I : 'sy .o,.•• a�a By: ,.� QAAAANA Dennis P. Baus, National Surety Leader and Senior Executive On this 28th day of FEBRUARY A.D., 2018 , before me personally came Dennis P. Baus to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Wooster, Ohio; that he is National Surety Leader and Senior Executive of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, the companies described in and which executed the above Instrument; that he knows the seals of said Companies; that the seals affixed to said Instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by order of the Boards of Directors of said Companies; and that he signed his name thereto by like order. Notarial Seal Affixed State of Ohio County of Medina ss.: Azed10,-. David A. Kotnik, Attorney at Law, Notary Public My Commission Does Not Expire (Sec. 147.03 Ohio Revised Code) 1, Frank A. Carrino, Secretary of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing Is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. In Witness Whereof, I have • A.D., i `moi "14• ♦�Q! hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Westfield Center, Ohio, this day of \� S,,c iii SEAL m r %.;C%. 10.:;• BPOAC2 (combined) (06-02) A Frank A. Carrino, Secretary r Secretary r" r' -- • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this -31 day of,C' 56C4..7 , 20'2< by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinaftet designated as the "City", and VNI-fv` 4e, l t c*c gni - , of the City of 1>t,tr\LLEP County of and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". [Or, if out of state:] This CONTRACT made and entered into this _ day of , 20_ by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation. hereinafter designated as the "City", and , a/an (State) Corporation authorized to do business in the State of Florida, of the City of County of and State of • hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: PROJECT NAME: Marshall St.WRF MCC9 Electrical Systems Upgrades PROJECT NO.: 16 -0033 -UT in the amount of $ 1,114,120.00 In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terns, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. SECTION V Page 3 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) • THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). • • In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 4 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (3) • In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727-562-4092, Rosemarie.Call@myclearwater.com, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 • The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract , transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and SECTION V Page 5 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • • • SECT4ON V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: — ck.to tk cri?vtlo George N. Cretekos, Mayor Contractor must indicate whether: X Corporation, Partnership, Attest: iv Ai Rosemarie Call City Clerk Assistant City Attorney Company, or Individual (Contractor) , By; Print Nam :, v �'di.JJ.w, .�> 4• Title: A F The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and'HIS'tiK where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 6 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT TO OWNER: City of Clearwater PROJECT NAME: Marshall St. WRF MCC 9 Electrical Systems Upgrades Engineering Dept. PROJECT NO.: 16 -0033 -UT 100 S. Myrtle Ave. CONTRACT DATE: [ 1 Clearwater, FL 33756 BOND NO. : [, recorded in O.R. Book [ Page [ 1, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. CONTRACTOR: B.L. Smith Electrical Contractors, Inc. Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: [insert name of Surety] [address] [address] on bond of B.L. Smith Electrical Contractors, Inc. 29252 US Hwy 27 Dundee, FL 33838 ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to City of Clearwater Engineering Dept. 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this day of Attest: (Seal): SECTION V ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) Page 7 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 M 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL/BID BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. as Contractor, and Westfield Insurance Company as Surety, whose address is PO Box 5001 Westfield Center, OH -44251-5001--- , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of f wn 31ou•, [inri three hundA, d L.At Dollars ($ 1/, 34S- 06 ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns: The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. ---------------------------- - as Contractor, and Westfield Insurance Company as Surety, for work specified as: Bid No. 16 -0033 -UT, Marshall Street WRF Motor Control Center No. 9 Electrical Upgrades, located at 1605 Harbor Drive, Clearwater, FL 33755 all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, iri accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing,; and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal/Bid Bond will he paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: X' Corporation, Partnership, Company, or Individual° Signed this 21st day of June ,0t.£terie Contractor rincipal By: t-.tjwrnt, r Title Westfield Insurance Company Surety Teresa L. Durham, Attorney-In-FadL Licensed Resident Agent The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; whel-e the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 8 of16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • 411 z $ ' i•, •o` 's 1846.` State of Ohio ,,,,•"".,. 1......"•••',• "�NIIM.•�••• Y Dennis P. Baus, National Surety Leader and Senior Executive General Power of Attorney CERTIFIED COPY POWER NO. 0990992 01 Westfield Insurance Co. Westfield National Insurance Co. Ohio Farmers Insurance Co. Westfield Center, Ohio Know All Men by These Presents, That WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, corporations, hereinafter referred to individually as a 'Company- and collectively as 'Companies, duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Ohio, and having Its principal office in Westfield Center, Medina County, Ohio, do by these presents make, constitute and appoint JEFFREY W. REICH, SUSAN L REICH, GLORIA A. RICHARDS, TERESA L DURHAM, CHERYL FOLEY, USA ROSELAND, KIM E. NIV, SONJA HARRIS, ROBERT P. O'UNN, SARAH K. O'LINN, JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY of MAITLAND and State of FL its true and lawful Attorneys) -in -Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other instruments or contracts of suretyship - LIMITATION: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE NOTE GUARANTEE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE GUARANTEE, OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS. and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as If such bonds were signed by the President, sealed with the corporate seal of the applicable Company and duly attested by Its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney(s)-in-Fact may do in the premises. Said appointment is made under and by authority of the following resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY: -8e It Resolved, that the President, any Senior Executive, any Secretary or any Fidelity & Surety Operations Executive or other Executive shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorney(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: The Attorney -in -Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements of Indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attorney -in -Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as it signed by the President and sealed and attested by the Corporate Secretary.' "Be it Further Resolved, that the signature of any such designated person and the seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which It is attached.' (Each adopted at a meeting held on February 8, 2000). In Witness Whereof, WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY have caused these presents to be signed by their National Surety Leader and Senior Executive and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 28th day of FEBRUARY A.D., 2018 . Soeals or a ,,.. P1 � t:I!. A;,,,'•, r"'"'"""""' WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY ,r"'�; ,(r �• \ WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY Affixed .i' 26,1:0 o *� OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY S L y Lt=t: SEAL •'g of » '= A.. - . ..K..0i • County of Medina ss.: On this 28th day of FEBRUARY A.D., 2018 , before me personally came Dennis P. Baus to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he resides in Wooster, Ohio; that he is National Surety Leader and Senior Executive of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and 01110 FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, the companies described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of said Companies; that the seals affixed to said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed by order of the Boards of Directors of said Companies; and that he signed his name thereto by like order. Notarial Seal Affixed State of Ohio County of Medina ss.: q ,►�.14 �`•..T ot% °1 ill//.0.A. David A. Kotnik, Attorney at Law, Notary Public My Commission Does Not Expire (Sec. 147.03 Ohlo Revised Code) I, Frank A. Carrino, Secretary of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, e?cpcuted by said Companies, which Is still in full force and effect; and furthermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out In the Power o..Attorney are in full force and effect. r in Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Westfield Center,'bhfoa, this 21st deVAlif., June• A• , 2018 • •• qNq ' a SEAL .2 `- It' Ailf Sker 0% ,-. /o z. ij'. 1846 : \' BPOAC2 (combined) (06-02) Frank A. Carrino, Secretary • • • SECTION V —Contract Documents AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Polk ) David W. Smith-- Secretary of B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. President a corporation organized and existing under and by viftue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 29252 US Hwy 27 Dundee Polk FL (Street & Number) (City) (County) (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. , being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that David W. Smith is President 1 (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for B. L. Smith Electric, Inc. or said corporation by virtue of Corporate By Laws (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Affiant .worn to before me this 21st day of June ,2018 • Public C� elle Cinuino e/print/stamp name of Notary otary Public Title or rank, and Serial No., if any r• •v SECTION V Page 9 of k.6 Updated: 5/10/2018 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Polk ) David W. Smith __; being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is President of i B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price,; or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent then Affiant Sworn to and subscribed before me this 21st day of June SECTION V Page 10of16: Updated: 5/10/2018 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for MARSHALL ST. WRF MCC9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS UPGRADES (PROJECT # 16 -0033 -UT) and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked MARSHALL ST. WRF MCC9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS UPGRADES (PROJECT # 16 -0033 -UT) Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. SECTION V Page 11 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Westfield Insurance Company Bank, for the sum of c,.! 7--K-0-44- 7��/�et /� c�Le4'i71y-f�d� (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). ($ //, 3 S- ov ) The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub -contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: Billy L. Smith, CEO 1071 Sunset Dr, Lake Wales, FL 33853 David W. Smith, President 7041 Indian Creek Park Drive, Lakeland, FL 33813 7i�.r•�--Pit • Signature of Bidderi� /• The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: /iQV+t/w5,�,# VA By /� " Title: AtE ri z t~N f Company Legal Name: B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. Doing Business As (if different than above): Business Address of Bidder: 29252 US Hwy 27 City and State: Dundee. FL Phone: 863-439-7401 Email Address: Zip Code 33838 ds©blsmithelectric. com Dated at Polk County, FL , this 21st day of June , A.D., 201$ SECTION V Page 12 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 SECTION V — Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER • ADDENDUM SHEET • • PROJECT: MARSHALL ST. WRF MCC9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS UPGRADES (PROJECT # 16 -0033 -UT) Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. 1 Date: 06/14/2018 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. (Name of idder) (Signature of Officer) President (Title of Officer) 06/21/2018 (Date) SECTION V Page 13 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: MARSHALL ST. WRF MCC9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS UPGRADES (PROJECT #16 -0033 -UT) CONTRACTOR: B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ 1,136,475.00*6 300,9 O 8. ?. BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL:One Million, •.- _ -_ - (Numbers) 77414,g6 .EE 19VVel,Q.c/ T?i.oc)SAA•d &j r6o'k ate. Rs i 75-a otS (Words) THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. • THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COPY OF A CURRENT CONTRACTOR LICENSE/REGISTRATION WITH THE STATE OF FLORIDA AND PINELLAS COUNTY. THESE DOCUMENTS MUST BE INCLUDED IN THE BID PROPOSAL PACKAGE. FAILURE TO PROVIDE THESE DOCUMENTS IN THE BID PROPOSAL WILL DEEM THE CONTRACTOR'S BID AS NON-RESPONSIVE. • SECTION V Page 14 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • • SECTION V —Contract Documents MARSALL ST. WRF MCC9 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS UPGRADE 16 -0033 -UT ITEM # BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT BID PRICE AMOUNT 1 MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATOIN/GENERAL CONDITIONS LS 1 $ 51,500.00 2 DEMOLITION LS 1 $ 17,500.00 3 ELECTRICAL LS 1 $ 742,920..00 4 INSTRUMENTATION LS 1 $ 33,425.00 5 STARTUP AND TRAINING LS 1 $ 20,080.00 6 CITY'S INTEGRATOR ALLOWANCE FOR SCADA INTEGRATION ONLY LS 1 $ 35,000.00 $ 35,000.00 7 MISCELLANEOUS ARCHITECTURAL LS 1 $ . 198,000-00 8 ADDITIVE ALTERNATE - MOTOR DISCONNECTS LS 1 $ 32,,800-00 SUBTOTAL ITEMS 1 THRU 7 _ (C,$� : , /3/+ 225. va $ 8, 1,00 42`.t 6Q 9 CONTINGENCY -15% 15 1 [$ 5,250.00 $ 3,250.00 TOTAL ITEMS 1 THRU 8 C.R /, 300,908.7..r $ a �•-_: Total Contract a 1/,3o0, 908.75 $ ii .1 .....,11 SECTION V Page 15 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 • • • SECTION V— Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of,'the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal,, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statute§, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically.related to Cuba•or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Polk Authorized Signature David W. Smith Printed Name President Title B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. Name of Entity/Corporation The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 21st day of June , 2018 , by David W. Smith (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the President (title) of B.L. Smith Electric, Inc. (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as Identification, and who did/did not take an oath. • My Commission Expires: 04/05/2020 NOTARY SEAL ABOVE Notary Public Michelle Cinquino Printed Name et SECTION V Page 16 of 16 Updated: 5/10/2018 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES THAT BOYCOTT ISRAEL LIST CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORMAS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel; and 3. "Boycott Israel" or "boycott of Israel" means refusing to deal, terminating business activities, or taking other actions to limit commercial relations with Israel, or persons or entities doing business in Israel or in Israeli -controlled territories, in a discriminatory manner. A statement by a company that it is participating in a boycott of Israel, or that it has initiated a boycott in response to a request for a boycott of Israel or in compliance with, or in furtherance of, calls for a boycott of Israel, may be considered as evidence that a company is participating in a boycott of Israel; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel. • STATE OF F' L . COUNTY OF Po iY Authorized Si ature CurtrIs Ar0-.411 Printed Name 'cc Pr'r-s;d �Nr Title £3. L • 3,. IC Z'.ii Name of Entity/Corporation The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this ,3� day of /) u../ 4 , 20 / > , by C . r i r s d,, -,,a 4.G. l( (name of person whose signatufe is being notarized) as the v' - ,paes 1 d ,,J -l- (title) of a . t., . �M , -(-1.. e / 71n i e , 1 `wr (name of corporation/entity),•,ersona own to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as identification, and who did/did not take an oath. ;.r//tz(e - —zJ Notary Public D r i Lc• (L e (7/A-rcz .) 0 Printed Name My Commission Expires: h45.-- 2 d t.147 NOTARY SEAL ABOVE • • I-EC0000124 Smith, Billy L 29252 U S Hwy 27 Dundee, FL 33838 • PINELLAS COUNTY CONSTRUCTION LICENSING BOARD THIS CERTIFIES THAT Billy L Smith DB'. B L Smith Electric Inc STA'fli CERT # I-EC0000124 HAS FILED HIS/HER LICENSE AND PROOF OF REQUIRED LIABILITY AND WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE WITH THIS BOARD. IN G001) STANDING UNTIL September 30, 2018 DATE 01; ISSUANCE 06/21/2017 * Please cut out license along lines RICK SCOTT, GOVERNOR KEN LAWSON, SECRETARY STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS LICENSING BOARD LICENSE NUMBER The ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR Named below IS CERTIFIED Under the provisions of Chapter 489 ES, Expiration date: AUG 31, 2018 SMITH, BILLY L B L SMITH ELECTRIC INC 29252 US HWY 27 DUNDEE FL 33838-4285 ISSUED: 06/08/2016 DISPLAY AS REQUIRED BY LAW • • SEQ # L1606080001057